WO2019013240A1 - Thermosetting resin composition, cured film thereof, layered product, semiconductor device and methods for producing these - Google Patents

Thermosetting resin composition, cured film thereof, layered product, semiconductor device and methods for producing these Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019013240A1
WO2019013240A1 PCT/JP2018/026134 JP2018026134W WO2019013240A1 WO 2019013240 A1 WO2019013240 A1 WO 2019013240A1 JP 2018026134 W JP2018026134 W JP 2018026134W WO 2019013240 A1 WO2019013240 A1 WO 2019013240A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
bis
resin composition
thermosetting resin
cyclopentadienyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2018/026134
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
健太 吉田
健志 川端
悠 岩井
渋谷 明規
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to KR1020207000395A priority Critical patent/KR102327882B1/en
Priority to JP2019529756A priority patent/JP6889260B2/en
Publication of WO2019013240A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019013240A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B15/00Layered products comprising a layer of metal
    • B32B15/04Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B15/08Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/34Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyamides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/04Oxygen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/09Carboxylic acids; Metal salts thereof; Anhydrides thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/17Amines; Quaternary ammonium compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/36Sulfur-, selenium-, or tellurium-containing compounds
    • C08K5/41Compounds containing sulfur bound to oxygen
    • C08K5/42Sulfonic acids; Derivatives thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08L79/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • G03F7/031Organic compounds not covered by group G03F7/029
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/037Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polyamides or polyimides
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/40Treatment after imagewise removal, e.g. baking
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/12Mountings, e.g. non-detachable insulating substrates

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a thermosetting resin composition, a cured film, a method for producing a cured film, a laminate, a method for producing a laminate, a semiconductor device, and a method for producing a semiconductor device.
  • a cyclized and cured resin such as a polyimide resin or a polybenzoxazole resin is applied to various uses because it is excellent in heat resistance, insulation properties, and the like (see, for example, Non-Patent Documents 1 and 2).
  • the application is not particularly limited, when the semiconductor device for mounting is taken as an example, utilization as a material of an insulating film or a sealing material can be mentioned. In addition, it is also used as a base film or a cover lay of a flexible substrate.
  • the above-mentioned polyimide resins and the like generally have low solubility in solvents.
  • a polyimide resin or the like As an example of applying a polyimide resin or the like on a substrate, it is dissolved in a solvent in the form of a polymer precursor before cyclization reaction, specifically, a polyimide precursor resin or a polybenzoxazole precursor resin, An example of applying to Thereafter, the polymer precursor can be cyclized by heating to form a cured resin layer (cured film).
  • Patent Document 1 contains an N-aromatic glycine derivative and a polymer precursor, to mention some examination examples.
  • a photosensitive resin composition is disclosed.
  • Patent Document 2 discloses a polyimide precursor containing a polyimide precursor, a thermal base generator composed of a neutral compound which is thermally decomposed by heating at a temperature of 200 ° C. or less to generate a secondary amine, and a solvent.
  • a body resin composition is disclosed.
  • thermosetting resin composition As described above, there are several studies on the component composition of the thermosetting resin composition. However, when considering its various applications or new applications, it can not be said that it has been sufficiently studied in relation to the characteristics of the resin composition and the cured film after curing.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a novel thermosetting resin composition to enrich the material.
  • a thermosetting resin composition which is excellent in suppressing the time-dependent fluctuation of the film thickness of the film formed from the thermosetting resin composition and is excellent in the strength when it is a cured film, and the cured film, laminate, semiconductor device , As well as providing methods for their manufacture.
  • the above problems can be solved by adding a predetermined salt to a thermosetting resin composition. Specifically, the above problems have been solved by the following means ⁇ 1>, preferably ⁇ 2> to ⁇ 28>.
  • thermosetting resin composition wherein the pKa of the acid and the pKa of the acidic compound are in the range of the following formula 1; 3.5 ⁇ (pKa of conjugate acid of amine compound + pKa of acidic compound) /2 ⁇ 7.1 (Equation 1).
  • thermosetting resin composition as described in ⁇ 1> whose quantity of the acidic radical of the said acidic compound is 0.9-3.0 equivalent with respect to the quantity of the amino group of ⁇ 2> said amine compound.
  • thermosetting resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 3>, wherein the amine compound is represented by the following formula (B1); R B1 to R B3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and may be linked to each other to form a ring; provided that all of R B1 to R B3 are hydrogen atoms There is no such thing.
  • the amine compound is represented by the following formula (B1);
  • R B1 to R B3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and may be linked to each other to form a ring; provided that all of R B1 to R B3 are hydrogen atoms There is no such thing.
  • R B1 and R B2 in the above formula (B1) are each independently a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group; R B3 is a hydrogen atom,
  • the thermosetting resin composition according to ⁇ 4> which is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a pyridyl group.
  • thermosetting resin composition as described in 1).
  • thermosetting resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7>, wherein the acidic compound is represented by any one of the following formulas (AC1) to (AC5); In the formula, R A1 represents a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group, and R A2 to R A13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • R A1 represents a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group
  • R A2 to R A13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • thermosetting resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 9>, wherein the polyimide precursor has a repeating unit represented by the formula (1); A 1 and A 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH, R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group And R 111 represents a divalent organic group.
  • a 1 and A 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH
  • R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group
  • R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group
  • R 111 represents a divalent organic group.
  • thermosetting resin composition as described in ⁇ 12> whose ⁇ 13> above-mentioned radical photopolymerization initiator is an oxime compound.
  • thermosetting resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 13> further containing a radically polymerizable compound.
  • thermosetting resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 14> further comprising an organic compound containing a Group 4 element.
  • group 4 element is at least one element selected from the group consisting of titanium, zirconium and hafnium.
  • thermosetting resin composition as described in ⁇ 15> or ⁇ 16> which is an at least 1 sort (s) of element selected from the group which the ⁇ 17> above-mentioned 4th group element becomes from titanium and a zirconium.
  • thermosetting resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 17> which is for forming an interlayer insulating film for rewiring layer.
  • the laminated body which has two or more layers of the cured film as described in ⁇ 20> ⁇ 19>.
  • ⁇ 21> The laminate according to ⁇ 20>, having 3 to 7 layers of the cured film.
  • thermosetting resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 23> ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 18> to a substrate to form a layer, and the thermosetting resin composition obtained by forming the layer on the layer 50 And C. a heating step of heating at a temperature of 500.degree. C.
  • thermosetting resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 24> ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 18> to a substrate to form a layer, and exposing the thermosetting resin composition formed into the layer.
  • the manufacturing method of the cured film which has. After a cured film is formed according to the method for producing a cured film described in ⁇ 25> ⁇ 23> or ⁇ 24>, a cured film is further formed according to the method for producing a cured film described in ⁇ 23> or ⁇ 24> Method of producing a laminate comprising the steps of The semiconductor device which has a cured film as described in ⁇ 26> ⁇ 19>, or the laminated body as described in any one of ⁇ 20>- ⁇ 22>.
  • a polymer precursor selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor, an amine compound, an acidic compound, and a solvent, the pKa of the conjugate acid of the amine compound and the pKa of the acidic compound are represented by the following formula 1
  • a method of producing a thermosetting resin composition comprising mixing to be in the range of 3.5 ⁇ (pKa of conjugate acid of amine compound + pKa of acidic compound) /2 ⁇ 7.1 (Equation 1).
  • thermosetting resin composition which is excellent in suppressing the time-dependent fluctuation of the film thickness of the film formed from the thermosetting resin composition and is excellent in the strength when it is made a cured film, and its cured film, laminate, semiconductor device , As well as providing methods for their production.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic view of the laminate produced in this example.
  • the descriptions of components in the present invention described below may be made based on representative embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
  • the notations not describing substitution and non-substitution include those having no substituent and those having a substituent.
  • the "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • “exposure” includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified.
  • (meth) acrylate represents both or either of “acrylate” and “methacrylate”
  • (meth) acrylic is both “acrylic” and “methacrylic” or "(Meth) acryloyl” represents either or both of “acryloyl” and “methacryloyl”.
  • the term "process” is included in the term if the intended function of the process is achieved, even if it can not be clearly distinguished from other processes, not only the independent process. .
  • the solid content is a mass percentage of the other components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition.
  • solid content concentration means the density
  • weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) are defined as polystyrene equivalent values according to gel permeation chromatography (GPC measurement) unless otherwise stated.
  • weight-average molecular weight (Mw) and number-average molecular weight (Mn) are, for example, HLC-8220 (manufactured by Tosoh Corp.) and guard columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel as columns It can be determined by using Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000 and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by Tosoh Corp.). Eluents are to be determined using THF (tetrahydrofuran) unless otherwise stated. Moreover, a detection shall use the wavelength 254 nm detector of a UV ray (ultraviolet light), unless it mentions specially. Unless otherwise stated, the physical property values in the present invention are set to a temperature of 25 ° C. and a pressure of 1013.25 hPa.
  • thermosetting resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter, sometimes simply referred to as “the composition of the present invention” or “the resin composition of the present invention”) is selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor
  • a thermosetting resin composition comprising a polymer precursor, a salt containing a cation derived from an amine compound and an anion derived from an acidic compound, and a pKa of a conjugate acid of the above amine compound and a pKa of the acidic compound And are in the range of Formula 1 below.
  • thermosetting resin composition which has a small change in film thickness with time of a film formed from a thermosetting resin composition and is excellent in strength when it is made a cured film. That is, as a result of the present inventor's investigation, the acid compound mainly contributes to the suppression of the temporal variation of the film thickness of the film formed from the composition, and the amine compound can contribute to the film strength after curing. confirmed.
  • the formulation balance there is an unexpected point in the formulation balance, and it has been found that the above effect can be achieved by defining the formulation balance based on pKa of both compounds through various experimental confirmation and analysis. .
  • thermosetting resin composition of the present invention comprises a polymer precursor selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor.
  • a polymer precursor a polyimide precursor is more preferable, and it is further more preferable that it is a polyimide precursor containing the repeating unit represented by Formula (1) mentioned later.
  • the polyimide precursor preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1).
  • a 1 and A 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH
  • R 111 represents a divalent organic group
  • R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group
  • R 113 and
  • Each R 114 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • a 1 and A 2 in the formula (1) are each independently an oxygen atom or NH, preferably an oxygen atom.
  • R 111 in the formula (1) represents a divalent organic group.
  • the divalent organic group include a linear or branched aliphatic group, a cyclic aliphatic group, an aromatic group (including a heterocyclic group), or a group consisting of a combination thereof, having 2 to 6 carbon atoms 20 linear aliphatic group, branched aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a combination thereof Group is preferable, and an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • R 111 is preferably derived from a diamine.
  • a diamine used for manufacture of a polyimide precursor linear or branched aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic or aromatic diamine etc. are mentioned.
  • the diamine may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the diamine is a linear aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched or cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a combination thereof It is preferable to be one containing the following group, and more preferable to be a diamine containing an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. The following is mentioned as an example of an aromatic group.
  • diamine specifically, 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane and 1,6-diaminohexane; 1,2- or 1 2,3-diaminocyclopentane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-bis (aminomethyl) cyclohexane, bis- (4- Aminocyclohexyl) methane, bis- (3-aminocyclohexyl) methane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dimethylcyclohexylmethane and isophorone diamine; meta and para phenylene diamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4'- and 3 , 3'-Diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,
  • diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) shown below are also preferable.
  • the diamine which has an at least 2 or more alkylene glycol unit in a principal chain is also mentioned as a preferable example.
  • Preferred are diamines containing two or more ethylene glycol chains and / or propylene glycol chains together in one molecule, more preferably diamines not containing an aromatic ring.
  • x, y and z are average values.
  • R 111 is preferably represented by —Ar 0 — L — Ar 0 — from the viewpoint of the flexibility of the resulting cured film.
  • Ar 0 is each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), and L is substituted with a fluorine atom Aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 -or -NHCO-, and a group consisting of a combination of two or more of the above is there.
  • Ar 0 is preferably a phenylene group
  • L is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S- or -SO 2- More preferable.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group here is preferably an alkylene group.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group (preferably a phenylene group) constituting Ar 0 may have an arbitrary substituent T (for example, a hydroxy group) within the range where the effects of the present invention are exhibited.
  • R 111 is a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (51) or formula (61) from the viewpoint of i-ray transmittance in the case of imparting photosensitivity to a thermosetting resin composition preferable.
  • the divalent organic group represented by the formula (61) is more preferable from the viewpoint of i ray transmittance and availability.
  • Formula (51) In formula (51), R 50 to R 57 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least one of R 50 to R 57 represents a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a fluoromethyl group, It is a difluoromethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group.
  • R 50 to R 57 As the monovalent organic group of R 50 to R 57, a C 1 to C 10 (preferably C 1 to 6) unsubstituted alkyl group, a C 1 to 10 (preferably C 1 to 6) fluorine group And alkylated alkyl groups.
  • R 58 and R 59 each independently represent a fluorine atom, a fluoromethyl group, a difluoromethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group.
  • R 115 in Formula (1) represents a tetravalent organic group.
  • a tetravalent organic group the tetravalent organic group containing an aromatic ring is preferable, and the group represented by following formula (5) or Formula (6) is more preferable.
  • the benzene ring in the formula may have a substituent T (for example, a hydroxy group).
  • R 112 is a single bond or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO.
  • 2- -NHCO-, and a group selected from a combination thereof, and is preferably a single bond, an alkylene group of 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO- It is more preferable that it is a group selected from -S- and -SO 2- , and -CH 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , -C (CH 3 ) 2- , -O-, -CO Further preferred is a divalent group selected from the group consisting of-, -S- and -SO 2- .
  • the tetravalent organic group which R115 in Formula (1) represents specifically, the tetracarboxylic acid residue etc. which remain after removing an acid dianhydride group from tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride are mentioned.
  • the tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (O).
  • R 115 has the same meaning as R 115 in formula (1). Specifically, the tetravalent organic group of Formula (5) or (6) is mentioned.
  • tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride examples include pyromellitic acid, pyromellitic acid dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 3,3 ′, 4 4,4'-diphenyl sulfide tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 3,3 ', 4,4'-diphenyl sulfone tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 3,3 ', 4,4'-Diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2', 3,3'-diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3 ', 4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid Dianhydride, 2,3,3 ', 4'-benzophenonet
  • DAA-1 to DAA-5 shown below are also mentioned as preferable examples.
  • R 113 and R 114 in the formula (1) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • the radically polymerizable group is a group capable of undergoing a crosslinking reaction by the action of a radical, and a preferred example is a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, and a group represented by the following formula (III).
  • R 200 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, with a methyl group being more preferred.
  • R 201 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 — or a (poly) oxyalkylene group having 4 to 30 carbon atoms (as an alkylene group, 1 carbon atom Preferred is 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and particularly preferably 1 to 3.
  • the repeat number is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and particularly preferably 1 to 3.
  • the (poly) oxyalkylene group means an oxyalkylene group or a polyoxyalkylene group.
  • R 201 examples include ethylene group, propylene group, trimethylene group, tetramethylene group, 1,2-butanediyl group, 1,3-butanediyl group, pentamethylene group, hexamethylene group, octamethylene group, dodecamethylene group And —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 —, and ethylene, propylene, trimethylene and —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 — are more preferable.
  • R 200 is a methyl group and R 201 is an ethylene group.
  • Another example of the embodiment of the polyimide precursor in the present invention is an aliphatic group, an aromatic group having one, two or three, preferably one acid group as a monovalent organic group of R 113 or R 114 And aralkyl groups.
  • Specific examples thereof include an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms having an acid group, and an aralkyl group having 7 to 25 carbon atoms having an acid group. More specifically, a phenyl group having an acid group and a benzyl group having an acid group can be mentioned.
  • the acid group is preferably a hydroxy group. That is, R 113 or R 114 is preferably a group having a hydroxy group.
  • R 113 or R 114 As the monovalent organic group represented by R 113 or R 114, a substituent that improves the solubility of the developer is preferably used. It is more preferable that R 113 or R 114 is a hydrogen atom, 2-hydroxybenzyl, 3-hydroxybenzyl and 4-hydroxybenzyl from the viewpoint of solubility in an aqueous developer.
  • R 113 or R 114 is preferably a monovalent organic group.
  • the monovalent organic group preferably contains a linear or branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, or an aromatic group, and more preferably an alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group.
  • the carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30 (in the case of cyclic, 3 or more).
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • linear or branched alkyl groups examples include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl, tetradecyl and octadecyl groups. And isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, 1-ethylpentyl and 2-ethylhexyl groups.
  • the cyclic alkyl group may be a monocyclic cyclic alkyl group or a polycyclic cyclic alkyl group.
  • Examples of the monocyclic alkyl group include cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cycloheptyl group and cyclooctyl group.
  • As the polycyclic cyclic alkyl group for example, an adamantyl group, norbornyl group, bornyl group, camphenyl group, decahydronaphthyl group, tricyclodecanyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, camphoroyl group, dicyclohexyl group and pinenyl group Can be mentioned. Among them, a cyclohexyl group is most preferable in terms of coexistence with high sensitivity.
  • the linear alkyl group substituted by the aromatic group mentioned later is preferable.
  • the aromatic group include substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring, naphthalene ring, pentalene ring, indene ring, azulene ring, heptalene ring, indacene ring, perylene ring, pentacene ring, acenaphthene ring, phenanthrene ring, anthracene Ring, naphthacene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, fluorene ring, biphenyl ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridazine ring,
  • a polyimide precursor has a fluorine atom in a structural unit. 10 mass% or more is preferable, and, as for the fluorine atom content in a polyimide precursor, 20 mass% or less is more preferable. There is no particular upper limit, but 50% by mass or less is practical.
  • an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure may be copolymerized with the repeating unit represented by the formula (1).
  • the diamine component bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane, bis (paraaminophenyl) octamethylpentasiloxane and the like can be mentioned.
  • the repeating unit represented by the formula (1) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-A).
  • a 11 and A 12 each represent an oxygen atom or NH
  • R 111 and R 112 each independently represent a divalent organic group
  • R 113 and R 114 each independently represent And a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group is represented, and at least one of R 113 and R 114 is a group containing a radical polymerizable group, preferably a radical polymerizable group.
  • a 11 , A 12 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 each independently have the same meaning as A 1 , A 2 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 in formula (1), and the preferred ranges are also the same. is there. R 112 has the same meaning as R 112 in Formula (5), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • the repeating structural unit represented by formula (1) may be of one type, or of two or more types. Moreover, the structural isomer of the repeating unit represented by Formula (1) may be included.
  • the polyimide precursor may also contain other types of repeating structural units in addition to the repeating unit of the above-mentioned formula (1).
  • polyimide precursor in the present invention a polyimide precursor in which 50 mol% or more, further 70 mol% or more, particularly 90 mol% or more of all the repeating units are the repeating units represented by the formula (1) Is illustrated. As an upper limit, 100 mol% or less is practical.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor is preferably 2,000 to 500,000, more preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and still more preferably 10,000 to 50,000. Also, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 800 to 250000, more preferably 2000 to 50000, and still more preferably 4000 to 25000.
  • the degree of dispersion of the polyimide precursor is preferably 1.5 to 3.5, and more preferably 2 to 3.
  • the polyimide precursor can be obtained by reacting a dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylic acid derivative with a diamine.
  • the dicarboxylic acid or the dicarboxylic acid derivative is obtained by halogenating it using a halogenating agent and then reacting it with a diamine.
  • an organic solvent is preferably used in the reaction.
  • the organic solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the organic solvent can be appropriately determined depending on the raw material, and examples thereof include pyridine, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diglyme), N-methylpyrrolidone and N-ethylpyrrolidone.
  • the polyimide precursor in the reaction solution can be precipitated in water and dissolved in a solvent in which the polyimide precursor such as tetrahydrofuran is soluble to cause solid precipitation.
  • the polybenzoxazole precursor used by this invention contains the repeating unit represented by following formula (2).
  • R 121 represents a divalent organic group
  • R 122 represents a tetravalent organic group
  • R 123 and R 124 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. Represent.
  • R 121 represents a divalent organic group.
  • the divalent organic group is preferably a group containing an aliphatic group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 and particularly preferably 1 to 6) and an aromatic group (having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, The group containing at least one of 6 to 14 is more preferable, and 6 to 12 is particularly preferable.
  • a group containing the aromatic group which comprises R121 the example of R111 of the said Formula (1) is mentioned.
  • R 121 is preferably derived from 4,4′-oxydibenzoyl chloride.
  • R 122 represents a tetravalent organic group.
  • the tetravalent organic group has the same meaning as R 115 in the formula (1), and preferred ranges are also the same.
  • R 122 is preferably derived from 2,2′-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane.
  • R 123 and R 124 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and have the same meaning as R 113 and R 114 in the above formula (1), and preferred ranges are also the same.
  • the polybenzoxazole precursor may contain other types of repeating structural units in addition to the repeating unit of the above-mentioned formula (2).
  • the precursor preferably contains a diamine residue represented by the following formula (SL) as another type of repeating structural unit, from the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of warpage of the cured film accompanying ring closure.
  • Z has an a structure and a b structure
  • R 1s is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • R 2s is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms)
  • At least one is an aromatic group (preferably 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms)
  • the remainder is a hydrogen atom or 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably carbon)
  • the organic groups of the formulas 1 to 18, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, may be the same or different.
  • the polymerization of the a structure and the b structure may be block polymerization or random polymerization.
  • the a structure is 5 to 95 mol%
  • the b structure is 95 to 5 mol%
  • a + b is 100 mol%.
  • preferable Z includes those in which R 5s and R 6s in the b structure are a phenyl group.
  • the molecular weight of the structure represented by formula (SL) is preferably 400 to 4,000, and more preferably 500 to 3,000. Molecular weight can be determined by commonly used gel permeation chromatography. By making the said molecular weight into the said range, the elastic modulus after dehydration ring-closing of a polybenzoxazole precursor can be reduced, and the effect which can control curvature, and the effect of improving solubility can be compatible.
  • the precursor contains a diamine residue represented by the formula (SL) as another type of repeating structural unit, it further contains tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride to acid dianhydride group in terms of improving alkali solubility. It is preferable to include a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removal as a repeating structural unit. Examples of such tetracarboxylic acid residues include the examples of R 115 in the formula (1).
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polybenzoxazole precursor is preferably 2,000 to 500,000, more preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and still more preferably 10,000 to 50,000. Also, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 800 to 250000, more preferably 2000 to 50000, and still more preferably 4000 to 25000.
  • the degree of dispersion of the polybenzoxazole precursor is preferably 1.5 to 3.5, and more preferably 2 to 3.
  • the content of the polymer precursor in the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the composition, and 40% by mass. % Is more preferably 50% by mass or more, still more preferably 60% by mass or more, and still more preferably 70% by mass or more.
  • the content of the polymer precursor in the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention is preferably 99.5% by mass or less and 99% by mass or less based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the content is more preferably 98% by mass or less, still more preferably 95% by mass or less, still more preferably 93% by mass or less, and still more preferably 90% by mass or less.
  • the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention may contain only one type of polymer precursor, or may contain two or more types. When it contains 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes said range.
  • the composition of the present invention comprises a salt comprising a cation derived from an amine compound and an anion derived from an acidic compound.
  • the compounding ratio of these compounds in the salt containing the cation derived from the amine compound and the anion derived from the acidic compound can be appropriately set according to the application and the required characteristics, but the amount of amino group of the amine compound.
  • the range in which the amount of the acid group of the acidic compound is 0.5 equivalent or more is preferable, the range of 0.7 equivalent or more is more preferable, and the range of 0.9 equivalent or more is particularly preferable.
  • a range in which the amount of acid groups of the acidic compound is 5.0 equivalents or less is preferable, a range of 4.0 equivalents or less is more preferable, and a range of 3.0 equivalents or less is particularly preferable.
  • the amount of the acid group is 0.5 equivalent or more, the film thickness fluctuation with time can be more effectively suppressed, and by being 3.0 equivalents or less, the imidization at the time of heat curing is promoted. Film strength tends to be further improved.
  • thermosetting resin composition of the present invention the specific value (A-pKa) defined by the pKa of the conjugate acid of the amine compound contained therein and the pKa of the acidic compound satisfy the range of Formula 1 below.
  • A-pKa (pKa of conjugate acid of amine compound + pKa of acidic compound) / 2 Formula (1a) 3.5 ⁇ A ⁇ pKa ⁇ 7.1
  • the lower limit value of A-pKa is preferably 3.8 or more, more preferably 4.0 or more, and may be 5.0 or more.
  • the upper limit value is preferably 7.0 or less, and may be 6.9 or less, or 6.8 or less.
  • A-pKa particularly contributes to suppressing the change in film thickness with time by setting the value to the upper limit value or less.
  • the strength of a cured film increases by setting it as the said lower limit or more.
  • the absolute value of the difference between the molecular weight of the amine compound and the molecular weight of the acidic compound is preferably 30 or more, more preferably 50 or more, more preferably 70 or more, and particularly preferably 80 or more.
  • the upper limit value is not particularly limited, but is practically 500 or less.
  • the total amount added does not have to satisfy the above conditions, and at least one of them is within a range where the effects of the present invention are exhibited. It is sufficient if the above conditions are satisfied. Specifically, it is preferable that 70% by mass or more of the salt containing the cation derived from the amine compound contained in the thermosetting resin composition and the anion derived from the acidic compound satisfy the above conditions, and 80% by mass The above is more preferable, and 90% by mass or more is particularly preferable. The upper limit is 100% by mass or less.
  • the content of the salt containing the cation derived from the amine compound and the anion derived from the acidic compound in the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention is 0.1 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer precursor It is preferably 0.2 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 0.4 parts by mass or more.
  • the content of the salt is also preferably 5 parts by mass or less, more preferably 3 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 2 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer precursor. It is more preferably 1.8 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 1.5 parts by mass or less.
  • thermosetting resin composition a part of the acidic compound and the amine compound does not form a salt and excludes the presence as an acidic compound or as an amine compound. It is not something to do.
  • a part of the acidic compound may form a salt with a quaternary ammonium cation of a curing accelerator described later.
  • the amine compound in the present invention means a compound having an amine site (-N ⁇ ) in the molecule (however, it can not be ammonia (NH 3 )).
  • the amine compound in the present invention is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (B1).
  • R B1 to R B3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • the organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or 1 to 20 carbon atoms More preferably, it is a heteroaryl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 3 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • a hetero atom contained in heteroaryl group an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom are mentioned.
  • the heteroaryl group is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring group, and examples thereof include pyrrolyl group, pyridyl group, pyrazolyl group, imidazolyl group, benzimidazolyl group, triazolyl group, thiazolyl group, oxazolyl group and the like.
  • the heteroaryl group is preferably substituted at the carbon atom position with nitrogen.
  • R B1 to R B3 are organic groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, they may have the following substituent T within the range where the effects of the present invention are exhibited.
  • a linear or branched alkyl group (having 1 to 24 carbon atoms is preferable, 1 to 12 is more preferable, and 1 to 6 is particularly preferable), and a cycloalkyl group (3 to 24 carbon atoms is preferable) , 3 to 12 is more preferable, and 3 to 6 is particularly preferable, straight-chain or branched alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 and particularly preferably 2 to 6), cycloalkenyl Group (preferably 3 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 3 to 6 carbon atoms), hydroxy group, hydroxyalkyl group (preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, 1 to 6 The number of hydroxy groups is preferably 1 to 6, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched, linear or cyclic), hydroxyalkenyl group (carbon
  • the number 2 to 24 is preferable, 2 to 12 is more preferable, and 2 to 6 is particularly preferable.
  • the number of hydroxy groups is preferably 1 to 6 and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the alkenyl group may be linear or branched, and a chain Or cyclic, amino group (preferably having 0 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 0 to 12 and particularly preferably 0 to 6), aminoalkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, and 1 to 12 carbon atoms)
  • the number of amino groups is preferably 1 to 6, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched, linear or cyclic), amino alkenyl group (carbon The number 2 to 24 is preferable, 2 to 12 is more preferable, and 2 to 6 is particularly preferable.
  • the number of amino groups is preferably 1 to 6 and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the alkenyl group may be linear or branched, and a chain Even ring , A thiol group or a thiol alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 24, more preferably 1 to 12, particularly preferably 1 to 6; the number of thiol groups is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3).
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched, and may be linear or cyclic, or a thiol alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms; 1 to 6 is preferable, 1 to 3 is more preferable, and the alkenyl group may be linear, branched, linear or cyclic), carboxyl group, carboxyalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 24, and 1 to 12) More preferably, 1 to 6 is particularly preferable; the number of carboxyl groups is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched, and may be linear or cyclic) Carboxyalkenyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 24, more preferably 2 to 12, particularly preferably 2 to 6; the number of carboxyl groups is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3, alkenyl groups are linear And may be branched, linear or cyclic), an acyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms), and an acyloxy group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, 2 to 6 is more preferable, 2 to 3 is particularly preferable, aryloyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 and particularly preferably 7 to 11), aryloyl oxy group (having 7 to carbon atoms) 23 is preferable, 7 to 19 is more preferable, and 7 to 11 is particularly preferable), a halogen atom (eg, fluorine atom
  • RN is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, still more preferably 1 to 3), with a hydrogen atom being preferred.
  • the substituent T is a group capable of forming a salt such as a carboxyl group, the salt may be formed with a counter ion (for example, ammonium ion).
  • R B1 to R B3 are hydrogen atoms, and among R B1 to R B3 , one or less hydrogen atoms are preferable, and all are more preferably other than hydrogen atoms.
  • the amine compound is more preferably a secondary amine than a primary amine and a tertiary amine than a secondary amine.
  • Each of R B1 and R B2 is preferably independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (which may be linear, branched, linear or cyclic).
  • This alkyl group may have a substituent T. More preferably, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a linear or branched hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (the number of hydroxy groups is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3)
  • R B3 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbons (preferably 1 to 6) (which may be linear, branched, linear or cyclic), or a heteroaryl group having 1 to 6 carbons. More preferably, R B3 is a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 (preferably 1 to 6) carbon atoms, a linear or 1 to 12 (preferably 1 to 6) carbon atoms or Branched hydroxyalkyl group (the number of hydroxy groups is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3), linear or branched aminoalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6) (amino group Is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3), cycloalkyl having 3 to 8 carbon atoms (more preferably a cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl group), or heteroaryl having 3 to 6 carbon atoms Preferably, it is a pyridyl group).
  • R B1 , R B2 and R B3 may be respectively bonded to each other to form a ring, or may not be formed. Although it is good, it is preferable to form.
  • the compound represented by the formula (B1) preferably contains a cyclic structure.
  • the cyclic structure may be an aromatic ring, an alicyclic ring, a heterocyclic ring or a non-heterocyclic ring, but an alicyclic ring is preferred.
  • the cyclic structure is preferably a 5- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 6-membered ring.
  • the cyclic structure may be a single ring or a fused ring, but is preferably a single ring.
  • the compound represented by the formula (B1) preferably has one or two amine structures in one molecule, and more preferably one. Furthermore, it is preferable that the amine compound does not have a carboxyl group or an ester chain (carbonyloxy group).
  • the above-mentioned amine compound preferably has two or more atoms connecting the nitrogen atom to the carbon atom, of the carbon atom farthest from the nitrogen atom.
  • the upper limit of the number of linking atoms is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 12 or less, still more preferably 8 or less, and particularly preferably 5 or less. Since the amine compound has a strong interaction with copper, it may be easily localized on the surface of copper used for wiring. When the substituent of the amine compound is in this range, the polarity of the surface can be properly maintained even if the amine is unevenly distributed in the copper wiring, so that the decrease in adhesion to the insulating film can be more effectively suppressed.
  • R B1 when R B1 is a cyclohexyl group, the number of atoms connecting the above nitrogen atom and the farthest carbon atom is opposite to the carbon ( ⁇ carbon) substituted with the nitrogen atom of the six-membered ring when R B1 is a cyclohexyl group.
  • the side carbon atom is the farthest carbon atom.
  • This is the third carbon atom in view of the ⁇ carbon. Therefore, the number of atoms connecting the third carbon atom and the alpha carbon is two.
  • the pKa of the conjugate acid of the amine compound is preferably 12.4 or less, more preferably 12.0 or less, still more preferably 11.6 or less, particularly preferably 11.4 or less preferable.
  • the lower limit value is preferably 4.7 or more, more preferably 5.0 or more, still more preferably 6.0 or more, and particularly preferably 7.0 or more.
  • the molecular weight of the amine compound is preferably 90 or more, more preferably 100 or more, still more preferably 110 or more, and still more preferably 120 or more.
  • the upper limit value is preferably 1000 or less, more preferably 800 or less, still more preferably 600 or less, still more preferably 400 or less, and still more preferably 300 or less.
  • the compounding quantity of the amine compound which comprises a salt with respect to 100 mass parts of polymer precursors is 20 mass parts or less, It is more preferable that it is 10 mass parts or less, It is more preferable that it is 5 mass parts or less
  • the content is more preferably 3 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 2 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.05 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more, and 0.3 parts by mass or more.
  • the content is more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more.
  • the salt may have only a cation derived from one kind of amine compound, or may have a cation derived from two or more kinds of amine compounds.
  • a salt containing a cation derived from ammonia may be included in addition to salts containing a cation derived from an amine compound used in the present invention and an anion derived from an acidic compound.
  • a salt containing a cation derived from ammonia may be included in addition to salts containing a cation derived from an amine compound used in the present invention and an anion derived from an acidic compound.
  • a salt containing a cation derived from ammonia may be included in addition to salts containing a cation derived from an amine compound used in the present invention and an anion derived from an acidic compound.
  • a salt containing a cation derived from ammonia may be included in addition to salts containing a cation derived from an amine compound used in the present invention and an anion derived from an acidic compound.
  • a salt containing a cation derived from ammonia may be included in addition to salts containing
  • the acidic compound in the present invention refers to a compound exhibiting a pH of less than 7 in an aqueous solution.
  • a compound having an acid group and as the acid group, a group that generates free hydrogen in an aqueous solution is preferable.
  • the compound which has a sulfonic acid group, a carboxyl group, a phosphonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group etc. is mentioned, The compound which has a sulfonic acid group or a carboxyl group is preferable.
  • the acidic compound in the present invention preferably has one or two acid groups in one molecule. Among them, preferred is a compound represented by any one of the following formulas (AC1) to (AC5).
  • R A1 represents a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group.
  • a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, 1 to 6 is more preferable, and 1 to 3 is particularly preferable
  • a cycloalkyl group (3 to 24 carbon atoms) 3 to 12 are more preferable, and 3 to 6 are particularly preferable
  • an aryl group having 6 to 22 carbon atoms is more preferable, 6 to 18 is more preferable, and 6 to 10 is particularly preferable
  • heteroaryl group (1 carbon atom) To 12 are preferable, and 1 to 6 are more preferable.
  • a linear or branched alkyl or aryl group having the above-mentioned carbon number preferred is a linear or branched alkyl or aryl group having the above-mentioned carbon number.
  • These groups may or may not further have a substituent T.
  • substituent T examples thereof include groups in which an alkyl group and an aryl group are combined (preferably 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 7 to 11 carbon atoms), and aralkyl groups (preferably 7 to 23 carbon atoms) 7 to 19 is more preferable, and 7 to 11 is particularly preferable, or an alkylaryl group (having 7 to 23 carbon atoms is preferable, 7 to 19 is more preferable, and 7 to 11 is particularly preferable).
  • Each of R A2 to R A6 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • this monovalent organic group the group and carboxyl group which were described by said R ⁇ A1 > are mentioned, The same group as the group described by R ⁇ A1> is more preferable.
  • the monovalent organic group may or may not further have a substituent T.
  • R A7 to R A12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the same group as the above R A1 can be mentioned, and the preferred range is also the same.
  • the monovalent organic group may or may not further have a substituent T.
  • R A13 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and is preferably a monovalent organic group.
  • this monovalent organic group the same group as the above R A1 can be mentioned, and the preferred range is also the same.
  • the monovalent organic group may or may not further have a substituent T.
  • the pKa of the acidic compound is preferably 5 or less, more preferably 4 or less, still more preferably 3 or less, and may be 2 or less.
  • the lower limit value is preferably -5 or more, more preferably -4 or more, and particularly preferably -3 or more.
  • the molecular weight of the acidic compound is preferably 50 or more, more preferably 60 or more, still more preferably 70 or more, and still more preferably 80 or more. 1000 or less are preferable, 700 or less are more preferable, 500 or less are more preferable, 300 or less are more preferable, and 200 or less are especially preferable.
  • the molecular weight of the acidic compound is set to 1000 or less, it becomes difficult to remain in the film in the heat curing step, the curing reaction proceeds effectively, and the film strength tends to be improved.
  • the molecular weight By setting the molecular weight to 50 or more, the composition is less likely to volatilize during storage, and the film thickness change with time can be more effectively suppressed.
  • the compounding amount of the acidic compound constituting the salt with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer precursor is preferably 20 parts by mass or less, more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 5 parts by mass or less, It may be 3 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.05 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more, and 0.3 parts by mass or more. Even more preferably, it may be 0.5 parts by mass or more.
  • the acidic compound may have only an anion derived from one type of acidic compound, or may have an anion derived from two or more types of acidic compounds. When it contains 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes said range.
  • the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention contains a solvent.
  • a solvent known solvents can optionally be used.
  • the solvent is preferably an organic solvent.
  • the organic solvent include compounds such as esters, ethers, ketones, aromatic hydrocarbons, sulfoxides and amides.
  • esters for example, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, ⁇ -butyrolactone, ⁇ -caprolactone , ⁇ -valerolactone, alkyl alkyl oxyacetate (eg, methyl alkyl oxyacetate, ethyl alkyl oxyacetate, butyl alkyl oxy acetate (eg, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate etc.) ), 3-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters (eg, methyl 3-alky
  • ethers for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol Monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc. are mentioned as a suitable thing.
  • ketones include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone and the like.
  • aromatic hydrocarbons for example, toluene, xylene, anisole, limonene etc. may be mentioned as suitable.
  • a sulfoxide for example, dimethyl sulfoxide is mentioned as a suitable one.
  • suitable amides include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide and the like.
  • the solvent is also preferably in the form of a mixture of two or more from the viewpoint of improving the coated surface properties and the like.
  • the combined use of dimethyl sulfoxide and ⁇ -butyrolactone is particularly preferred.
  • the content of the solvent is preferably such that the total solid concentration of the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention is 5 to 80% by mass, and is preferably 5 to 75% by mass. It is more preferable that the amount be 10 to 70% by mass, further preferably 40 to 70% by mass.
  • the solvent content may be adjusted according to the desired thickness and application method.
  • the solvent may contain only one kind, or two or more kinds. When two or more solvents are contained, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • a photoradical polymerization initiator may be contained in the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention to impart photosensitivity.
  • a radical photopolymerization initiator which can be used by this invention, It can select suitably from well-known radical photopolymerization initiators.
  • a photoradical polymerization initiator having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferred.
  • it may be an activator which produces an active radical by causing an action with a photoexcited sensitizer.
  • the photoradical polymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar absorption coefficient of at least about 50 in the range of about 300 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm).
  • the molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure at a concentration of 0.01 g / L using an ethyl acetate solvent with a UV-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian).
  • thermosetting resin composition of the present invention is applied to a substrate such as a semiconductor wafer by forming a thermosetting resin composition layer by containing a photo radical polymerization initiator, light is applied. By irradiation, curing due to the generated radicals occurs, and the solubility in the light irradiation part can be reduced. Therefore, for example, by exposing the thermosetting resin composition layer through a photomask having a pattern for masking only the electrode portion, it is possible to easily produce regions having different solubility according to the pattern of the electrode. There is.
  • a well-known compound can be used arbitrarily as a radical photopolymerization initiator.
  • halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives for example, compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, compounds having a trihalomethyl group, etc.
  • acyl phosphine compounds such as acyl phosphine oxides, hexaarylbiimidazole, oxime derivatives, etc.
  • ketone compound As a ketone compound, the compound as described in Paragraph 0087 of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2015-087611 is illustrated, for example, This content is integrated in this specification.
  • Kayacure DETX manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. is also suitably used.
  • a radical photopolymerization initiator a hydroxyacetophenone compound, an aminoacetophenone compound, and an acyl phosphine compound can also be used suitably. More specifically, for example, an aminoacetophenone-based initiator described in JP-A-10-291969 and an acylphosphine oxide-based initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can also be used.
  • a hydroxyacetophenone type initiator IRGACURE 184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark), DAROCUR 1173, IRGACURE 500, IRGACURE-2959, IRGACURE 127 (trade name: all manufactured by BASF Corporation) can be used.
  • aminoacetophenone initiators commercially available products IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369, and IRGACURE 379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF Corporation) can be used.
  • aminoacetophenone initiator a compound described in JP-A-2009-191179 in which the absorption maximum wavelength is matched to a wavelength light source such as 365 nm or 405 nm can also be used.
  • the acylphosphine initiator include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide and the like.
  • IRGACURE 819 or IRGACURETPO which are commercially available products, can be used.
  • metallocene compounds include IRGACURE-784 (manufactured by BASF).
  • an oxime compound As a photo radical polymerization initiator, More preferably, an oxime compound is mentioned. By using an oxime compound, it is possible to more effectively improve the exposure latitude.
  • the oxime compound is particularly preferable because it has a wide exposure latitude (exposure margin) and also serves as a light curing accelerator.
  • specific examples of the oxime compound compounds described in JP-A-2001-233842, compounds described in JP-A-2000-80068, and compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166 can be used.
  • Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, compounds of the following structures, 3-benzoximinobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxy Iminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3- (4-toluenesulfonyloxy) iminobutan-2-one And 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one and the like.
  • thermosetting resin composition of the present invention it is particularly preferable to use an oxime compound (oxime-based photopolymerization initiator) as a radical photopolymerization initiator.
  • IRGACURE OXE 01, IRGACURE OXE 02, IRGACURE OXE 03, IRGACURE OXE 04 (above, manufactured by BASF Corporation), Adeka Optomer N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.), light described in JP 2012-14052 A Radical polymerization initiators 2) are also suitably used.
  • TR-PBG-304 manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.
  • Adeka ARKules NCI-831 and Adeka ARKLS NCI-930 manufactured by ADEKA Corporation
  • DFI-091 manufactured by Daitoke Mix Co., Ltd.
  • oxime compounds compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in paragraph 0345 of JP-A-2014-500852, JP-A-2013 And the compound (C-3) described in paragraph 0101 of JP-164471-A, and the like.
  • an oxime compound having a specific substituent described in JP-A-2007-269779, an oxime compound having a thioaryl group shown in JP-A-2009-191061, and the like can be mentioned.
  • the photo radical polymerization initiator is a trihalomethyl triazine compound, a benzyl dimethyl ketal compound, an ⁇ -hydroxy ketone compound, an ⁇ -amino ketone compound, an acyl phosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, a triaryl from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity.
  • Imidazole dimer, onium salt compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and derivatives thereof, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex and salts thereof, halomethyl oxadiazole compounds, 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds Compounds are preferred.
  • photoradical polymerization initiators are trihalomethyl triazine compounds, ⁇ -amino ketone compounds, acyl phosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triaryl imidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds, More preferred is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyl triazine compounds, ⁇ -amino ketone compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers and benzophenone compounds, still more preferably metallocene compounds or oxime compounds, oxime compounds Is even more preferred.
  • photo radical polymerization initiators include N, N'-tetraalkyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 2-benzyl such as benzophenone, N, N'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone (Michler's ketone), etc.
  • Aromatic ketones such as -2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1,2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholino-propanone-1, alkylanthraquinones, etc.
  • benzoin ether compounds such as benzoin alkyl ether
  • benzoin compounds such as benzoin and alkylbenzoin
  • benzyl derivatives such as benzyl dimethyl ketal.
  • the compound represented by following formula (I) can also be used.
  • R 100 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, An alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and 2 to carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms 18 alkyl group and at least one substituted phenyl group of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a biphenylyl,
  • R I01 is a group represented by formula (II), the same as R I00
  • each of R 102 to R 104 is independently an alkyl having 1 to 12 carbons, an alkoxy having 1 to 12 carbons, or a hal
  • the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention. % By mass, more preferably 0.5 to 15% by mass, and still more preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass.
  • the photo radical polymerization initiator may contain only one kind, or two or more kinds. When 2 or more types of radical photopolymerization initiators are contained, it is preferable that the sum total is the said range.
  • the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal radical polymerization initiator within the scope of the present invention.
  • the thermal radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates radicals by the energy of heat and initiates or accelerates a polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound. By adding the thermal radical polymerization initiator, the polymerization reaction of the polymer precursor can be advanced along with the cyclization of the polymer precursor, so that a higher degree of heat resistance can be achieved.
  • Specific examples of the thermal radical polymerization initiator include the compounds described in paragraphs 0074 to 0118 of JP-A-2008-63554.
  • the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention. It is mass%, more preferably 5 to 15 mass%.
  • the thermal radical polymerization initiator may contain only one type, or may contain two or more types. When 2 or more types of thermal radical polymerization initiators are contained, it is preferable that the sum total is the said range.
  • thermosetting resin composition of this invention contains a radically polymerizable compound, when providing photosensitivity.
  • a compound having a radically polymerizable group can be used as a radically polymerizable compound.
  • the radically polymerizable group include groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond such as a vinylphenyl group, a vinyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group and an allyl group.
  • the radically polymerizable group is preferably a (meth) acryloyl group.
  • the number of radically polymerizable groups in the radically polymerizable compound may be one, or two or more, but the radically polymerizable compound preferably has two or more radically polymerizable groups, and preferably three or more. More preferable.
  • the upper limit is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and still more preferably 8 or less.
  • the lower limit of the molecular weight of the radically polymerizable compound is preferably 100 or more.
  • thermosetting resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one difunctional or higher radically polymerizable compound containing two or more polymerizable groups, from the viewpoint of developability, and a trifunctional or higher radically polymerizable compound It is more preferable to include at least one of Moreover, the mixture of a bifunctional radically polymerizable compound and a trifunctional or more than trifunctional radically polymerizable compound may be sufficient.
  • the number of functional groups of the radically polymerizable compound means the number of radically polymerizable groups in one molecule.
  • the radically polymerizable compound examples include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid etc.), esters thereof and amides, and preferably Esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydric alcohol compounds, and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydric amine compounds.
  • unsaturated carboxylic acids for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid etc.
  • esters thereof and amides and preferably Esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydric alcohol compounds, and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydric amine compounds.
  • addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxy group, an amino group or a mercapto group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or epoxy, a monofunctional or a polyfunctional Dehydration condensation products with functional carboxylic acids and the like are also suitably used.
  • addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having an electrophilic substituent such as isocyanate group and epoxy group with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines and thiols, and halogen groups are also suitable.
  • unsaturated carboxylic acid it is also possible to use unsaturated phosphonic acid, a vinyl benzene derivative such as styrene, a vinyl ether, an allyl ether or the like, and a group of compounds replaced.
  • the description in paragraphs [0113] to [0122] of JP-A-2016-027357 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the radically polymerizable compound is also preferably a compound having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or higher under normal pressure.
  • examples thereof include polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethylol ethane tri (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol Penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, hexanediol (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (acryloyloxypropyl) ether, tri (acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, glycerin, trimethylolethane and the like A compound obtained by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a functional alcohol
  • Urethane (meth) acrylates as described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 50-6034 and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 51-37193; Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 48-64183; Japanese Patent Publication No. 49-43191; JP-A-52-30490 mentions polyester acrylates, polyfunctional acrylates and methacrylates such as epoxy acrylates which is a reaction product of an epoxy resin and (meth) acrylic acid, and mixtures thereof it can.
  • compounds described in paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP-A-2008-292970 are also suitable.
  • dipentaerythritol triacrylate commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate commercially available as KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku ( A-TMMT: Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate commercially available KAYARAD D-310; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • dipentaerythritol hexa ( (Meta) acrylate commercially available: KAYARAD DPHA; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-DPH; Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • these (meth) acryloyl groups are ethylene glycol and propylene glycol residues. Preferred is a structure linked via an interface. These oligomer types can also be used.
  • radically polymerizable compounds include, for example, SR-494 which is a tetrafunctional acrylate having 4 ethyleneoxy chains manufactured by Sartomer, SR-209 manufactured by Sartomer which is a difunctional methacrylate having 4 ethyleneoxy chains.
  • DPCA-60 which is a hexafunctional acrylate having 6 pentylene oxy chains manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • TPA-330 which is a trifunctional acrylate having 3 isobutylene oxy chains
  • urethane oligomer UAS- 10, UAB-140 manufactured by Nippon Paper Industries Co., Ltd.
  • NK ester M-40G NK ester 4G
  • NK ester M-9300 NK ester A-9300, UA-7200
  • DPHA- 40H Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • JP-B-58-49860, JP-B-56-17654, JP-B-62-39417, JP-B-62-39418 and urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton as described in JP-B-58-49860 and JP-B-62-39418 are also suitable.
  • radically polymerizable compounds compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule, which are described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, JP-A-1-105238, can be used. It can also be used.
  • the radically polymerizable compound may be a radically polymerizable compound having an acid group such as a carboxyl group or a phosphoric acid group.
  • the radically polymerizable compound having an acid group is preferably an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and an unreacted hydroxy group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is reacted with a nonaromatic carboxylic acid anhydride to produce an acid. Radically polymerizable compounds having a group are more preferred.
  • the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound in which a nonaromatic carboxylic acid anhydride is reacted with an unreacted hydroxy group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound to give an acid group, is pentaerythritol and / or It is a compound which is dipentaerythritol.
  • examples of commercially available products include M-510 and M-520 as polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
  • the preferred acid value of the radically polymerizable compound having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mg KOH / g, particularly preferably 5 to 30 mg KOH / g. If the acid value of the radically polymerizable compound is in the above range, the production and handling properties are excellent, and furthermore, the developability is excellent. Moreover, the polymerizability is good.
  • a monofunctional radically polymerizable compound can be preferably used as the radically polymerizable compound from the viewpoint of warpage suppression accompanying the control of the elastic modulus of the cured film.
  • monofunctional radically polymerizable compounds include n-butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, butoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, carbitol (meth) acrylate and cyclohexyl ( (Meta) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, N-methylol (meth) acrylamide, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate ) N-vinyl compounds such as acrylic acid derivatives, N-
  • thermosetting resin composition of the present invention can further contain a polymerizable compound other than the above-described radically polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound other than the above-described radically polymerizable compound include compounds having a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group; epoxy compounds; oxetane compounds; benzoxazine compounds.
  • the compound having a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (AM1), (AM4) or (AM5).
  • R 4 represents a t-valent organic group having 1 to 200 carbon atoms
  • R 5 represents a group represented by —OR 6 or —OCO—R 7
  • R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • R 7 represents an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • R 404 represents a divalent organic group having 1 to 200 carbon atoms
  • R 405 represents a group represented by —OR 406 or —OCO—R 407
  • R 406 represents a hydrogen atom or carbon
  • R 407 represents an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • R 504 represents a u-valent organic group having 1 to 200 carbon atoms
  • R 505 represents a group represented by -OR 506 or -OCO-R 507.
  • R 506 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • R 507 represents an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (AM4) include 46DMOC, 46DMOEP (all trade names, manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Co., Ltd.), DML-MBPC, DML-MBOC, DML-OCHP, DML-PCHP, DML- PC, DML-PTBP, DML-34X, DML-EP, DML-POP, dimethylol BisOC-P, DML-PFP, DML-PSBP, DML-MTrisPC (trade names, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), NIKALAC MX -290 (trade name, Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,6-dimethoxymethyl-4-t-butylphenol, 2,6-dimethoxymethyl-p-cresol, 2,6-diacecoxymethyl-p-cresol, etc. .
  • specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (AM5) include TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-HQ, TML-BP, TML-pp-BPF, TML-BPA, TMOM-BP, HML-TPPHBA, HML-TPHAP, HMOM-TPPHBA, HMOM-TPHAP (trade name, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), TM-BIP-A (trade name, manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Co., Ltd.), NIKALAC MX-280, NIKALAC Examples include MX-270 and NIKALAC MW-100LM (trade names, manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.).
  • Epoxy compound compound having an epoxy group
  • the epoxy compound is preferably a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule.
  • the epoxy group crosslinks at a temperature of 200 ° C. or less, and a film contraction does not easily occur because a dehydration reaction derived from crosslinking does not occur. For this reason, containing an epoxy compound is effective for suppressing the low temperature curing and warpage of the composition.
  • the epoxy compound preferably contains a polyethylene oxide group.
  • the polyethylene oxide group means that the number of repeating units of ethylene oxide is 2 or more, and the number of repeating units is preferably 2 to 15.
  • epoxy compounds are: bisphenol A type epoxy resin; bisphenol F type epoxy resin; alkylene glycol type epoxy resin such as propylene glycol diglycidyl ether; polyalkylene glycol type epoxy resin such as polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether; Examples include epoxy group-containing silicones such as (oxypropyl) siloxane and the like, but are not limited thereto.
  • Epiclon (registered trademark) 850-S Epiclon (registered trademark) HP-4032, Epiclon (registered trademark) HP-7200, Epiclon (registered trademark) HP-820, Epiclon (registered trademark) HP-4700, Epiclon (R) EXA-4710, Epiclon (R) HP-4770, Epiclon (R) EXA-859 CRP, Epiclon (R) EXA-1514, Epiclon (R) EXA-4880, Epiclon (R) EXA-4850-150, Epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4850-1000, Epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4816, Epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4822 (trade names, manufactured by DIC Corporation), Rikaresin (registered trademark) ) BEO-60E (brand name, Shin Nippon Rika (stock ), EP-4003S, EP-4000S (trade name, (Ltd.) and the
  • the epoxy resin containing a polyethylene oxide group is preferable at the point which is excellent in suppression of curvature, and heat resistance.
  • Epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4880, Epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4822, and Rikaresin (registered trademark) BEO-60E are preferable because they contain polyethylene oxide groups.
  • oxetane compounds include compounds having two or more oxetane rings in one molecule, 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyl oxetane, 1,4-bis ⁇ [(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methoxy] methyl ⁇ benzene, Examples thereof include 3-ethyl-3- (2-ethylhexylmethyl) oxetane, 1,4-benzenedicarboxylic acid-bis [(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl] ester and the like.
  • Aon oxetane series (for example, OXT-121, OXT-221, OXT-191, OXT-223) manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. can be suitably used, and these can be used alone. Or you may mix 2 or more types.
  • Benzoxazine compound (compound having a benzoxazolyl group)
  • the benzoxazine compound is preferable because degassing does not occur at the time of curing because of the crosslinking reaction derived from the ring opening addition reaction, and further, the thermal shrinkage is reduced to suppress the occurrence of warpage.
  • benzoxazine compound examples include B-a type benzoxazine, B-m type benzoxazine (all trade names, manufactured by Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.), benzoxazine adduct of polyhydroxystyrene resin, phenol novolac type Dihydrobenzoxazine compounds are included. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content is preferably more than 0% by mass and 60% by mass or less with respect to the total solid content of the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less and still more preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • a polymeric compound may be used individually by 1 type, you may mix and use 2 or more types. When using 2 or more types together, it is preferable that the total amount becomes said range.
  • the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a migration inhibitor.
  • the migration inhibitor is not particularly limited, but a heterocyclic ring (a pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoxazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, pyridine ring
  • a heterocyclic ring a pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoxazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, pyridine ring
  • a heterocyclic ring a pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring,
  • ion trap agents that capture anions such as halogen ions can also be used.
  • Examples of other migration inhibitors include rust inhibitors described in paragraph 0094 of JP-A-2013-15701, compounds described in paragraphs 0073 to 0076 of JP-A-2009-283711, and JP-A-2011-59656.
  • the compounds described in paragraph 0052, the compounds described in paragraphs 0114, 0116 and 0118 of JP 2012-194520 A, and the like can be used.
  • the content of the migration inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5.0% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the thermosetting resin composition. And more preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.
  • the migration inhibitor may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more migration inhibitors are used, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor.
  • the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, 4-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, p-tert-butyl catechol, 1,4-benzoquinone, diphenyl-p-benzoquinone, 4,4 ' -Thiobis (3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt, phenothiazine, N-nitrosodiphenylamine N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, glycol ether diamine tetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol, 5-nitroso
  • the polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0060 of JP-A-2015-127817 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0046 of International Publication WO 2015/125469 can also be used.
  • the following compounds can be used (Me is a methyl group).
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor is 0.01 to 5% by mass based on the total solid content of the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention. It is preferably from 0.02 to 3% by mass, particularly preferably from 0.05 to 2.5% by mass.
  • the polymerization inhibitor may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more polymerization inhibitors are used, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • thermosetting resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a metal adhesion improver for improving the adhesion to a metal material used for electrodes, wiring and the like.
  • metal adhesion improver include silane coupling agents.
  • silane coupling agent examples include compounds described in paragraphs 0062 to 0073 of JP-A 2014-191002, compounds described in paragraphs 0063 to 0071 of International Publication WO 2011/080992 A1, and compounds described in JP-A 2014-191252.
  • Et represents an ethyl group.
  • the content of the metal adhesion modifier is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 15 parts by mass, particularly preferably 0 based on 100 parts by mass of the polymer precursor. And in the range of 5 to 5 parts by mass.
  • the metal adhesion improver may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that the sum is the said range.
  • the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention may contain a curing accelerator.
  • the curing accelerator may be a thermal curing accelerator or a light curing accelerator.
  • Thermosetting accelerator >> The heat curing accelerator is preferably a salt of a quaternary ammonium cation and a carboxylate anion.
  • the quaternary ammonium cation is preferably represented by the following formula (Y1-1).
  • R N1 is Nn number (Nn is an integer of 1 to 12) represents an organic group, preferably an Nn-valent hydrocarbon group.
  • the hydrocarbon group may be an alkane-containing Nn-valent group (preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and particularly preferably 1 to 3), and an alkene Nn-valent group (2 to 12 carbon atoms). Is preferable, 2 to 6 is more preferable, and 2 to 3 is particularly preferable, and an aromatic hydrocarbon-containing Nn-valent group (having 6 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable, 6 to 18 is more preferable, and 6 to 10 is particularly preferable. Or combinations thereof.
  • R N1 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • R N1 may have the aforementioned substituent T within the range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
  • R N2 ⁇ R N5 are independently a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group (having 1 to 36 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24, particularly preferably 1 to 12) represents, an alkyl group (C 1 - 36 is preferable, 1 to 24 is more preferable, 1 to 23 is particularly preferable, an alkenyl group (having 2 to 36 carbon atoms is preferable, 2 to 24 is more preferable, and 2 to 23 is particularly preferable), and an alkynyl group (carbon number is 1 to 36 is preferable, 1 to 24 is more preferable, and 1 to 23 is particularly preferable, and an aryl group (having 6 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable, 6 to 18 is more preferable, and 6 to 10 is particularly preferable).
  • the alkyl group, the alkenyl group and the alkynyl group may be linear or branched and may be cyclic or linear.
  • R N6 is an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 36 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 4 to 18 carbon atoms), and an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 36 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms, and 4 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • An alkynyl group preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 36, more preferably 2 to 24, and particularly preferably 4 to 18
  • an aryl group preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 22, preferably 6 to 18).
  • To 10 are particularly preferable).
  • the alkyl group, the alkenyl group and the alkynyl group may be linear or branched, cyclic or linear.
  • a linking group Lh containing a hetero atom may be interposed in the middle of the chain or in the linkage with the mother nucleus.
  • the linking group Lh containing a hetero atom a linking group consisting of —O—, —S—, —CO—, —NR N — or a combination thereof is mentioned.
  • the number of atoms constituting the linking group Lh containing a hetero atom is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and particularly preferably 1 to 3.
  • the number of atoms intervening in a specific group of the linking group Lh containing a hetero atom is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and particularly preferably 1 to 3.
  • RN is as defined above.
  • R N6 may further have the above-mentioned substituent T within the range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
  • Nn represents an integer of 1 or more and 12 or less, an integer of 1 to 6 is more preferable, and an integer of 1 to 3 is particularly preferable.
  • No is preferably an integer of 1 to 12, more preferably an integer of 1 to 6, and particularly preferably an integer of 1 to 3.
  • Two or more of R N2 to R N6 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • thermosetting accelerator in the present invention is preferably 100 or more and less than 2000, more preferably 200 to 1000.
  • thermal curing accelerator in the present invention include an acidic compound which generates a base when heated to 40 ° C. or higher described in WO 2015/199219, and an ammonium salt having an anion with an pKa 1 of 0 to 4 and an ammonium cation. The contents of these are incorporated herein.
  • the content of the heat curing accelerator in the composition is preferably 0.01 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.05% by mass or more and further preferably 0.1% by mass or more. 10 mass% or less is more preferable, and, as for the upper limit, 5 mass% or less is more preferable.
  • the heat curing accelerator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount is the said range.
  • the composition of this invention can also be set as the structure which does not contain a thermosetting accelerator substantially. Substantially free means less than 0.01% by mass, and more preferably less than 0.005% by mass, relative to the total solid content of the composition.
  • the thermosetting resin composition used by this invention may contain the photocuring accelerator.
  • the photo-curing accelerator in the present invention generates a base upon exposure, and does not show activity under ordinary conditions of normal temperature and pressure, but when irradiation and heating of electromagnetic waves are performed as an external stimulus, the base ( It is not particularly limited as long as it generates a basic substance).
  • the base generated by exposure to light serves as a catalyst for curing the polymer precursor by heating, and thus can be suitably used.
  • known photocuring accelerators can be used.
  • such as a transition metal compound complex one having a structure such as an ammonium salt, or one in which an amidine moiety is made latent by forming a salt with a carboxylic acid
  • the base component is neutralized by forming a salt
  • examples thereof include ionic compounds, and non-ionic compounds such as carbamate derivatives, oxime ester derivatives, and acyl compounds in which the base component is made latent by urethane bonds or oxime bonds.
  • the photocuring accelerator according to the present invention for example, a photocuring accelerator having a cinnamic acid amide structure as disclosed in JP-A-2009-80452 and WO2009 / 123122 pamphlet, JP-A-2006- Photocuring accelerators having a carbamate structure as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication Nos. 189591 and 2008-247747; oxime structures as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication Nos. 2007-249013 and 2008-003581; Although the photocuring accelerator etc. which have a carbamoyl oxime structure etc. are mentioned, it is not limited to these, In addition, the structure of a well-known photocuring accelerator can be used.
  • WPBG-266, WPBG-300, WPGB-345, WPGB-140, WPBG-165, WPBG-027, PBG-018, WPGB-015, WPBG-041, WPGB-172, WPGB-174, WPBG-166, WPGB-158, WPGB-025, WPGB-168, WPGB-167 and WPBG-082 can also be used.
  • the content of the photo-curing accelerator in the composition is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition.
  • 0.5 mass% or more is more preferable, and 1 mass% or more is further more preferable.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and still more preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the photocuring accelerator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount is the said range.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains an organic compound containing a Group 4 element (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "organic titanium compound etc.”).
  • the organic compound containing a Group 4 element is preferably an organic compound containing at least one selected from titanium atom, zirconium atom and hafnium atom, and contains at least one selected from titanium atom and zirconium atom More preferably, it is an organic compound.
  • the organic compound containing at least one selected from titanium atom and zirconium atom is preferably a compound containing an organic group and titanium atom or zirconium atom, and the number of titanium atoms and zirconium atoms in one molecule is In total, one is preferred.
  • the organic group is not particularly limited, but is preferably a hydrocarbon group or a group consisting of a combination of a hydrocarbon group and a hetero atom.
  • the hetero atom is preferably an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • at least one of the organic groups is preferably a cyclic group, and more preferably at least two are cyclic groups.
  • the cyclic group is preferably selected from a 5-membered cyclic group and a 6-membered cyclic group, and more preferably selected from a 5-membered cyclic group.
  • a cyclopentadienyl group is preferable.
  • organic titanium compound and the like used in the present invention preferably contain 2 to 4 cyclic groups in one molecule.
  • Organic titanium compounds and the like in the present invention are preferably represented by the following formulas (P-1) to (P-3), and more preferably compounds represented by formula (P-1).
  • M is a Group 4 element.
  • a group 4 element which M represents a titanium atom, a zirconium atom, and a hafnium atom are preferable, and a titanium atom and a zirconium atom are more preferable.
  • R is independently a substituent.
  • R is preferably selected from an aryl group, an alkyl group, a halogen atom, an alkylsulfonyloxy group and an arylsulfonyloxy group, and more preferably selected from an alkyl group, a halogen atom and an alkylsulfonyloxy group.
  • the aryl group preferably has 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Specific examples thereof include phenyl, 1-naphthyl and 2-naphthyl groups.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and still more preferably 1 to 3.
  • halogen atom includes F, Cl, Br and I.
  • the alkyl group constituting the alkylsulfonyloxy group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and still more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the substituent may further have a substituent.
  • substituents examples include a substituent T and the like, and specifically, a halogen atom (F, Cl, Br, I), a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, And aryloxy groups, acyl groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups, aryloxycarbonyl groups, acyloxy groups, monoalkylamino groups, dialkylamino groups, monoarylamino groups, and diarylamino groups.
  • a halogen atom F, Cl, Br, I
  • a halogen atom F, Cl, Br, I
  • a halogen atom F, Cl, Br, I
  • a halogen atom F, Cl, Br, I
  • a halogen atom F, Cl, Br, I
  • a halogen atom F, Cl, Br, I
  • a halogen atom F, Cl, Br, I
  • a halogen atom
  • R P1 to R P4 are a halogen atom, a hydroxy group or an organic group (excluding a cyclopentadienyl group).
  • an alkyl group preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and further preferably 1 to 3
  • an alkenyl group preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms
  • an aryl group preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 and still more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms
  • an alkoxy group preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 6
  • 1 to 3 is further preferable, an aryloxy group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 and still more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfonyloxy group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, -6 is more preferable, 1 to 3 is more preferable
  • R P0 is an organic linking group constituting a ligand in the formula (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 and further preferably 2 to 4, and may have a hetero linking group Lh And, for example, ⁇ -diketone ligands.
  • ⁇ -diketone include acetylacetonate and ethylacetoacetate
  • R P0 include a structure of the following formula (P-3 (a)). * Is a bond with an oxygen atom.
  • R P11 is a group having the same meaning as R P1 .
  • R P12 to R P14 are a hydrogen atom or a substituent T.
  • an alkyl group preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and further preferably 1 to 3
  • an alkoxy group preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, 1 to 6 is more preferred
  • 1 to 3 are more preferable.
  • px is an integer of 1 to 4.
  • R, R P1 to R P4 and R P11 to R P14 contain an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or a linking group containing any of these groups, they are further optionally substituted within the scope of achieving the effects of the present invention It may have a group T (for example, a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, etc.).
  • R, R P1 to R P4 and when there are a plurality of R P11 and R P12 to R P14 they may be the same as or different from each other. Also, two or more adjacent groups may be bonded to form a ring via the following linking group L or not.
  • the linking group L is an alkylene group (preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and particularly preferably 1 to 3), an alkenylene group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6), O It is preferable that it is group which concerns on, CO, NR N , S, or its combination.
  • the number of atoms constituting the linking group L is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and particularly preferably 1 to 3, excluding hydrogen atoms.
  • the number of linking atoms of linking group L is preferably 10 or less, and more preferably 8 or less. The lower limit is 1 or more.
  • the organic compound containing a Group 4 element used in the present invention is preferably selected from titanocene compounds, tetraalkoxytitanium compounds, titanium acylate compounds, titanium chelate compounds, zirconocene compounds and hafnocene compounds, and titanocene compounds, zirconocene compounds and It is more preferably selected from hafnocene compounds, and still more preferably selected from titanocene compounds and zirconocene compounds.
  • the molecular weight of the organic titanium compound or the like is preferably 50 to 2,000, and more preferably 100 to 1,000.
  • organic titanium compound and the like include tetraisopropoxytitanium, tetrakis (2-ethylhexyloxy) titanium, diisopropoxybis (ethylacetoacetate) titanium, diisopropoxybis (acetylacetonato) titanium, the following compounds, or The compounds listed in the examples below are exemplified.
  • organic titanium compounds and the like as an organic compound containing a titanium atom, di-cyclopentadienyl-Ti-di-chloride (bis (cyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride), di-cyclopentadienyl-Ti -Bis-phenyl, di-cyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophenyl-1-yl, di-cyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,3,5 , 6-Tetrafluorophenyl-1-yl, di-cyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,4,6-trifluorophenyl-1-yl, di-cyclopentadienyl-Ti-2,6-difluoro Phenyl-1-yl, di-cyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,4-difluorophenyl-1-yl, di-methylcyclopenta
  • organic titanium compounds and the like as organic compounds containing a zirconium atom and compounds containing a hafnium atom, (cyclopentadienyl) trimethylzirconium, (cyclopentadienyl) triphenylzirconium, (cyclopentadienyl) tril Benzylzirconium, (cyclopentadienyl) trichlorozirconium, (cyclopentadienyl) trimethoxyzirconium, (cyclopentadienyl) dimethyl (methoxy) zirconium, cyclopentadienylmethyldichlorozirconium, (methylcyclopentadienyl) trimethyl Zirconium, (Methyl cyclopentadienyl) triphenyl zirconium, (Methyl cyclopentadienyl) tribenzyl zirconium, (Methyl cyclopentadienyl)
  • the content of the organic titanium compound or the like is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 1.0% by mass or more, further preferably 1.5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 2.0% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 25% by mass or less, further preferably 15% by mass or less, still more preferably 10% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or less.
  • One or two or more organic titanium compounds can be used. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount is the said range.
  • the mass ratio of the content of the organic titanium compound etc.
  • the thermal base generator is preferably 100: 1 to 1: 100, and 90:10 to 10:90.
  • the ratio is more preferably 40:60 to 20:80. Such a range makes it possible to achieve higher ring closure rates at low temperatures of the polymer precursor and higher glass transition temperatures.
  • incorporation of an organic titanium compound or the like makes it possible to achieve a higher ring closure rate at a low temperature of the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor and a higher glass transition temperature. An especially high effect can be acquired by making this compounding quantity into said range.
  • thermosetting resin composition of the present invention may contain various additives, for example, thermal acid generators, sensitizing dyes, chain transfer agents, surfactants, if necessary, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • additives for example, thermal acid generators, sensitizing dyes, chain transfer agents, surfactants, if necessary, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • Higher fatty acid derivatives, inorganic particles, curing agents, curing catalysts, fillers, antioxidants, ultraviolet light absorbers, aggregation inhibitors, etc. can be blended.
  • the total blending amount is preferably 3% by mass or less of the solid content of the composition.
  • the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal acid generator.
  • the thermal acid generator generates an acid upon heating, promotes cyclization of the polymer precursor and further improves the mechanical properties of the cured film. Examples of the thermal acid generator include compounds described in paragraph 0059 of JP-A-2013-167742.
  • 0.01 mass part or more is preferable with respect to 100 mass parts of polymer precursors, and, as for content of a thermal acid generator, 0.1 mass part or more is more preferable.
  • the content of the thermal acid generator is preferably 20 parts by mass or less, more preferably 15 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 10 parts by mass or less from the viewpoint of the electrical insulation of the cured film.
  • the thermal acid generator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes said range.
  • the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention may contain a sensitizing dye.
  • the sensitizing dye absorbs specific actinic radiation to be in an electronically excited state.
  • the sensitizing dye in the electronically excited state is brought into contact with a heat curing accelerator, a thermal radical polymerization initiator, a photo radical polymerization initiator and the like to produce actions such as electron transfer, energy transfer, heat generation and the like.
  • the heat curing accelerator, the thermal radical polymerization initiator, and the photo radical polymerization initiator undergo a chemical change and decompose to form a radical, an acid or a base.
  • the details of the sensitizing dye can be referred to the description of paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of JP-A-2016-027357, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the content of the sensitizing dye is 0.01 to 20% by mass based on the total solid content of the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention. Is preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass, and more preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass.
  • the sensitizing dyes may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent.
  • Chain transfer agents are defined, for example, in Polymer Dictionary Third Edition (edited by the Polymer Society of Japan, 2005), pp. 683-684.
  • As a chain transfer agent for example, a compound group having SH, PH, SiH, and GeH in the molecule is used. These can donate hydrogen to a low activity radical to form a radical or be oxidized and then deprotonated to form a radical.
  • thiol compounds for example, 2-mercaptobenzimidazoles, 2-mercaptobenzthiazoles, 2-mercaptobenzoxazoles, 3-mercaptotriazoles, 5-mercaptotetrazole, etc.
  • 2-mercaptobenzimidazoles, 2-mercaptobenzthiazoles, 2-mercaptobenzoxazoles, 3-mercaptotriazoles, 5-mercaptotetrazole, etc. can be preferably used.
  • the content of the chain transfer agent is 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention. Part is preferable, 1 to 10 parts by mass is more preferable, and 1 to 5 parts by mass is more preferable.
  • the chain transfer agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more chain transfer agents are used, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • each type of surfactant may be added to the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention from the viewpoint of further improving the coating property.
  • various types of surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants and silicone surfactants can be used. The following surfactants are also preferred.
  • the content of the surfactant is 0.001 to 2.0 mass with respect to the total solid content of the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention %, Preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass.
  • the surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more surfactants are used, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • thermosetting resin composition of the present invention a higher fatty acid derivative such as behenic acid or behenic acid amide is added to prevent polymerization inhibition caused by oxygen, and the composition is dried in the process of drying after coating. It may be unevenly distributed on the surface.
  • the content of the higher fatty acid derivative is 0.1 to 10% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention Is preferred.
  • the higher fatty acid derivative may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more higher fatty acid derivatives are used, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • the water content of the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5% by mass, more preferably less than 1% by mass, and particularly preferably less than 0.6% by mass.
  • the metal content of the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 mass ppm (parts per million), and less than 1 mass ppm, from the viewpoint of insulation, except for the above-mentioned Group 4 metal. More preferably, less than 0.5 mass ppm is particularly preferred.
  • Metals to be inhibited include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, chromium, nickel and the like. When a plurality of metals are included, the total of these metals is preferably in the above range.
  • the raw material with few metal contents is selected as a raw material which comprises the thermosetting resin composition of this invention Filtering the raw material constituting the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention, lining the inside of the apparatus with polytetrafluoroethylene or the like, and performing distillation under conditions that minimize contamination as much as possible I can mention the method.
  • the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention preferably has a halogen atom content of less than 500 mass ppm, more preferably less than 300 mass ppm, from the viewpoint of wiring corrosion, in consideration of the use as a semiconductor material. Particularly preferred is less than mass ppm. Among them, those less than 5 mass ppm are preferable, those less than 1 mass ppm are more preferable, and less than 0.5 mass ppm is more preferable.
  • the halogen atom includes a chlorine atom and a bromine atom. It is preferable that the sum total of a chlorine atom and a bromine atom, or a chloride ion and a bromide ion is respectively in the above range.
  • a conventionally known storage container can be used as a storage container of the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention.
  • the inner wall of the container is made of a multilayer bottle consisting of 6 kinds of resin and 6 layers of resin, and 6 kinds of resin with 7 layers structure It is also preferred to use a bottle which has been As such a container, for example, the container described in JP-A-2015-123351 can be mentioned.
  • thermosetting resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above components.
  • the mixing method is not particularly limited, and can be carried out by a conventionally known method.
  • the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention comprises a polymer precursor selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor, an amine compound, an acidic compound, and a solvent, and the pKa of the conjugate acid of the amine compound and the acidic compound It is exemplified that it includes mixing so that pKa of and the range of Formula 1 become.
  • thermoplastic resin of the present invention comprises a polymer precursor selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor, a salt containing a cation derived from an amine compound and an anion derived from an acidic compound, and a solvent
  • the method includes mixing such that the pKa of the conjugate acid of the amine compound and the pKa of the acidic compound are in the range of Formula 1.
  • the material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
  • the filter may be one previously washed with an organic solvent.
  • a plurality of filters may be connected in series or in parallel.
  • filters with different pore sizes and / or different materials may be used in combination.
  • various materials may be filtered multiple times.
  • circulation filtration may be used.
  • you may pressurize and filter.
  • the pressure applied is preferably 0.05 MPa or more and 0.3 MPa or less.
  • removal of impurities using an adsorbent may be performed.
  • Filter filtration may be combined with impurity removal treatment using an adsorbent.
  • a known adsorbent can be used as the adsorbent. Examples include inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
  • the cured film of the present invention is formed by curing the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention.
  • the film thickness of the cured film of the present invention can be, for example, 0.5 ⁇ m or more, and can be 1 ⁇ m or more. Moreover, as an upper limit, it can be 100 micrometers or less, and can also be 30 micrometers or less.
  • Two or more layers of the cured film of the present invention may be laminated to form a laminate.
  • the embodiment having a metal layer between the cured films is preferable for the laminate having two or more layers of the cured film of the present invention.
  • Such a metal layer is preferably used as a metal wiring such as a rewiring layer.
  • the insulating film of a semiconductor device As an applicable field
  • forming a pattern by etching a sealing film, a substrate material (a base film or a cover lay of a flexible printed substrate, an interlayer insulating film), or an insulating film for mounting application as described above may be mentioned.
  • the cured film according to the invention can also be used for the production of printing plates, such as offset printing plates or screen printing plates, for use in the etching of molded parts, for the production of protective lacquers and dielectric layers in electronics, in particular in microelectronics.
  • printing plates such as offset printing plates or screen printing plates
  • protective lacquers and dielectric layers in electronics in particular in microelectronics.
  • the method for producing a cured film of the present invention includes using the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention.
  • the method includes a layer forming step of applying the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention to a substrate to form a layer, and a heating step of heating the layer-formed thermosetting resin composition at 50 to 500 ° C. .
  • an exposure step of exposing after the layer forming step and an exposing step of exposing the thermosetting resin composition layer (resin layer) are performed.
  • a development process step of performing development processing After this development, the exposed resin layer can be further cured by heating preferably at 50 to 500 ° C. (more preferably, 150 to 400 ° C.).
  • a composition is hardened by exposure beforehand, desired processing (for example, following lamination) is given as needed after that. And can be further cured by heating.
  • the method for producing a laminate of the present invention includes the method for producing a cured film of the present invention.
  • the layer forming step and the heating step of the thermosetting resin composition or the photosensitivity is given again after the formation of the cured film.
  • a laminate can be obtained.
  • the manufacturing method includes a layer forming step of applying a thermosetting resin composition to a substrate to form a layer.
  • the type of substrate can be appropriately determined depending on the application, but a semiconductor production substrate such as silicon, silicon nitride, polysilicon, silicon oxide, amorphous silicon, quartz, glass, optical film, ceramic material, vapor deposited film, magnetic film No particular limitation is imposed on a reflection film, a metal substrate such as Ni, Cu, Cr, or Fe, paper, an SOG (Spin On Glass), a TFT (thin film transistor) array substrate, an electrode plate of a plasma display panel (PDP), or the like.
  • SOG Spin On Glass
  • TFT thin film transistor
  • thermosetting resin composition layer is formed on the surface of the resin layer or the surface of the metal layer, the resin layer or the metal layer is a substrate.
  • application is preferable.
  • a resin layer having a desired thickness can be obtained by adjusting the solid content concentration and application conditions appropriately according to the method.
  • the coating method can be appropriately selected depending on the shape of the substrate, and if it is a circular substrate such as a wafer, spin coating method, spray coating method, ink jet method etc. are preferable, and if it is a rectangular substrate, slit coating method, spray coating method, ink jet The law is preferred.
  • the spin coating method for example, it can be applied at a rotational speed of 500 to 2000 rpm for about 10 seconds to 1 minute.
  • the manufacturing method of this invention may include the process of drying in order to remove a solvent after layer-forming process, after forming a thermosetting resin composition layer.
  • the preferred drying temperature is 50 to 150 ° C., more preferably 70 ° C. to 130 ° C., and still more preferably 90 ° C. to 110 ° C.
  • the drying time is, for example, 30 seconds to 20 minutes, preferably 1 to 10 minutes, and more preferably 3 to 7 minutes.
  • the production method of the present invention may include an exposure step of exposing the thermosetting resin composition layer.
  • the exposure dose is not particularly limited as long as the thermosetting resin composition can be cured, but for example, irradiation with 100 to 10000 mJ / cm 2 is preferable in terms of exposure energy at a wavelength of 365 nm, and 200 to 8000 mJ / cm 2 irradiation It is more preferable to do.
  • the exposure wavelength can be appropriately determined in the range of 190 to 1000 nm, preferably 240 to 550 nm.
  • the exposure wavelength is (1) semiconductor laser (wavelength 830 nm, 532 nm, 488 nm, 405 nm etc.), (2) metal halide lamp, (3) high pressure mercury lamp, g line (wavelength 436 nm), h Line (wavelength 405 nm), i line (365 nm wavelength), broad (3 wavelengths of g, h, i line), (4) excimer laser, KrF excimer laser (wavelength 248 nm), ArF excimer laser (wavelength 193 nm), F2 excimer Laser (wavelength: 157 nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet light; EUV (wavelength: 13.6 nm), (6) electron beam, etc. may be mentioned.
  • thermosetting resin composition of the present invention in particular, exposure with a high pressure mercury lamp is preferable, and in particular, exposure with i-ray is preferable. Thereby, particularly high exposure sensitivity can be obtained.
  • the manufacturing method of the present invention may include a development treatment step of developing the exposed thermosetting resin composition layer.
  • a development treatment step of developing the exposed thermosetting resin composition layer By performing development, in the case of the negative type, the non-exposed portion (non-exposed portion) is removed, and in the case of the positive type, the exposed portion (exposed portion) is removed.
  • the development method is not particularly limited as long as it can form a desired pattern, and, for example, development methods such as paddle, spray, immersion, and ultrasonic waves can be employed. Development is performed using a developer.
  • the developer can be used without particular limitation as long as the unexposed area (non-exposed area) is removed.
  • the developer preferably contains an organic solvent.
  • the developer preferably contains an organic solvent having a ClogP of ⁇ 1 to 5, and more preferably an organic solvent having a ClogP of 0 to 3.
  • ClogP can be obtained as a calculated value by inputting a structural formula in ChemBioDraw.
  • the organic solvent is, for example, esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, ⁇ -butyrolactone ⁇ -caprolactone, ⁇ -valerolactone, alkyl alkyl oxyacetate (eg methyl alkyl oxyacetate, ethyl alkyl oxy acetate, butyl alkyl oxy acetate (eg methyl methoxy acetate, ethyl methoxy acetate, butyl methoxy acetate, methyl ethoxy acetate, Ethyl ethoxyacetate etc.), 3-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters (eg methyl 3-alkyloxy
  • ketones for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and the like, and as aromatic hydrocarbons, for example, toluene, xylene, anisole, limonene Dimethyl sulfoxide is preferably mentioned as the sulfoxides.
  • cyclopentanone and ⁇ -butyrolactone are particularly preferable, and cyclopentanone is more preferable.
  • the developer preferably has 50% by mass or more of the organic solvent, more preferably 70% by mass or more of the organic solvent, and still more preferably 90% by mass or more of the organic solvent. Further, 100% by mass of the developer may be an organic solvent.
  • the development time is preferably 10 seconds to 5 minutes.
  • the temperature at the time of development is not particularly limited, but can usually be performed at 20 to 40.degree.
  • rinsing may be further performed.
  • the rinse is preferably performed with a solvent different from the developer. For example, it can rinse using the solvent contained in a thermosetting resin composition.
  • the rinse time is preferably 5 seconds to 1 minute.
  • the production method of the present invention preferably includes a step of heating after the layer forming step, the drying step, or the developing step.
  • the heating step the cyclization reaction of the polymer precursor proceeds.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a radically polymerizable compound other than the polymer precursor, curing of the radically polymerizable compound other than the unreacted polymer precursor can be advanced at this step.
  • the heating temperature (maximum heating temperature) in the heating step is 50 to 500 ° C., preferably 50 to 450 ° C., more preferably 140 to 400 ° C., and still more preferably 160 to 350 ° C.
  • the heating is preferably performed at a temperature rising rate of 1 to 12 ° C./min from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature, more preferably 2 to 10 ° C./min, still more preferably 3 to 10 ° C./min.
  • the temperature at the start of heating is preferably 20 ° C. to 150 ° C., more preferably 20 ° C. to 130 ° C., and still more preferably 25 ° C. to 120 ° C.
  • the temperature at the start of heating refers to the temperature at which the process of heating to the maximum heating temperature is started.
  • the temperature is the temperature after drying, for example, 30 to 200 ° C. than the boiling point of the solvent contained in the thermosetting resin composition. It is preferable to raise the temperature gradually from a low temperature.
  • the heating time (heating time at the maximum heating temperature) is preferably 10 to 360 minutes, more preferably 20 to 300 minutes, and particularly preferably 30 to 240 minutes.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 180 ° C. to 320 ° C., and more preferably 180 ° C. to 260 ° C., from the viewpoint of adhesion between the layers of the cured film. The reason is not clear, but at this temperature, it is considered that the ethynyl groups of the polymer precursor between layers proceed with the crosslinking reaction.
  • the heating may be performed stepwise. As an example, the temperature is raised from 25 ° C. to 180 ° C. at 3 ° C./min, held at 180 ° C. for 60 minutes, raised from 180 ° C. to 200 ° C. at 2 ° C./min, held at 200 ° C. for 120 minutes And the like may be performed.
  • the heating temperature as the pretreatment step is preferably 100 to 200 ° C., more preferably 110 to 190 ° C., and still more preferably 120 to 185 ° C.
  • the pretreatment step may be performed for a short time of about 10 seconds to 2 hours, and more preferably 15 seconds to 30 minutes.
  • the pretreatment may be performed in two or more steps, for example, the pretreatment step 1 may be performed in the range of 100 to 150 ° C., and then the pretreatment step 2 may be performed in the range of 150 to 200 ° C. Furthermore, it may be cooled after heating, and in this case, the cooling rate is preferably 1 to 5 ° C./minute.
  • the heating step is preferably performed in an atmosphere with a low oxygen concentration by flowing an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, argon or the like from the viewpoint of preventing the decomposition of the polymer precursor.
  • the oxygen concentration is preferably 50 ppm (volume ratio) or less, more preferably 20 ppm (volume ratio) or less.
  • the production method of the present invention preferably includes a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the surface of the thermosetting resin composition layer after development processing.
  • a metal layer existing metal species can be used without particular limitation, and copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold and tungsten are exemplified, copper and aluminum are more preferable, copper is more preferable. More preferable.
  • the formation method of a metal layer does not have a limitation in particular, The existing method can be applied. For example, the methods described in JP-A-2007-157879, JP-A-2001-521288, JP-A-2004-214501, and JP-A-2004-101850 can be used.
  • the thickness of the metal layer is preferably 0.1 to 50 ⁇ m, and more preferably 1 to 10 ⁇ m at the thickest part.
  • the production method of the present invention preferably further includes a lamination step.
  • the laminating step the layer forming step and the heating step, or when the photosensitivity is imparted to the thermosetting resin composition, the layer forming step, the exposure step, and the development processing step are the same. It is a series of steps including performing in order. It goes without saying that the laminating step may further include the above-mentioned drying step, heating step and the like.
  • the surface activation treatment step may be further performed after the heating step, after the exposure step, or after the metal layer forming step. Plasma treatment is exemplified as the surface activation treatment.
  • the lamination step is preferably performed 2 to 5 times, and more preferably 3 to 5 times.
  • a configuration having three or more and seven or less resin layers such as resin layer / metal layer / resin layer / metal layer / resin layer / metal layer is preferable, and three or more and five or less layers are more preferable. That is, in the present invention, in particular, after the metal layer is provided, the layer forming process and the heating process of the thermosetting resin composition, or the thermosetting resin composition is photosensitive so as to cover the metal layer. It is preferable to perform the layer formation step, the exposure step, and the development treatment step (additional heating step, if necessary) in the above order when applying. By alternately performing the laminating step of laminating the thermosetting resin composition layer (resin) and the metal layer forming step, the thermosetting resin composition layer (resin layer) and the metal layer can be alternately laminated. .
  • the present invention also discloses a semiconductor device having the cured film or laminate of the present invention.
  • a semiconductor device using the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention for formation of an interlayer insulating film for rewiring layer the description of paragraphs 0213 to 0218 of JP-A-2016-027357 and the description of FIG. The contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Synthesis Example 1 [Synthesis of polyimide precursor resin A-1 from pyromellitic dianhydride, 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether and 3-hydroxybenzyl alcohol] 14.06 g (64.5 mmol) of pyromellitic dianhydride (dried at 140 ° C. for 12 hours) and 16.33 g (131.58 mmol) of 3-hydroxybenzyl alcohol in 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone And dried over molecular sieves. The suspension was heated to 100 ° C. for 3 hours. A few minutes after heating a clear solution was obtained.
  • the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and 21.43 g (270.9 mmol) of pyridine and 90 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone were added. The reaction mixture was then cooled to -10.degree. C. and 16.12 g (135.5 mmol) of thionyl chloride was added over 10 minutes, keeping the temperature at -10. +-. 4.degree. The viscosity increased during the addition of thionyl chloride. After dilution with 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours.
  • composition example 2 [Synthesis of polyimide precursor resin A-2 from oxydiphthalic acid dianhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether] 20.0 g (64.5 millimoles) of oxydiphthalic acid dianhydride was suspended in 140 mL of diglyme while removing water in a dry reactor equipped with a stirrer, a condenser and a flat bottom joint fitted with an internal thermometer . 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone and 10.7 g (135 mmol) of pyridine were subsequently added and stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C.
  • the viscosity increased during the addition of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether. Then, 5.6 g (17.5 mmol) of methanol and 0.05 g of 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxytoluene were added and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours.
  • the polyimide precursor resin was then precipitated in 4 liters of water and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a speed of 500 rpm for 15 minutes.
  • the polyimide precursor resin was filtered off, stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes and filtered again. Next, the obtained polyimide precursor resin was dried at 45 ° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure.
  • composition example 3 [Synthesis of polyimide precursor resin A-3 from oxydiphthalic acid dianhydride, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether] 10.0 g (32.2 mmol) oxydiphthalic acid dianhydride and 3,3 ', 4,4 while removing water in a dry reactor equipped with a stirrer, a condenser and a flat bottom joint fitted with an internal thermometer.
  • the polyimide precursor resin was then precipitated in 4 liters of water and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a speed of 500 rpm for 15 minutes.
  • the polyimide precursor resin was filtered off, stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes and filtered again.
  • the obtained polyimide precursor resin was dried at 45 ° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure.
  • composition example 4 [Synthesis of polybenzoxazole precursor A-4 from 2,2′-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, 4,4′-oxydibenzoyl chloride] 28.0 g (76.4 mmol) of 2,2'-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane were stirred and dissolved in 200 g of N-methylpyrrolidone.
  • the polybenzoxazole precursor resin was filtered off, stirred again in 6 liters of water for 30 minutes and filtered again. Next, the obtained polybenzoxazole precursor resin was dried at 45 ° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure.
  • composition example 5 1.16 g (10.0 mmol) of maleic acid was dissolved in 20.0 g of methanol and 1.95 g (10.0 mmol) of N, N-dicyclohexylmethylamine was added dropwise over 10 minutes. The resulting solution was concentrated at 35 ° C. under reduced pressure to obtain a salt of N, N-dicyclohexylmethylamine and maleic acid.
  • Synthesis Example 6 A salt other than the salt of N, N-dicyclohexylmethylamine and maleic acid was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 5.
  • the molecular weight (weight-average molecular weight, number-average molecular weight) of the above-mentioned polymer precursor was defined as a polystyrene conversion value according to gel permeation chromatography (GPC measurement). Specifically, HLC-8220 (trade name: manufactured by Tosoh Corp.) is used, and a guard column HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ 3000, and TSKgel Super HZ 2000 (trade names) as columns. : Determined by using Tosoh Co., Ltd.). The eluent was measured using THF (tetrahydrofuran).
  • the pKa of the acidic compound is as follows: 50 mg of the acidic compound is added to 50 mL of water, and 0.01 N aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide is used as a titration solution, using Kyoto Electric Industry Co., Ltd. AT-420 (trade name) potentiometric automatic titrator. It was measured at 25 ° C. The pH at which half the amount of the aqueous sodium hydroxide solution required to neutralize the acid group was added was taken as the pKa of the acidic compound.
  • the pKa of the conjugate acid of the amine compound is as follows: 50 mg of the amine compound is added to 50 mL of water, and 0.01 N hydrochloric acid is used as a titration solution, using Kyoto Electric Industry Co., Ltd. AT-420 (trade name) potentiometric automatic titrator. It was measured at 25 ° C. The pH at which half of the amount of hydrochloric acid required to neutralize the amino group was added was designated pKb. The value obtained by subtracting the value of pK [b] from 14 is taken as the pKa of the conjugate acid of the amine value. ⁇ sulfonic acid compounds etc.
  • A-pKa (pKa of conjugate acid of amine compound + pKa of acidic compound) / 2 Formula (1a)
  • thermosetting resin composition Each component described in the following table was blended, pressure filtration was conducted at a pressure of 3.0 MPa through a filter having a pore width of 0.8 ⁇ m, to obtain a thermosetting resin composition.
  • the salts synthesized according to the above synthesis examples are added, and in Examples 63 to 69, an amine compound and an acidic compound are added and compared. Examples 2, 3, 7 and 8 added an amine compound or an acidic compound.
  • thermosetting resin composition described in the following table was applied on a silicon wafer by a spin coating method to form a thermosetting resin composition layer.
  • the silicon wafer to which the obtained thermosetting resin composition layer is applied is dried at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes on a hot plate to obtain a uniform thermosetting resin composition layer of about 15 ⁇ m thickness on the silicon wafer.
  • the This value was taken as the film thickness before aging.
  • the film thickness after aging >> Each thermosetting resin composition described in the following table is put in a glass container, sealed, allowed to stand in an environment of 25 ° C. for 14 days, and spind using the same rotation number as when the film thickness before aging was determined.
  • thermosetting resin composition layer It was applied on a silicon wafer by a coating method to form a thermosetting resin composition layer.
  • the silicon wafer to which the obtained thermosetting resin composition layer was applied was dried at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes on a hot plate to obtain a uniform thermosetting resin composition layer on the silicon wafer.
  • the film thickness of the resulting thermosetting resin composition layer was measured in the same manner as described above, and this value was taken as the film thickness after aging.
  • thermosetting resin composition described in the following table was applied on a silicon wafer by a spin coating method to form a thermosetting resin composition layer.
  • the silicon wafer to which the obtained thermosetting resin composition layer is applied is dried at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes on a hot plate to obtain a uniform thermosetting resin composition layer of about 15 ⁇ m thickness on the silicon wafer.
  • the obtained thermosetting resin composition layer (resin layer) was heated at a temperature rising rate of 10 ° C./min under a nitrogen atmosphere, and after reaching 250 ° C., it was heated for 3 hours.
  • the cured resin layer (cured film) was immersed in a 4.9% hydrofluoric acid solution to peel the cured film from the silicon wafer.
  • the peeled cured film was punched using a punching machine to prepare a test piece having a width of 3 mm and a sample length of 30 mm.
  • the obtained test piece is JIS-K6251 in an environment of 25 ° C and 65% RH (relative humidity) in the longitudinal direction of the film at a crosshead speed of 300 mm / min. It measured according to.
  • the evaluation was carried out five times each, and the average value of the elongation at break (break elongation) when the film was broken was used.
  • thermosetting resin composition described in the following table was applied on a copper wafer by a spin coating method to form a thermosetting resin composition layer.
  • the copper wafer to which the obtained thermosetting resin composition layer is applied is dried at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes on a hot plate to obtain a uniform thermosetting resin composition layer having a thickness of about 15 ⁇ m on the copper wafer.
  • the temperature of the obtained thermosetting resin composition layer is raised at a heating rate of 10 ° C./min under a nitrogen atmosphere, and after reaching 250 ° C., the cured film is formed on a copper wafer by heating for 3 hours. It formed.
  • a Total area of cured film peeled off from copper wafer is less than 2%
  • B Total area of cured film peeled off from copper wafer is 2% to less than 5%
  • C Total area of cured film peeled off from copper wafer is 5% to 10% Less than D Total area of cured film peeled off from copper wafer is 10% or more
  • thermosetting resin composition described in the following table was applied on a copper wafer by a spin coating method to form a thermosetting resin composition layer.
  • the copper wafer to which the obtained thermosetting resin composition layer is applied is dried at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes on a hot plate to obtain a uniform thermosetting resin composition layer having a thickness of about 15 ⁇ m on the copper wafer.
  • the temperature of the obtained thermosetting resin composition layer is raised at a heating rate of 10 ° C./min under a nitrogen atmosphere, and after reaching 250 ° C., the cured film is formed on a copper wafer by heating for 3 hours. It formed.
  • This substrate is introduced into a constant temperature and humidity layer for 24 hours at a temperature of 85 ° C.
  • thermosetting resin compositions described in the following table one containing a photo radical polymerization initiator (photosensitive resin composition) is applied on a copper wafer by a spin coating method to form a thermosetting resin composition layer did.
  • the silicon wafer to which the obtained thermosetting resin composition layer is applied is dried at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes on a hot plate to obtain a uniform thermosetting resin composition layer of about 15 ⁇ m thickness on the silicon wafer.
  • the thermosetting resin composition layer was exposed using a aligner (Karl-Suss MA150 [trade name]) through a mask having a line and space pattern (step: 5 to 20 ⁇ m).
  • the exposure was performed with a high pressure mercury lamp, and was irradiated at 500 mJ / cm 2 in terms of exposure energy at a wavelength of 365 nm.
  • the thermosetting resin composition layer after exposure was dissolved in cyclopentanone for 75 seconds and paddle development was performed.
  • the line width of the developed site was evaluated according to the following criteria. If the exposure width of the base substrate after development is within ⁇ 10% of the mask size, it is judged that the corresponding line width has been resolved, and the smaller the resolved line width, the smaller the light irradiation portion and the light This represents that the difference in solubility in the developing solution from the non-irradiated part is large, which is a preferable result.
  • a line width that can be resolved is 5 ⁇ m or more and less than 10 ⁇ m
  • B-resolved line width is 10 ⁇ m or more and less than 15 ⁇ m C
  • the resolved line width is more than 15 ⁇ m or no image appears
  • thermosetting resin composition was pressure-filtered through a filter with a pore width of 0.8 ⁇ m at a pressure of 0.3 MPa, and then spin-coated on a silicon wafer.
  • the silicon wafer to which the thermosetting resin composition was applied was dried at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes on a hot plate to form a uniform thermosetting resin composition layer with a film thickness of 10 ⁇ m on the silicon wafer.
  • the thermosetting resin composition layer on the silicon wafer was exposed on the entire surface with an exposure energy of 400 mJ / cm 2 using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C) to obtain a resin layer.
  • thermosetting resin composition which does not contain a radical photopolymerization initiator
  • exposure was not performed.
  • the resin layer was heated at 200 ° C. for 3 hours, and then immersed in a hydrofluoric acid aqueous solution to peel the resin layer from the silicon wafer.
  • the Tg of the peeled resin layer was measured using a viscoelasticity measuring device Rhosol-E4000 (manufactured by UBM). Specifically, the Tg of the resin layer was measured as a temperature at which the loss tangent (tan ⁇ ) measured using a viscoelasticity measuring device under a constant temperature rising condition becomes maximum. The temperature of the resin layer is raised from 0 ° C. to 350 ° C.
  • Photo radical polymerization initiator (all are trade names)
  • Et represents an ethyl group.
  • thermosetting resin composition in the range of (1) was excellent in suppressing film thickness change, and that the strength of the cured film was high (Examples 1 to 85).
  • all the samples of the examples were able to satisfy the requirements for use with respect to adhesion, corrosion resistance of copper, and resolution when photosensitivity was imparted.
  • Example 100 The thermosetting resin composition of Example 48 was applied to a silicon wafer by spin coating.
  • the silicon wafer coated with the thermosetting resin composition layer was dried at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes on a hot plate to form a uniform thermosetting resin composition layer of 15 ⁇ m thickness on the silicon wafer.
  • a stepper NSR 2005 i9C [trade name] manufactured by Nikon Corporation
  • a thermosetting resin composition layer on a silicon wafer is exposed to an exposure energy of 500 mJ / cm 2 through a mask having a hole of 10 ⁇ m in diameter. Exposed.
  • the resin layer was developed with cyclopentanone for 60 seconds to form holes with a diameter of 10 ⁇ m.
  • thermosetting resin composition was raised at a temperature rising rate of 10 ° C./min under a nitrogen atmosphere, and after reaching 250 ° C., heating was performed for 3 hours to obtain a cured film (final cured film).
  • a copper foil layer (metal layer) with a thickness of 2 ⁇ m was formed on the surface of the cured film by vapor deposition so as to cover the hole portion, and unnecessary portions of the copper foil layer were removed by dry etching. .
  • thermosetting resin composition was carried out again, and as shown in FIG.
  • a laminate of cured film / metal layer / cured film was produced. It was found that this cured film is excellent in insulation and can be suitably used as an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer.
  • 201 to 204 denote a cured film
  • 301 to 303 denote a metal layer
  • 401 to 403 denote a groove formed between the cured film and the cured film
  • 500 denotes a laminate.
  • the semiconductor device was manufactured using this interlayer insulation film for rewiring layers, it confirmed that it operate

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
  • Macromonomer-Based Addition Polymer (AREA)
  • Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are: a thermosetting resin composition which is excellent in terms of suppressing fluctuations over time in the thickness of a film formed from the thermosetting resin composition and which is excellent in terms of strength upon formation of a cured film; a cured film of the composition; a layered product; a semiconductor device; and methods for producing these. This thermosetting resin composition contains: a polymer precursor selected from between a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor; a salt containing a cation derived from an amine compound and an anion derived from an acidic compound; and a solvent. The pKa value of a conjugate acid of the amine compound and the pKa value of the acidic compound satisfy numerical formula 1. Numerical formula 1: 3.5 ≤ (pKa value of conjugate acid of amine compound + pKa value of the acidic compound) / 2 ≤ 7.1

Description

熱硬化性樹脂組成物、およびその硬化膜、積層体、半導体デバイス、ならびにそれらの製造方法Thermosetting resin composition, cured film thereof, laminate, semiconductor device, and method for producing them
 本発明は、熱硬化性樹脂組成物、硬化膜、硬化膜の製造方法、積層体、積層体の製造方法、半導体デバイス、および半導体デバイスの製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a thermosetting resin composition, a cured film, a method for producing a cured film, a laminate, a method for producing a laminate, a semiconductor device, and a method for producing a semiconductor device.
 ポリイミド樹脂、ポリベンゾオキサゾール樹脂などの環化して硬化した樹脂は、耐熱性や絶縁性等に優れるため、様々な用途に適用されている(例えば、非特許文献1、2参照)。その用途は特に限定されないが、実装用の半導体デバイスを例に挙げると、絶縁膜や封止材の材料としての利用が挙げられる。また、フレキシブル基板のベースフィルムやカバーレイなどとしても用いられている。
 上記のポリイミド樹脂等は、一般に、溶剤への溶解性が低い。そのため、ポリイミド樹脂等を基板上に適用する例としては、環化反応前のポリマー前駆体、具体的には、ポリイミド前駆体樹脂や、ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体樹脂の状態で溶剤に溶解し、基板などに塗布する例が挙げられる。その後、加熱してポリマー前駆体を環化して、硬化した樹脂層(硬化膜)を形成することができる。
A cyclized and cured resin such as a polyimide resin or a polybenzoxazole resin is applied to various uses because it is excellent in heat resistance, insulation properties, and the like (see, for example, Non-Patent Documents 1 and 2). Although the application is not particularly limited, when the semiconductor device for mounting is taken as an example, utilization as a material of an insulating film or a sealing material can be mentioned. In addition, it is also used as a base film or a cover lay of a flexible substrate.
The above-mentioned polyimide resins and the like generally have low solubility in solvents. Therefore, as an example of applying a polyimide resin or the like on a substrate, it is dissolved in a solvent in the form of a polymer precursor before cyclization reaction, specifically, a polyimide precursor resin or a polybenzoxazole precursor resin, An example of applying to Thereafter, the polymer precursor can be cyclized by heating to form a cured resin layer (cured film).
 上記のようなポリマー前駆体の組成物に関する具体的な配合について、いくつかの検討例を挙げると、例えば、特許文献1には、N-芳香族グリシン誘導体と、高分子前駆体とを含有する感光性樹脂組成物が開示されている。特許文献2には、ポリイミド前駆体と、200℃以下の温度で加熱することにより熱分解を起こして2級アミンが発生する中性化合物からなる熱塩基発生剤と、溶剤とを含有するポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物が開示されている。 With regard to the specific combination relating to the composition of the polymer precursor as described above, for example, Patent Document 1 contains an N-aromatic glycine derivative and a polymer precursor, to mention some examination examples. A photosensitive resin composition is disclosed. Patent Document 2 discloses a polyimide precursor containing a polyimide precursor, a thermal base generator composed of a neutral compound which is thermally decomposed by heating at a temperature of 200 ° C. or less to generate a secondary amine, and a solvent. A body resin composition is disclosed.
特開2006-282880号公報Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2006-282880 特開2007-56196号公報JP 2007-56196 A
 上記のように熱硬化性樹脂組成物の成分組成について幾つかの検討例はある。しかし、その多様な用途あるいは新規な用途を考慮するとき、樹脂組成物ないし硬化後の硬化膜の特性と関連付けて、十分に検討がなされているとは言いがたい。
 そこで本発明は新規な熱硬化性樹脂組成物を提供し材料の豊富化を図ることを目的とする。特に、熱硬化性樹脂組成物から形成される膜の膜厚の経時変動抑制性に優れ、硬化膜としたときの強度に優れる熱硬化性樹脂組成物、およびその硬化膜、積層体、半導体デバイス、ならびにそれらの製造方法の提供を目的とする。
As described above, there are several studies on the component composition of the thermosetting resin composition. However, when considering its various applications or new applications, it can not be said that it has been sufficiently studied in relation to the characteristics of the resin composition and the cured film after curing.
An object of the present invention is to provide a novel thermosetting resin composition to enrich the material. In particular, a thermosetting resin composition which is excellent in suppressing the time-dependent fluctuation of the film thickness of the film formed from the thermosetting resin composition and is excellent in the strength when it is a cured film, and the cured film, laminate, semiconductor device , As well as providing methods for their manufacture.
 上記課題のもと、本発明者が鋭意検討を行った結果、熱硬化性樹脂組成物に、所定の塩を配合することにより、上記課題を解決しうることを見出した。具体的には、下記手段<1>により、好ましくは<2>~<28>により、上記課題は解決された。
<1>ポリイミド前駆体およびポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選択されるポリマー前駆体と、アミン化合物に由来するカチオンと酸性化合物に由来するアニオンとを含む塩と、溶剤とを含み、上記アミン化合物の共役酸のpKaと酸性化合物のpKaとが下記数式1の範囲にある熱硬化性樹脂組成物;
 3.5≦(アミン化合物の共役酸のpKa+酸性化合物のpKa)/2≦7.1 (数式1)。
<2>上記アミン化合物のアミノ基の量に対して、上記酸性化合物の酸基の量が0.9~3.0当量である<1>に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。
<3>上記アミン化合物の分子量が120~1000である<1>または<2>に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。
<4>上記アミン化合物が下記式(B1)で表される<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 RB1~RB3は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または炭素数1~20の有機基を表し、互いに連結して環を形成してもよい;ただし、RB1~RB3の全てが水素原子であることはない。
<5>上記式(B1)のRB1およびRB2が、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~6の直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基、シクロペンチル基、またはシクロヘキシル基であり;RB3が、水素原子、炭素数1~6の直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、またはピリジル基である<4>に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。
<6>上記アミン化合物のうち、窒素原子からの距離が最も遠い炭素原子の、窒素原子と上記炭素原子とを繋ぐ原子の数が2~5である<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。
<7>上記酸性化合物のpKaが2以下である<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。
<8>上記酸性化合物が下記式(AC1)~(AC5)のいずれかで表される<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 式中、RA1は水酸基または1価の有機基を表し、RA2~RA13はそれぞれ独立に水素原子または1価の有機基を表す。
<9>上記酸性化合物の分子量が60~500である<1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。
<10>上記ポリイミド前駆体が式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を有する<1>~<9>のいずれか1つに記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 AおよびAは、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子またはNHを表し、R113およびR114は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または1価の有機基を表し、R115は4価の有機基を表し、R111は2価の有機基を表す。
<11>上記R113およびR114の少なくとも一方がエチレン性不飽和結合を有する基である<10>に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。
<12>さらに光ラジカル重合開始剤を含む<1>~<11>のいずれか1つに記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。
<13>上記光ラジカル重合開始剤がオキシム化合物である<12>に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。
<14>さらにラジカル重合性化合物を含む<1>~<13>のいずれか1つに記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。
<15>さらに第4族元素を含む有機化合物を含む、<1>~<14>のいずれか1項に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。
<16>上記第4族元素がチタン、ジルコニウムおよびハフニウムからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の元素である、<15>に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。
<17>上記第4族元素がチタンおよびジルコニウムからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の元素である、<15>または<16>に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。
<18>再配線層用層間絶縁膜形成用である、<1>~<17>のいずれか1つに記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。
<19><1>~<18>のいずれか1つに記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物から形成される硬化膜。
<20><19>に記載の硬化膜を2層以上有する、積層体。
<21>上記硬化膜を3~7層有する、<20>に記載の積層体。
<22>上記硬化膜の間に、金属層を有する、<20>または<21>に記載の積層体。
<23><1>~<18>のいずれか1つに記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物を基板に適用して層状にする層形成工程と、上記層状にした熱硬化性樹脂組成物を50~500℃の温度で加熱する加熱工程とを有する硬化膜の製造方法。
<24><1>~<18>のいずれか1つに記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物を基板に適用して層状にする層形成工程と、上記層状にした熱硬化性樹脂組成物を露光する露光工程と、上記露光された熱硬化性樹脂組成物に対して現像処理を行う現像処理工程と、上記露光された熱硬化性樹脂組成物を50~500℃の温度で加熱する加熱工程とを有する硬化膜の製造方法。
<25><23>または<24>に記載の硬化膜の製造方法にしたがって硬化膜を形成した後、さらに、<23>または<24>に記載の硬化膜の製造方法にしたがって硬化膜を形成する工程を含む積層体の製造方法。
<26><19>に記載の硬化膜、または、<20>~<22>のいずれか1つに記載の積層体を有する半導体デバイス。
<27><19>に記載の硬化膜、または、<20>~<22>のいずれか1つに記載の積層体を加工して半導体デバイスとする半導体デバイスの製造方法。
<28>ポリイミド前駆体およびポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選択されるポリマー前駆体と、アミン化合物と、酸性化合物と、溶剤とを上記アミン化合物の共役酸のpKaと酸性化合物のpKaとが下記数式1の範囲となるように混合することを含む、熱硬化性樹脂組成物の製造方法;
 3.5≦(アミン化合物の共役酸のpKa+酸性化合物のpKa)/2≦7.1 (数式1)。
Based on the above problems, as a result of intensive investigations by the present inventor, it was found that the above problems can be solved by adding a predetermined salt to a thermosetting resin composition. Specifically, the above problems have been solved by the following means <1>, preferably <2> to <28>.
<1> A polymer precursor selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor, a salt containing a cation derived from an amine compound and an anion derived from an acidic compound, and a solvent, and conjugation of the above amine compound A thermosetting resin composition wherein the pKa of the acid and the pKa of the acidic compound are in the range of the following formula 1;
3.5 ≦ (pKa of conjugate acid of amine compound + pKa of acidic compound) /2≦7.1 (Equation 1).
The thermosetting resin composition as described in <1> whose quantity of the acidic radical of the said acidic compound is 0.9-3.0 equivalent with respect to the quantity of the amino group of <2> said amine compound.
<3> The thermosetting resin composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein the molecular weight of the amine compound is 120 to 1000.
<4> The thermosetting resin composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the amine compound is represented by the following formula (B1);
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
R B1 to R B3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and may be linked to each other to form a ring; provided that all of R B1 to R B3 are hydrogen atoms There is no such thing.
<5> R B1 and R B2 in the above formula (B1) are each independently a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group; R B3 is a hydrogen atom, The thermosetting resin composition according to <4>, which is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a pyridyl group.
<6> Any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the number of atoms connecting the nitrogen atom to the carbon atom is 2 to 5 at the carbon atom farthest from the nitrogen atom among the above amine compounds A thermosetting resin composition as described in 1).
The thermosetting resin composition as described in any one of <1>-<6> whose pKa of the <7> above-mentioned acidic compound is 2 or less.
<8> The thermosetting resin composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, wherein the acidic compound is represented by any one of the following formulas (AC1) to (AC5);
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
In the formula, R A1 represents a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group, and R A2 to R A13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
<9> The thermosetting resin composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, wherein the molecular weight of the acidic compound is 60 to 500.
<10> The thermosetting resin composition according to any one of <1> to <9>, wherein the polyimide precursor has a repeating unit represented by the formula (1);
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
A 1 and A 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH, R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group And R 111 represents a divalent organic group.
<11> The thermosetting resin composition according to <10>, wherein at least one of R 113 and R 114 is a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
<12> The thermosetting resin composition according to any one of <1> to <11>, further including a photo radical polymerization initiator.
The thermosetting resin composition as described in <12> whose <13> above-mentioned radical photopolymerization initiator is an oxime compound.
<14> The thermosetting resin composition according to any one of <1> to <13>, further containing a radically polymerizable compound.
<15> The thermosetting resin composition according to any one of <1> to <14>, further comprising an organic compound containing a Group 4 element.
<16> The thermosetting resin composition according to <15>, wherein the group 4 element is at least one element selected from the group consisting of titanium, zirconium and hafnium.
The thermosetting resin composition as described in <15> or <16> which is an at least 1 sort (s) of element selected from the group which the <17> above-mentioned 4th group element becomes from titanium and a zirconium.
<18> The thermosetting resin composition according to any one of <1> to <17>, which is for forming an interlayer insulating film for rewiring layer.
<19> A cured film formed from the thermosetting resin composition according to any one of <1> to <18>.
The laminated body which has two or more layers of the cured film as described in <20><19>.
<21> The laminate according to <20>, having 3 to 7 layers of the cured film.
The laminated body as described in <20> or <21> which has a metal layer between <22> above-mentioned cured films.
A layer forming step of applying a thermosetting resin composition according to any one of <23><1> to <18> to a substrate to form a layer, and the thermosetting resin composition obtained by forming the layer on the layer 50 And C. a heating step of heating at a temperature of 500.degree. C.
A layer forming step of applying the thermosetting resin composition according to any one of <24><1> to <18> to a substrate to form a layer, and exposing the thermosetting resin composition formed into the layer. An exposure step, a development step of developing the exposed thermosetting resin composition, and a heating step of heating the exposed thermosetting resin composition at a temperature of 50 to 500 ° C. The manufacturing method of the cured film which has.
After a cured film is formed according to the method for producing a cured film described in <25><23> or <24>, a cured film is further formed according to the method for producing a cured film described in <23> or <24> Method of producing a laminate comprising the steps of
The semiconductor device which has a cured film as described in <26><19>, or the laminated body as described in any one of <20>-<22>.
The manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which processes the cured film as described in <27><19>, or the laminated body as described in any one of <20>-<22> as a semiconductor device.
<28> A polymer precursor selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor, an amine compound, an acidic compound, and a solvent, the pKa of the conjugate acid of the amine compound and the pKa of the acidic compound are represented by the following formula 1 A method of producing a thermosetting resin composition comprising mixing to be in the range of
3.5 ≦ (pKa of conjugate acid of amine compound + pKa of acidic compound) /2≦7.1 (Equation 1).
 本発明により、新規な熱硬化性樹脂組成物を提供し材料の豊富化を図ることが可能となった。特に、熱硬化性樹脂組成物から形成される膜の膜厚の経時変動抑制性に優れ、硬化膜としたときの強度に優れる熱硬化性樹脂組成物、およびその硬化膜、積層体、半導体デバイス、ならびにそれらの製造方法の提供可能になった。 According to the present invention, it has become possible to provide a novel thermosetting resin composition and achieve enrichment of materials. In particular, a thermosetting resin composition which is excellent in suppressing the time-dependent fluctuation of the film thickness of the film formed from the thermosetting resin composition and is excellent in the strength when it is made a cured film, and its cured film, laminate, semiconductor device , As well as providing methods for their production.
図1は、本実施例で製造した積層体の概略図を示す。FIG. 1 shows a schematic view of the laminate produced in this example.
 以下において、本発明の内容について詳細に説明する。なお、本明細書において「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む意味で使用される。 Hereinafter, the contents of the present invention will be described in detail. In the present specification, “to” is used in the meaning including the numerical values described before and after it as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
 以下に記載する本発明における構成要素の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施形態に基づいてなされることがあるが、本発明はそのような実施形態に限定されるものではない。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記に於いて、置換および無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
 本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた描画も露光に含める。また、露光に用いられる光としては、一般的に、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線または放射線が挙げられる。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、「アクリレート」および「メタクリレート」の双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、「アクリル」および「メタクリル」の双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、「アクリロイル」および「メタクリロイル」の双方、または、いずれかを表す。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
 本明細書において、固形分とは、組成物の総質量に対する、溶剤を除く他の成分の質量百分率である。また、固形分濃度は、特に述べない限り25℃における濃度をいう。
 本明細書において、重量平均分子量(Mw)および数平均分子量(Mn)は、特に述べない限り、ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィ(GPC測定)に従い、ポリスチレン換算値として定義される。本明細書において、重量平均分子量(Mw)および数平均分子量(Mn)は、例えば、HLC-8220(東ソー(株)製)を用い、カラムとしてガードカラムHZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000およびTSKgel Super HZ2000(東ソー(株)製)を用いることによって求めることができる。溶離液は特に述べない限り、THF(テトラヒドロフラン)を用いて測定したものとする。また、検出は特に述べない限り、UV線(紫外線)の波長254nm検出器を使用したものとする。
 本発明における物性値は特に述べない限り、温度25℃、気圧1013.25hPaの値とする。
The descriptions of components in the present invention described below may be made based on representative embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
In the notation of groups (atomic groups) in the present specification, the notations not describing substitution and non-substitution include those having no substituent and those having a substituent. For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In the present specification, “exposure” includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. Further, as light used for exposure, generally, a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), actinic rays such as X-rays, electron beams and the like can be mentioned.
In the present specification, "(meth) acrylate" represents both or either of "acrylate" and "methacrylate", and "(meth) acrylic" is both "acrylic" and "methacrylic" or "(Meth) acryloyl" represents either or both of "acryloyl" and "methacryloyl".
In the present specification, the term "process" is included in the term if the intended function of the process is achieved, even if it can not be clearly distinguished from other processes, not only the independent process. .
In the present specification, the solid content is a mass percentage of the other components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition. Moreover, solid content concentration means the density | concentration in 25 degreeC unless it mentions specially.
In the present specification, weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) are defined as polystyrene equivalent values according to gel permeation chromatography (GPC measurement) unless otherwise stated. In the present specification, weight-average molecular weight (Mw) and number-average molecular weight (Mn) are, for example, HLC-8220 (manufactured by Tosoh Corp.) and guard columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel as columns It can be determined by using Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000 and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by Tosoh Corp.). Eluents are to be determined using THF (tetrahydrofuran) unless otherwise stated. Moreover, a detection shall use the wavelength 254 nm detector of a UV ray (ultraviolet light), unless it mentions specially.
Unless otherwise stated, the physical property values in the present invention are set to a temperature of 25 ° C. and a pressure of 1013.25 hPa.
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物(以下、単に、「本発明の組成物」ないし「本発明の樹脂組成物」ということがある)は、ポリイミド前駆体およびポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選択されるポリマー前駆体と、アミン化合物に由来するカチオンと酸性化合物に由来するアニオンとを含む塩と、溶剤とを含む熱硬化性樹脂組成物であり、上記アミン化合物の共役酸のpKaと酸性化合物のpKaとが下記数式1の範囲にあることを特徴とする。
 3.5≦(アミン化合物の共役酸のpKa+酸性化合物のpKa)/2≦7.1 (数式1)
 このような構成とすることにより、熱硬化性樹脂組成物から形成される膜の経時の膜厚変化が少なく、硬化膜としたときの強度に優れる熱硬化性樹脂組成物を提供可能になる。すなわち、本発明者が検討を行った結果、酸性化合物が主に組成物から形成される膜の膜厚の経時変動抑制性に寄与し、アミン化合物が硬化後の膜強度に寄与しうることを確認した。しかしながらその配合バランスには予想しえない点があり、様々な実験確認と分析を通じて、両化合物のpKaに基づいて、その配合バランスを規定することにより、上記効果を達成できることを見出したものである。
The thermosetting resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter, sometimes simply referred to as "the composition of the present invention" or "the resin composition of the present invention") is selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor A thermosetting resin composition comprising a polymer precursor, a salt containing a cation derived from an amine compound and an anion derived from an acidic compound, and a pKa of a conjugate acid of the above amine compound and a pKa of the acidic compound And are in the range of Formula 1 below.
3.5 ≦ (pKa of conjugate acid of amine compound + pKa of acidic compound) /2≦7.1 (equation 1)
With such a configuration, it is possible to provide a thermosetting resin composition which has a small change in film thickness with time of a film formed from a thermosetting resin composition and is excellent in strength when it is made a cured film. That is, as a result of the present inventor's investigation, the acid compound mainly contributes to the suppression of the temporal variation of the film thickness of the film formed from the composition, and the amine compound can contribute to the film strength after curing. confirmed. However, there is an unexpected point in the formulation balance, and it has been found that the above effect can be achieved by defining the formulation balance based on pKa of both compounds through various experimental confirmation and analysis. .
<ポリマー前駆体>
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物は、ポリイミド前駆体およびポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選択されるポリマー前駆体を含む。ポリマー前駆体としては、ポリイミド前駆体がより好ましく、後述する式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を含むポリイミド前駆体であることがさらに好ましい。
<Polymer precursor>
The thermosetting resin composition of the present invention comprises a polymer precursor selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor. As a polymer precursor, a polyimide precursor is more preferable, and it is further more preferable that it is a polyimide precursor containing the repeating unit represented by Formula (1) mentioned later.
<<ポリイミド前駆体>>
 ポリイミド前駆体としては下記式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 式(1)中、AおよびAは、それぞれ独立に酸素原子またはNHを表し、R111は、2価の有機基を表し、R115は、4価の有機基を表し、R113およびR114は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または1価の有機基を表す。
<< Polyimide Precursor >>
The polyimide precursor preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
In formula (1), A 1 and A 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH, R 111 represents a divalent organic group, R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group, R 113 and Each R 114 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
 式(1)におけるAおよびAは、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子またはNHであり、酸素原子が好ましい。
 式(1)におけるR111は、2価の有機基を表す。2価の有機基としては、直鎖または分岐の脂肪族基、環状の脂肪族基、および芳香族基(複素環基を含む)、またはこれらの組み合わせからなる基が例示され、炭素数2~20の直鎖の脂肪族基、炭素数3~20の分岐の脂肪族基、炭素数3~20の環状の脂肪族基、炭素数6~20の芳香族基、または、これらの組み合わせからなる基が好ましく、炭素数6~20の芳香族基がより好ましい。
A 1 and A 2 in the formula (1) are each independently an oxygen atom or NH, preferably an oxygen atom.
R 111 in the formula (1) represents a divalent organic group. Examples of the divalent organic group include a linear or branched aliphatic group, a cyclic aliphatic group, an aromatic group (including a heterocyclic group), or a group consisting of a combination thereof, having 2 to 6 carbon atoms 20 linear aliphatic group, branched aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a combination thereof Group is preferable, and an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable.
 R111は、ジアミンから誘導されることが好ましい。ポリイミド前駆体の製造に用いられるジアミンとしては、直鎖または分岐の脂肪族、環状の脂肪族または芳香族ジアミンなどが挙げられる。ジアミンは、1種のみ用いてもよいし、2種以上用いてもよい。
 具体的には、ジアミンは、炭素数2~20の直鎖脂肪族基、炭素数3~20の分岐または環状の脂肪族基、炭素数6~20の芳香族基、または、これらの組み合わせからなる基を含むものであることが好ましく、炭素数6~20の芳香族基を含むジアミンであることがより好ましい。芳香族基の例としては、下記が挙げられる。
R 111 is preferably derived from a diamine. As a diamine used for manufacture of a polyimide precursor, linear or branched aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic or aromatic diamine etc. are mentioned. The diamine may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Specifically, the diamine is a linear aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched or cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a combination thereof It is preferable to be one containing the following group, and more preferable to be a diamine containing an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. The following is mentioned as an example of an aromatic group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 式中、Aは、単結合、または、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-NHCO-ならびに、これらの組み合わせから選択される基であることが好ましく、単結合、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~3のアルキレン基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-および-SO-から選択される基であることがより好ましく、-CH-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-C(CF-、および、-C(CH-からなる群から選択される2価の基であることがさらに好ましい。 In the formula, A represents a single bond, or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -C (= O)-, -S- or -S. (= O) 2 —, —NHCO— and a group selected from these combinations are preferable, and a single bond, an alkylene group of 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, —O— , -C (= O) -, - more preferably a group selected from, -CH 2 - - S- and -SO 2, - O -, - S -, - SO 2 -, - C ( More preferably, it is a divalent group selected from the group consisting of CF 3 ) 2- and -C (CH 3 ) 2- .
 ジアミンとしては、具体的には、1,2-ジアミノエタン、1,2-ジアミノプロパン、1,3-ジアミノプロパン、1,4-ジアミノブタンおよび1,6-ジアミノヘキサン;1,2-または1,3-ジアミノシクロペンタン、1,2-、1,3-または1,4-ジアミノシクロヘキサン、1,2-、1,3-または1,4-ビス(アミノメチル)シクロヘキサン、ビス-(4-アミノシクロヘキシル)メタン、ビス-(3-アミノシクロヘキシル)メタン、4,4’-ジアミノ-3,3’-ジメチルシクロヘキシルメタンおよびイソホロンジアミン;メタおよびパラフェニレンジアミン、ジアミノトルエン、4,4’-および3,3’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、3,3-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、4,4’-および3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-および3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-および3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルフィド、4,4’-および3,3’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジメトキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス(3-ヒドロキシ-4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(3-ヒドロキシ-4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン、ビス(4-アミノ-3-ヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン、4,4’-ジアミノパラテルフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ビフェニル、ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、ビス[4-(2-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、9,10-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)アントラセン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ベンゼン、3,3’-ジエチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-ジアミノオクタフルオロビフェニル、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、9,9-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)-10-ヒドロアントラセン、3,3’,4,4’-テトラアミノビフェニル、3,3’,4,4’-テトラアミノジフェニルエーテル、1,4-ジアミノアントラキノン、1,5-ジアミノアントラキノン、3,3-ジヒドロキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、9,9’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)フルオレン、4,4’-ジメチル-3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、3,3’,5,5’-テトラメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、2,4-および2,5-ジアミノクメン、2,5-ジメチル-パラフェニレンジアミン、アセトグアナミン、2,3,5,6-テトラメチル-パラフェニレンジアミン、2,4,6-トリメチル-メタフェニレンジアミン、ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン、2,7-ジアミノフルオレン、2,5-ジアミノピリジン、1,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)エタン、ジアミノベンズアニリド、ジアミノ安息香酸のエステル、1,5-ジアミノナフタレン、ジアミノベンゾトリフルオライド、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)オクタフルオロブタン、1,5-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)デカフルオロペンタン、1,7-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)テトラデカフルオロヘプタン、2,2-ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(2-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)-3,5-ジメチルフェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)-3,5-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、パラビス(4-アミノ-2-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ベンゼン、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノ-2-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ビフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノ-3-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ビフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノ-2-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-ビス(3-アミノ-5-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルホン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノ-3-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、3,3’,5,5’-テトラメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノ-2,2’-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)ビフェニル、2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-ヘキサフルオロトリジンおよび4,4’-ジアミノクアテルフェニルから選ばれる少なくとも1種のジアミンが挙げられる。 As the diamine, specifically, 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane and 1,6-diaminohexane; 1,2- or 1 2,3-diaminocyclopentane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-bis (aminomethyl) cyclohexane, bis- (4- Aminocyclohexyl) methane, bis- (3-aminocyclohexyl) methane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dimethylcyclohexylmethane and isophorone diamine; meta and para phenylene diamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4'- and 3 , 3'-Diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3-diaminodiphenyl agent 4,4'- and 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'- and 3,3'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 4,4'- and 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4 ' -And 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4 '-Diaminobiphenyl, 2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis (3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane, , 2-Bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone, bis (4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone, 4,4'-diamino Paraterphenyl, 4,4'-bis (4-aminophenoxy) biphenyl, bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, bis [4- (2-Aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 9,10-bis (4-aminophenyl) anthracene, 3,3′-dimethyl-4,4′-diaminodiphenyl Sulfone, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (3-aminophenoxy) benzene 1,3-bis (4-aminophenyl) benzene, 3,3'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'- Diaminooctafluorobiphenyl, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] propane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis (4 -Aminophenyl) -10-hydroanthracene, 3,3 ', 4,4'-tetraaminobiphenyl, 3,3', 4,4'-tetraaminodiphenyl ether, 1,4-diaminoanthraquinone, 1,5-diamino Anthraquinone, 3,3-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 9,9'-bis (4-aminophenyl) fluorene, 4 4'-dimethyl-3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 3,3 ', 5,5'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,4- and 2,5-diaminocumene, 2,5 -Dimethyl-paraphenylenediamine, acetoguanamine, 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-paraphenylenediamine, 2,4,6-trimethyl-metaphenylenediamine, bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane, 2 , 7-diaminofluorene, 2,5-diaminopyridine, 1,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) ethane, diaminobenzanilide, ester of diaminobenzoic acid, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, diaminobenzotrifluoride, 3-Bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 1,4-bis (4-amino) Phenyl) octafluorobutane, 1,5-bis (4-aminophenyl) decafluoropentane, 1,7-bis (4-aminophenyl) tetradecafluoroheptane, 2,2-bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy] ) Phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4- (2-aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) -3,5-dimethylphenyl] hexa Fluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) -3,5-bis (trifluoromethyl) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, parabis (4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy) benzene, 4 4,4'-bis (4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy) biphenyl, 4,4'-bis (4 -Amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy) biphenyl, 4,4'-bis (4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy) diphenyl sulfone, 4,4'-bis (3-amino-5-trifluoromethylphenoxy) ) Diphenylsulfone, 2,2-bis [4- (4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 3,3 ', 5,5'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl From 4,4,4'-diamino-2,2'-bis (trifluoromethyl) biphenyl, 2,2 ', 5,5', 6,6'-hexafluorotrizine and 4,4'-diaminoquaterphenyl At least one selected diamine is mentioned.
 また、下記に示すジアミン(DA-1)~(DA-18)も好ましい。 Further, diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) shown below are also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 また、少なくとも2つ以上のアルキレングリコール単位を主鎖にもつジアミンも好ましい例として挙げられる。好ましくは、エチレングリコール鎖、プロピレングリコール鎖のいずれか一方または両方を一分子中にあわせて2つ以上含むジアミン、より好ましくは芳香環を含まないジアミンである。具体例としては、ジェファーミン(登録商標)KH-511、ジェファーミン(登録商標)ED-600、ジェファーミン(登録商標)ED-900、ジェファーミン(登録商標)ED-2003、ジェファーミン(登録商標)EDR-148、ジェファーミン(登録商標)EDR-176、D-200、D-400、D-2000、D-4000(以上商品名、HUNTSMAN社製)、1-(2-(2-(2-アミノプロポキシ)エトキシ)プロポキシ)プロパン-2-アミン、1-(1-(1-(2-アミノプロポキシ)プロパン-2-イル)オキシ)プロパン-2-アミンなどが挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。
 ジェファーミン(登録商標)KH-511、ジェファーミン(登録商標)ED-600、ジェファーミン(登録商標)ED-900、ジェファーミン(登録商標)ED-2003、ジェファーミン(登録商標)EDR-148、ジェファーミン(登録商標)EDR-176の構造を以下に示す。
Moreover, the diamine which has an at least 2 or more alkylene glycol unit in a principal chain is also mentioned as a preferable example. Preferred are diamines containing two or more ethylene glycol chains and / or propylene glycol chains together in one molecule, more preferably diamines not containing an aromatic ring. As a specific example, Jeffamine (registered trademark) KH-511, Jeffamine (registered trademark) ED-600, Jeffamine (registered trademark) ED-900, Jeffamine (registered trademark) ED-2003, Jeffamine (registered trademark) ) EDR-148, Jeffamine (registered trademark) EDR-176, D-200, D-400, D-2000, D-4000 (trade names, manufactured by HUNTSMAN), 1- (2- (2- (2 (2) -Aminopropoxy) ethoxy) propoxy) propan-2-amine, 1- (1- (1- (2-aminopropoxy) propan-2-yl) oxy) propan-2-amine and the like, but it is limited thereto I will not.
Jeffamine (registered trademark) KH-511, Jeffamine (registered trademark) ED-600, Jeffamine (registered trademark) ED-900, Jeffamine (registered trademark) ED-2003, Jeffamine (registered trademark) EDR-148, The structure of Jeffamine.RTM. EDR-176 is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 上記において、x、y、zは平均値である。 In the above, x, y and z are average values.
 R111は、得られる硬化膜の柔軟性の観点から、-Ar-L-Ar-で表されることが好ましい。但し、Arは、それぞれ独立に、芳香族炭化水素基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10が特に好ましい)、であり、Lは、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO-または-NHCO-、ならびに、上記の2つ以上の組み合わせからなる基である。Arは、フェニレン基が好ましく、Lは、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~3の脂肪族炭化水素基、-O-、-CO-、-S-または-SO-がさらに好ましい。ここでの脂肪族炭化水素基は、アルキレン基が好ましい。Arを構成する芳香族炭化水素基(好ましくはフェニレン基)は本発明の効果を奏する範囲で任意の置換基T(例えばヒドロキシ基)を有してもよい。 R 111 is preferably represented by —Ar 0 — L — Ar 0 — from the viewpoint of the flexibility of the resulting cured film. However, Ar 0 is each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), and L is substituted with a fluorine atom Aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 -or -NHCO-, and a group consisting of a combination of two or more of the above is there. Ar 0 is preferably a phenylene group, and L is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S- or -SO 2- More preferable. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group here is preferably an alkylene group. The aromatic hydrocarbon group (preferably a phenylene group) constituting Ar 0 may have an arbitrary substituent T (for example, a hydroxy group) within the range where the effects of the present invention are exhibited.
 R111は、熱硬化性樹脂組成物に感光性を付与する場合には、i線透過率の観点から下記式(51)または式(61)で表される2価の有機基であることが好ましい。特に、i線透過率、入手のし易さの観点から式(61)で表される2価の有機基であることがより好ましい。
 式(51)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
式(51)中、R50~R57は、それぞれ独立に水素原子、フッ素原子または1価の有機基であり、R50~R57の少なくとも1つはフッ素原子、メチル基、フルオロメチル基、ジフルオロメチル基、または、トリフルオロメチル基である。
 R50~R57の1価の有機基として、炭素数1~10(好ましくは炭素数1~6)の無置換のアルキル基、炭素数1~10(好ましくは炭素数1~6)のフッ化アルキル基等が挙げられる。
 式(61)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
式(61)中、R58およびR59は、それぞれ独立にフッ素原子、フルオロメチル基、ジフルオロメチル基、または、トリフルオロメチル基である。
 式(51)または(61)の構造を与えるジアミン化合物としては、ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ビス(フルオロ)-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノオクタフルオロビフェニル等が挙げられる。これらの1種を用いるか、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
R 111 is a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (51) or formula (61) from the viewpoint of i-ray transmittance in the case of imparting photosensitivity to a thermosetting resin composition preferable. In particular, the divalent organic group represented by the formula (61) is more preferable from the viewpoint of i ray transmittance and availability.
Formula (51)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
In formula (51), R 50 to R 57 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least one of R 50 to R 57 represents a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a fluoromethyl group, It is a difluoromethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group.
As the monovalent organic group of R 50 to R 57, a C 1 to C 10 (preferably C 1 to 6) unsubstituted alkyl group, a C 1 to 10 (preferably C 1 to 6) fluorine group And alkylated alkyl groups.
Formula (61)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
In formula (61), R 58 and R 59 each independently represent a fluorine atom, a fluoromethyl group, a difluoromethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group.
As a diamine compound giving the structure of the formula (51) or (61), dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-bis (trifluoromethyl) -4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2 ' Examples include '-bis (fluoro) -4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl and the like. One of these may be used, or two or more of these may be used in combination.
 式(1)におけるR115は、4価の有機基を表す。4価の有機基としては、芳香環を含む4価の有機基が好ましく、下記式(5)または式(6)で表される基がより好ましい。なお、式中のベンゼン環は置換基T(例えばヒドロキシ基)を有していてもよい。
式(5)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 式(5)中、R112は、単結合、または、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO-、-NHCO-ならびに、これらの組み合わせから選択される基であることが好ましく、単結合、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~3のアルキレン基、-O-、-CO-、-S-および-SO-から選択される基であることがより好ましく、-CH-、-C(CF-、-C(CH-、-O-、-CO-、-S-および-SO-からなる群から選択される2価の基がさらに好ましい。
R 115 in Formula (1) represents a tetravalent organic group. As a tetravalent organic group, the tetravalent organic group containing an aromatic ring is preferable, and the group represented by following formula (5) or Formula (6) is more preferable. The benzene ring in the formula may have a substituent T (for example, a hydroxy group).
Formula (5)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
In formula (5), R 112 is a single bond or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO. 2- , -NHCO-, and a group selected from a combination thereof, and is preferably a single bond, an alkylene group of 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO- It is more preferable that it is a group selected from -S- and -SO 2- , and -CH 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , -C (CH 3 ) 2- , -O-, -CO Further preferred is a divalent group selected from the group consisting of-, -S- and -SO 2- .
式(6)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Formula (6)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 式(1)におけるR115が表す4価の有機基は、具体的には、テトラカルボン酸二無水物から酸二無水物基を除去した後に残存するテトラカルボン酸残基などが挙げられる。テトラカルボン酸二無水物は、1種のみ用いてもよいし、2種以上用いてもよい。テトラカルボン酸二無水物は、下記式(O)で表される化合物が好ましい。
式(O)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 式(O)中、R115は、4価の有機基を表す。R115は式(1)のR115と同義である。具体的には、式(5)または(6)の4価の有機基が挙げられる。
The tetravalent organic group which R115 in Formula (1) represents specifically, the tetracarboxylic acid residue etc. which remain after removing an acid dianhydride group from tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride are mentioned. The tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (O).
Formula (O)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
In formula (O), R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group. R 115 has the same meaning as R 115 in formula (1). Specifically, the tetravalent organic group of Formula (5) or (6) is mentioned.
 テトラカルボン酸二無水物の具体例としては、ピロメリット酸、ピロメリット酸二無水物(PMDA)、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルスルフィドテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルスルホンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルメタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2’,3,3’-ジフェニルメタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,3’,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,3’,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸二無水物、2,3,6,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)プロパン二無水物、2,2-ビス(2,3-ジカルボキシフェニル)プロパン二無水物、2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン二無水物、1,3-ジフェニルヘキサフルオロプロパン-3,3,4,4-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,6-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2’,3,3’-ジフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,4,9,10-ペリレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2,4,5-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,8-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,8,9,10-フェナントレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,1-ビス(2,3-ジカルボキシフェニル)エタン二無水物、1,1-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)エタン二無水物、1,2,3,4-ベンゼンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、ならびに、これらの炭素数1~6のアルキル誘導体および/または炭素数1~6のアルコキシ誘導体から選ばれる少なくとも1種が例示される。 Specific examples of tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride include pyromellitic acid, pyromellitic acid dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 3,3 ′, 4 4,4'-diphenyl sulfide tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 3,3 ', 4,4'-diphenyl sulfone tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 3,3 ', 4,4'-Diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2', 3,3'-diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3 ', 4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid Dianhydride, 2,3,3 ', 4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic acid dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride 1,4,5,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) Propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 1,3-diphenylhexafluoropropane-3,3,4,4-tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 1,4,5,6-Naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2 ', 3,3'-diphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,4,9,10-perylenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,4,5-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 1,8,9,10-phenanthrene tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 1, -Bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ethane dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-benzenetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride And at least one selected from these alkyl derivatives having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and / or alkoxy derivatives having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
 また、下記に示すテトラカルボン酸二無水物(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)も好ましい例として挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Further, tetracarboxylic acid dianhydrides (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) shown below are also mentioned as preferable examples.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 式(1)におけるR113およびR114は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または1価の有機基を表す。熱硬化性樹脂組成物に感光性を付与して感光性樹脂組成物とする場合等には、R113およびR114の少なくとも一方がラジカル重合性基を含むことが好ましく、両方がラジカル重合性基を含むことがより好ましい。ラジカル重合性基としては、ラジカルの作用により、架橋反応することが可能な基であって、好ましい例として、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基が挙げられる。
 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基としては、ビニル基、アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、下記式(III)で表される基などが挙げられる。
R 113 and R 114 in the formula (1) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. In the case of imparting photosensitivity to a thermosetting resin composition to obtain a photosensitive resin composition, etc., it is preferable that at least one of R 113 and R 114 contains a radically polymerizable group, and both of them be radically polymerizable More preferably, The radically polymerizable group is a group capable of undergoing a crosslinking reaction by the action of a radical, and a preferred example is a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
Examples of the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, and a group represented by the following formula (III).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 式(III)において、R200は、水素原子またはメチル基を表し、メチル基がより好ましい。
 式(III)において、R201は、炭素数2~12のアルキレン基、-CHCH(OH)CH-または炭素数4~30の(ポリ)オキシアルキレン基(アルキレン基としては炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい;繰り返し数は1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい)を表す。なお、(ポリ)オキシアルキレン基とは、オキシアルキレン基またはポリオキシアルキレン基を意味する。
 好適なR201の例は、エチレン基、プロピレン基、トリメチレン基、テトラメチレン基、1,2-ブタンジイル基、1,3-ブタンジイル基、ペンタメチレン基、ヘキサメチレン基、オクタメチレン基、ドデカメチレン基、-CHCH(OH)CH-が挙げられ、エチレン基、プロピレン基、トリメチレン基、-CHCH(OH)CH-がより好ましい。
 特に好ましくは、R200がメチル基で、R201がエチレン基である。
In formula (III), R 200 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, with a methyl group being more preferred.
In formula (III), R 201 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 — or a (poly) oxyalkylene group having 4 to 30 carbon atoms (as an alkylene group, 1 carbon atom Preferred is 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and particularly preferably 1 to 3. The repeat number is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and particularly preferably 1 to 3. Here, the (poly) oxyalkylene group means an oxyalkylene group or a polyoxyalkylene group.
Examples of suitable R 201 are ethylene group, propylene group, trimethylene group, tetramethylene group, 1,2-butanediyl group, 1,3-butanediyl group, pentamethylene group, hexamethylene group, octamethylene group, dodecamethylene group And —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 —, and ethylene, propylene, trimethylene and —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 — are more preferable.
Particularly preferably, R 200 is a methyl group and R 201 is an ethylene group.
 本発明におけるポリイミド前駆体の実施形態の他の一例は、R113またはR114の1価の有機基として、1、2または3つの、好ましくは1つの酸基を有する、脂肪族基、芳香族基およびアラルキル基などが挙げられる。具体的には、酸基を有する炭素数6~20の芳香族基、酸基を有する炭素数7~25のアラルキル基が挙げられる。より具体的には、酸基を有するフェニル基および酸基を有するベンジル基が挙げられる。酸基は、ヒドロキシ基が好ましい。すなわち、R113またはR114はヒドロキシ基を有する基であることが好ましい。
 R113またはR114が表す1価の有機基としては、現像液の溶解度を向上させる置換基が好ましく用いられる。
 R113またはR114が、水素原子、2-ヒドロキシベンジル、3-ヒドロキシベンジルおよび4-ヒドロキシベンジルであることが、水性現像液に対する溶解性の点からは、より好ましい。
Another example of the embodiment of the polyimide precursor in the present invention is an aliphatic group, an aromatic group having one, two or three, preferably one acid group as a monovalent organic group of R 113 or R 114 And aralkyl groups. Specific examples thereof include an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms having an acid group, and an aralkyl group having 7 to 25 carbon atoms having an acid group. More specifically, a phenyl group having an acid group and a benzyl group having an acid group can be mentioned. The acid group is preferably a hydroxy group. That is, R 113 or R 114 is preferably a group having a hydroxy group.
As the monovalent organic group represented by R 113 or R 114, a substituent that improves the solubility of the developer is preferably used.
It is more preferable that R 113 or R 114 is a hydrogen atom, 2-hydroxybenzyl, 3-hydroxybenzyl and 4-hydroxybenzyl from the viewpoint of solubility in an aqueous developer.
 有機溶剤への溶解度の観点からは、R113またはR114は、1価の有機基であることが好ましい。1価の有機基としては、直鎖または分岐のアルキル基、環状アルキル基、芳香族基を含むことが好ましく、芳香族基で置換されたアルキル基がより好ましい。
 アルキル基の炭素数は1~30が好ましい(環状の場合は3以上)。アルキル基は直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれであってもよい。直鎖または分岐のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ドデシル基、テトラデシル基、オクタデシル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、1-エチルペンチル基、および2-エチルヘキシル基が挙げられる。環状のアルキル基は、単環の環状のアルキル基であってもよく、多環の環状のアルキル基であってもよい。単環の環状のアルキル基としては、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘプチル基およびシクロオクチル基が挙げられる。多環の環状のアルキル基としては、例えば、アダマンチル基、ノルボルニル基、ボルニル基、カンフェニル基、デカヒドロナフチル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、カンホロイル基、ジシクロヘキシル基およびピネニル基が挙げられる。中でも、高感度化との両立の観点から、シクロヘキシル基が最も好ましい。また、芳香族基で置換されたアルキル基としては、後述する芳香族基で置換された直鎖アルキル基が好ましい。
 芳香族基としては、具体的には、置換または無置換のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ペンタレン環、インデン環、アズレン環、ヘプタレン環、インダセン環、ペリレン環、ペンタセン環、アセナフテン環、フェナントレン環、アントラセン環、ナフタセン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、フルオレン環、ビフェニル環、ピロール環、フラン環、チオフェン環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリミジン環、ピリダジン環、インドリジン環、インドール環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、イソベンゾフラン環、キノリジン環、キノリン環、フタラジン環、ナフチリジン環、キノキサリン環、キナゾリン環、イソキノリン環、カルバゾール環、フェナントリジン環、アクリジン環、フェナントロリン環、チアントレン環、クロメン環、キサンテン環、フェノキサチイン環、フェノチアジン環またはフェナジン環である。ベンゼン環が最も好ましい。
From the viewpoint of solubility in organic solvents, R 113 or R 114 is preferably a monovalent organic group. The monovalent organic group preferably contains a linear or branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, or an aromatic group, and more preferably an alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group.
The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30 (in the case of cyclic, 3 or more). The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic. Examples of linear or branched alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl, tetradecyl and octadecyl groups. And isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, 1-ethylpentyl and 2-ethylhexyl groups. The cyclic alkyl group may be a monocyclic cyclic alkyl group or a polycyclic cyclic alkyl group. Examples of the monocyclic alkyl group include cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cycloheptyl group and cyclooctyl group. As the polycyclic cyclic alkyl group, for example, an adamantyl group, norbornyl group, bornyl group, camphenyl group, decahydronaphthyl group, tricyclodecanyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, camphoroyl group, dicyclohexyl group and pinenyl group Can be mentioned. Among them, a cyclohexyl group is most preferable in terms of coexistence with high sensitivity. Moreover, as an alkyl group substituted by the aromatic group, the linear alkyl group substituted by the aromatic group mentioned later is preferable.
Specific examples of the aromatic group include substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring, naphthalene ring, pentalene ring, indene ring, azulene ring, heptalene ring, indacene ring, perylene ring, pentacene ring, acenaphthene ring, phenanthrene ring, anthracene Ring, naphthacene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, fluorene ring, biphenyl ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridazine ring, indolizine ring , Indole ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, isobenzofuran ring, quinolizine ring, quinoline ring, phthalazine ring, naphthyridine ring, quinoxaline ring, quinazoline ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, phenanthridine ring, acridine ring, phena Tororin ring, a thianthrene ring, a chromene ring, a xanthene ring, a phenoxathiin ring, a phenothiazine ring or a phenazine ring. The benzene ring is most preferred.
 また、ポリイミド前駆体は、構造単位中にフッ素原子を有することも好ましい。ポリイミド前駆体中のフッ素原子含有量は10質量%以上が好ましく、20質量%以下がより好ましい。上限は特にないが50質量%以下が実際的である。 Moreover, it is also preferable that a polyimide precursor has a fluorine atom in a structural unit. 10 mass% or more is preferable, and, as for the fluorine atom content in a polyimide precursor, 20 mass% or less is more preferable. There is no particular upper limit, but 50% by mass or less is practical.
 また、基板との密着性を向上させる目的で、シロキサン構造を有する脂肪族基を式(1)で表される繰り返し単位に共重合してもよい。具体的には、ジアミン成分として、ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン、ビス(パラアミノフェニル)オクタメチルペンタシロキサンなどが挙げられる。 Further, for the purpose of improving the adhesion to the substrate, an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure may be copolymerized with the repeating unit represented by the formula (1). Specifically, as the diamine component, bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane, bis (paraaminophenyl) octamethylpentasiloxane and the like can be mentioned.
 式(1)で表される繰り返し単位は、式(1-A)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 式(1-A)中、A11およびA12は、酸素原子またはNHを表し、R111およびR112は、それぞれ独立に、2価の有機基を表し、R113およびR114は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または1価の有機基を表し、R113およびR114の少なくとも一方は、ラジカル重合性基を含む基であり、ラジカル重合性基であることが好ましい。
The repeating unit represented by the formula (1) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
In formula (1-A), A 11 and A 12 each represent an oxygen atom or NH, R 111 and R 112 each independently represent a divalent organic group, and R 113 and R 114 each independently represent And a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group is represented, and at least one of R 113 and R 114 is a group containing a radical polymerizable group, preferably a radical polymerizable group.
 A11、A12、R111、R113およびR114は、それぞれ、独立に、式(1)におけるA、A、R111、R113およびR114と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
 R112は、式(5)におけるR112と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
A 11 , A 12 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 each independently have the same meaning as A 1 , A 2 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 in formula (1), and the preferred ranges are also the same. is there.
R 112 has the same meaning as R 112 in Formula (5), and the preferred range is also the same.
 ポリイミド前駆体において、式(1)で表される繰り返し構造単位は1種であってもよいが、2種以上であってもよい。また、式(1)で表される繰り返し単位の構造異性体を含んでいてもよい。また、ポリイミド前駆体は、上記の式(1)の繰り返し単位のほかに、他の種類の繰り返し構造単位も含んでもよい。 In the polyimide precursor, the repeating structural unit represented by formula (1) may be of one type, or of two or more types. Moreover, the structural isomer of the repeating unit represented by Formula (1) may be included. The polyimide precursor may also contain other types of repeating structural units in addition to the repeating unit of the above-mentioned formula (1).
 本発明におけるポリイミド前駆体の一実施形態として、全繰り返し単位の50モル%以上、さらには70モル%以上、特には90モル%以上が式(1)で表される繰り返し単位であるポリイミド前駆体が例示される。上限としては100モル%以下が実際的である。 As one embodiment of the polyimide precursor in the present invention, a polyimide precursor in which 50 mol% or more, further 70 mol% or more, particularly 90 mol% or more of all the repeating units are the repeating units represented by the formula (1) Is illustrated. As an upper limit, 100 mol% or less is practical.
 ポリイミド前駆体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは2000~500000であり、より好ましくは5000~100000であり、さらに好ましくは10000~50000である。また、数平均分子量(Mn)は、好ましくは800~250000であり、より好ましくは、2000~50000であり、さらに好ましくは、4000~25000である。
 ポリイミド前駆体の分散度は、1.5~3.5が好ましく、2~3がより好ましい。
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor is preferably 2,000 to 500,000, more preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and still more preferably 10,000 to 50,000. Also, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 800 to 250000, more preferably 2000 to 50000, and still more preferably 4000 to 25000.
The degree of dispersion of the polyimide precursor is preferably 1.5 to 3.5, and more preferably 2 to 3.
 ポリイミド前駆体は、ジカルボン酸またはジカルボン酸誘導体とジアミンを反応させて得られうる。好ましくは、ジカルボン酸またはジカルボン酸誘導体を、ハロゲン化剤を用いてハロゲン化させた後、ジアミンと反応させて得られる。
 ポリイミド前駆体の製造方法では、反応に際し、有機溶剤を用いることが好ましい。有機溶剤は1種でもよいし、2種以上でもよい。
 有機溶剤としては、原料に応じて適宜定めることができるが、ピリジン、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル(ジグリム)、N-メチルピロリドンおよびN-エチルピロリドンが例示される。
The polyimide precursor can be obtained by reacting a dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylic acid derivative with a diamine. Preferably, the dicarboxylic acid or the dicarboxylic acid derivative is obtained by halogenating it using a halogenating agent and then reacting it with a diamine.
In the method for producing a polyimide precursor, an organic solvent is preferably used in the reaction. The organic solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The organic solvent can be appropriately determined depending on the raw material, and examples thereof include pyridine, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diglyme), N-methylpyrrolidone and N-ethylpyrrolidone.
 ポリイミド前駆体の製造に際し、固体を析出する工程を含んでいることが好ましい。具体的には、反応液中のポリイミド前駆体を、水中に沈殿させ、テトラヒドロフラン等のポリイミド前駆体が可溶な溶剤に溶解させることによって、固体析出することができる。 In the production of the polyimide precursor, it is preferable to include a step of precipitating a solid. Specifically, the polyimide precursor in the reaction solution can be precipitated in water and dissolved in a solvent in which the polyimide precursor such as tetrahydrofuran is soluble to cause solid precipitation.
<<ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体>>
 本発明で用いられるポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体は、下記式(2)で表される繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 式(2)中、R121は、2価の有機基を表し、R122は、4価の有機基を表し、R123およびR124は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または1価の有機基を表す。
<< Polybenzoxazole Precursor >>
It is preferable that the polybenzoxazole precursor used by this invention contains the repeating unit represented by following formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
In formula (2), R 121 represents a divalent organic group, R 122 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R 123 and R 124 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. Represent.
 式(2)において、R121は、2価の有機基を表す。2価の有機基としては、脂肪族基(炭素数1~24が好ましく、1~12がより好ましく、1~6が特に好ましい)および芳香族基を含む基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~14がより好ましく、6~12が特に好ましい)の少なくとも一方を含む基が好ましい。R121を構成する芳香族基を含む基としては、上記式(1)のR111の例が挙げられる。上記脂肪族基としては、直鎖の脂肪族基が好ましい。R121は、4,4’-オキシジベンゾイルクロリドに由来することが好ましい。
 式(2)において、R122は、4価の有機基を表す。4価の有機基としては、上記式(1)におけるR115と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。R122は、2,2’-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパンに由来することが好ましい。
 R123およびR124は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または1価の有機基を表し、上記式(1)におけるR113およびR114と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
In Formula (2), R 121 represents a divalent organic group. The divalent organic group is preferably a group containing an aliphatic group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 and particularly preferably 1 to 6) and an aromatic group (having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, The group containing at least one of 6 to 14 is more preferable, and 6 to 12 is particularly preferable. As a group containing the aromatic group which comprises R121 , the example of R111 of the said Formula (1) is mentioned. As said aliphatic group, a linear aliphatic group is preferable. R 121 is preferably derived from 4,4′-oxydibenzoyl chloride.
In Formula (2), R 122 represents a tetravalent organic group. The tetravalent organic group has the same meaning as R 115 in the formula (1), and preferred ranges are also the same. R 122 is preferably derived from 2,2′-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane.
R 123 and R 124 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and have the same meaning as R 113 and R 114 in the above formula (1), and preferred ranges are also the same.
 ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体は上記の式(2)の繰り返し単位のほかに、他の種類の繰り返し構造単位も含んでよい。
 閉環に伴う硬化膜の反りの発生を抑制できる点で、前駆体は、下記式(SL)で表されるジアミン残基を他の種類の繰り返し構造単位として含むことが好ましい。
The polybenzoxazole precursor may contain other types of repeating structural units in addition to the repeating unit of the above-mentioned formula (2).
The precursor preferably contains a diamine residue represented by the following formula (SL) as another type of repeating structural unit, from the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of warpage of the cured film accompanying ring closure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 式(SL)中、Zは、a構造とb構造を有し、R1sは水素原子または炭素数1~10の炭化水素基(好ましくは炭素数1~6、より好ましくは炭素数1~3)であり、R2sは炭素数1~10の炭化水素基(好ましくは炭素数1~6、より好ましくは炭素数1~3)であり、R3s、R4s、R5s、R6sのうち少なくとも1つは芳香族基(好ましくは炭素数6~22、より好ましくは炭素数6~18、特に好ましくは炭素数6~10)で、残りは水素原子または炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~18、より好ましくは炭素数1~12、特に好ましくは炭素数1~6)の有機基で、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。a構造およびb構造の重合は、ブロック重合でもランダム重合でもよい。Z部分において、好ましくは、a構造は5~95モル%、b構造は95~5モル%であり、a+bは100モル%である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
In the formula (SL), Z has an a structure and a b structure, and R 1s is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms And R 2s is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), and among R 3s , R 4s , R 5s and R 6s At least one is an aromatic group (preferably 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), and the remainder is a hydrogen atom or 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably carbon) The organic groups of the formulas 1 to 18, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, may be the same or different. The polymerization of the a structure and the b structure may be block polymerization or random polymerization. In the Z portion, preferably, the a structure is 5 to 95 mol%, the b structure is 95 to 5 mol%, and a + b is 100 mol%.
 式(SL)において、好ましいZとしては、b構造中のR5sおよびR6sがフェニル基であるものが挙げられる。また、式(SL)で示される構造の分子量は、400~4,000であることが好ましく、500~3,000がより好ましい。分子量は、一般的に用いられるゲル浸透クロマトグラフィによって求めることができる。上記分子量を上記範囲とすることで、ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体の脱水閉環後の弾性率を下げ、反りを抑制できる効果と溶解性を向上させる効果を両立することができる。 In the formula (SL), preferable Z includes those in which R 5s and R 6s in the b structure are a phenyl group. The molecular weight of the structure represented by formula (SL) is preferably 400 to 4,000, and more preferably 500 to 3,000. Molecular weight can be determined by commonly used gel permeation chromatography. By making the said molecular weight into the said range, the elastic modulus after dehydration ring-closing of a polybenzoxazole precursor can be reduced, and the effect which can control curvature, and the effect of improving solubility can be compatible.
 前駆体が、他の種類の繰り返し構造単位として式(SL)で表されるジアミン残基を含む場合、アルカリ可溶性を向上させる点で、さらに、テトラカルボン酸二無水物から酸二無水物基の除去後に残存するテトラカルボン酸残基を繰り返し構造単位として含むことが好ましい。このようなテトラカルボン酸残基の例としては、式(1)中のR115の例が挙げられる。 When the precursor contains a diamine residue represented by the formula (SL) as another type of repeating structural unit, it further contains tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride to acid dianhydride group in terms of improving alkali solubility. It is preferable to include a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removal as a repeating structural unit. Examples of such tetracarboxylic acid residues include the examples of R 115 in the formula (1).
 ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは2000~500000であり、より好ましくは5000~100000であり、さらに好ましくは10000~50000である。また、数平均分子量(Mn)は、好ましくは800~250000であり、より好ましくは、2000~50000であり、さらに好ましくは、4000~25000である。
 ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体の分散度は、1.5~3.5が好ましく、2~3がより好ましい。
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polybenzoxazole precursor is preferably 2,000 to 500,000, more preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and still more preferably 10,000 to 50,000. Also, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 800 to 250000, more preferably 2000 to 50000, and still more preferably 4000 to 25000.
The degree of dispersion of the polybenzoxazole precursor is preferably 1.5 to 3.5, and more preferably 2 to 3.
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物における、ポリマー前駆体の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対し20質量%以上であることが好ましく、30質量%以上であることがより好ましく、40質量%以上であることがさらに好ましく、50質量%以上であることが一層好ましく、60質量%以上であることがより一層好ましく、70質量%以上であることがさらに一層好ましい。また、本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物における、ポリマー前駆体の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対し、99.5質量%以下であることが好ましく、99質量%以下であることがより好ましく、98質量%以下であることがさらに好ましく、95質量%以下であることが一層好ましく、93質量%以下であることがより一層好ましく、90質量%以下であることがさらに好ましい。
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物は、ポリマー前駆体を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The content of the polymer precursor in the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the composition, and 40% by mass. % Is more preferably 50% by mass or more, still more preferably 60% by mass or more, and still more preferably 70% by mass or more. In addition, the content of the polymer precursor in the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention is preferably 99.5% by mass or less and 99% by mass or less based on the total solid content of the composition. The content is more preferably 98% by mass or less, still more preferably 95% by mass or less, still more preferably 93% by mass or less, and still more preferably 90% by mass or less.
The thermosetting resin composition of the present invention may contain only one type of polymer precursor, or may contain two or more types. When it contains 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes said range.
<アミン化合物に由来するカチオンと酸性化合物に由来するアニオンとを含む塩>
 本発明の組成物は、アミン化合物に由来するカチオンと酸性化合物に由来するアニオンとを含む塩を含む。本発明では、アミン化合物に由来するカチオンと酸性化合物に由来するアニオンとを含む塩におけるこれらの化合物の配合比は用途や要求特性により適宜設定することができるが、アミン化合物のアミノ基の量に対して、酸性化合物の酸基の量が0.5当量以上となる範囲が好ましく、0.7当量以上となる範囲がより好ましく、0.9当量以上となる範囲が特に好ましい。上限値としては、酸性化合物の酸基の量が5.0当量以下となる範囲が好ましく、4.0当量以下となる範囲がより好ましく、3.0当量以下となる範囲が特に好ましい。酸基の量を0.5当量以上とすることにより、経時での膜厚変動をより効果的に抑制でき、3.0当量以下とすることにより、加熱硬化時のイミド化が促進されることで膜強度がより向上する傾向にある。
<A salt containing a cation derived from an amine compound and an anion derived from an acidic compound>
The composition of the present invention comprises a salt comprising a cation derived from an amine compound and an anion derived from an acidic compound. In the present invention, the compounding ratio of these compounds in the salt containing the cation derived from the amine compound and the anion derived from the acidic compound can be appropriately set according to the application and the required characteristics, but the amount of amino group of the amine compound In contrast, the range in which the amount of the acid group of the acidic compound is 0.5 equivalent or more is preferable, the range of 0.7 equivalent or more is more preferable, and the range of 0.9 equivalent or more is particularly preferable. As the upper limit value, a range in which the amount of acid groups of the acidic compound is 5.0 equivalents or less is preferable, a range of 4.0 equivalents or less is more preferable, and a range of 3.0 equivalents or less is particularly preferable. By setting the amount of the acid group to 0.5 equivalent or more, the film thickness fluctuation with time can be more effectively suppressed, and by being 3.0 equivalents or less, the imidization at the time of heat curing is promoted. Film strength tends to be further improved.
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物は、そこに含まれるアミン化合物の共役酸のpKaと酸性化合物のpKaとで規定される特定の値(A-pKa)が下記の数式1の範囲を満たす。
 A-pKa=(アミン化合物の共役酸のpKa+酸性化合物のpKa)/2   数式(1a)
 3.5≦A-pKa≦7.1  (数式1)
 A-pKaの下限値は3.8以上であることが好ましく、4.0以上であることがより好ましく、5.0以上であってもよい。上限値は7.0以下であることが好ましく、6.9以下であってもよく、6.8以下であってもよい。A-pKaは特に、その値を上記上限値以下とすることで経時の膜厚の変化の抑制性に寄与する。一方、上記下限値以上とすることで硬化膜の強度が高まる。
 上記アミン化合物の分子量と酸性化合物の分子量の差の絶対値は30以上であることが好ましく、50以上であることがより好ましく、70以上であることがより好ましく、80以上であることが特に好ましい。上限値は特に制限されないが、500以下であることが実際的である。上記差の絶対値を30以上とすることにより、加熱硬化時に膜中に残存する酸性化合物に対するアミン化合物の割合が大きくなり、硬化反応がより効果的に促進される。
 なお、アミン化合物に由来するカチオンと酸性化合物に由来するアニオンとを含む塩は、添加される全量が上記の条件を満たしている必要はなく、本発明の効果を奏する範囲で、少なくとも1種が上記条件を満たしていればよい。具体的には、熱硬化性樹脂組成物に含まれるアミン化合物に由来するカチオンと酸性化合物に由来するアニオンとを含む塩の70質量%以上が上記条件を満たしていることが好ましく、80質量%以上がより好ましく、90質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限値は100質量%以下である。
In the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention, the specific value (A-pKa) defined by the pKa of the conjugate acid of the amine compound contained therein and the pKa of the acidic compound satisfy the range of Formula 1 below.
A-pKa = (pKa of conjugate acid of amine compound + pKa of acidic compound) / 2 Formula (1a)
3.5 ≦ A−pKa ≦ 7.1 (Equation 1)
The lower limit value of A-pKa is preferably 3.8 or more, more preferably 4.0 or more, and may be 5.0 or more. The upper limit value is preferably 7.0 or less, and may be 6.9 or less, or 6.8 or less. A-pKa particularly contributes to suppressing the change in film thickness with time by setting the value to the upper limit value or less. On the other hand, the strength of a cured film increases by setting it as the said lower limit or more.
The absolute value of the difference between the molecular weight of the amine compound and the molecular weight of the acidic compound is preferably 30 or more, more preferably 50 or more, more preferably 70 or more, and particularly preferably 80 or more. . The upper limit value is not particularly limited, but is practically 500 or less. By setting the absolute value of the difference to 30 or more, the ratio of the amine compound to the acid compound remaining in the film at the time of heat curing increases, and the curing reaction is more effectively promoted.
In the salt containing a cation derived from an amine compound and an anion derived from an acidic compound, the total amount added does not have to satisfy the above conditions, and at least one of them is within a range where the effects of the present invention are exhibited. It is sufficient if the above conditions are satisfied. Specifically, it is preferable that 70% by mass or more of the salt containing the cation derived from the amine compound contained in the thermosetting resin composition and the anion derived from the acidic compound satisfy the above conditions, and 80% by mass The above is more preferable, and 90% by mass or more is particularly preferable. The upper limit is 100% by mass or less.
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物における、アミン化合物に由来するカチオンと酸性化合物に由来するアニオンとを含む塩の含有量は、ポリマー前駆体100質量部に対し、0.1質量部以上であることが好ましく、0.2質量部以上であることがより好ましく、0.4質量部以上であることがさらに好ましい。上記塩の含有量は、また、ポリマー前駆体100質量部に対し、5質量部以下であることが好ましく、3質量部以下であることがより好ましく、2質量部以下であることがさらに好ましく、1.8質量部以下であることが一層好ましく、1.5質量部以下であることがより一層好ましい。
 また、上記塩とは別に、熱硬化性樹脂組成物中で、酸性化合物およびアミン化合物の一部が塩を形成せずに、酸性化合物として、あるいは、アミン化合物として、存在していることを排除するものではない。また、上記塩とは別に、酸性化合物の一部が後述する硬化促進剤の第四級アンモニウムカチオンと塩を形成していてもよい。
The content of the salt containing the cation derived from the amine compound and the anion derived from the acidic compound in the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention is 0.1 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer precursor It is preferably 0.2 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 0.4 parts by mass or more. The content of the salt is also preferably 5 parts by mass or less, more preferably 3 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 2 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer precursor. It is more preferably 1.8 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 1.5 parts by mass or less.
Also, apart from the above-mentioned salts, in the thermosetting resin composition, a part of the acidic compound and the amine compound does not form a salt and excludes the presence as an acidic compound or as an amine compound. It is not something to do. In addition to the above salts, a part of the acidic compound may form a salt with a quaternary ammonium cation of a curing accelerator described later.
<<アミン化合物>>
 本発明におけるアミン化合物とは、分子内にアミン部位(-N<)をもつ化合物を意味する(ただし、アンモニア(NH)であることはない)。本発明におけるアミン化合物は、具体的には、下記式(B1)で表される化合物が好ましい。
<< Amine compound >>
The amine compound in the present invention means a compound having an amine site (-N <) in the molecule (however, it can not be ammonia (NH 3 )). Specifically, the amine compound in the present invention is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (B1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 RB1~RB3は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または炭素数1~20の有機基を表し、互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。炭素数1~20の有機基としては、炭素数1~20の直鎖または分岐のアルキル基、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基、炭素数6~20のアリール基、炭素数1~20(より好ましくは炭素数2~10、特に好ましくは炭素数3~6)のヘテロアリール基が好ましい。ヘテロアリール基に含まれるヘテロ原子としては、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子が挙げられる。ヘテロアリール基は5または6員環の基が好ましく、例えば、ピロリル基、ピリジル基、ピラゾリル基、イミダゾリル基、ベンゾイミダゾリル基、トリアゾリル基、チアゾリル基、オキサゾリル基などが挙げられる。ヘテロアリール基は炭素原子位で窒素に置換していることが好ましい。RB1~RB3が炭素数1~20の有機基であるとき、本発明の効果を奏する範囲で、下記置換基Tを有していてもよい。
 任意の置換基Tとしては、直鎖または分岐のアルキル基(炭素数1~24が好ましく、1~12がより好ましく、1~6が特に好ましい)、シクロアルキル基(炭素数3~24が好ましく、3~12がより好ましく、3~6が特に好ましい)、直鎖または分岐のアルケニル基(炭素数2~24が好ましく、2~12がより好ましく、2~6が特に好ましい)、シクロアルケ二ル基(炭素数3~24が好ましく、3~12がより好ましく、3~6が特に好ましい)、ヒドロキシ基、ヒドロキシアルキル基(炭素数1~24が好ましく、1~12がより好ましく、1~6が特に好ましい;ヒドロキシ基の数は1~6が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい、アルキル基は直鎖でも分岐でもよく、鎖状でも環状でもよい)、ヒドロキシアルケニル基(炭素数2~24が好ましく、2~12がより好ましく、2~6が特に好ましい;ヒドロキシ基の数は1~6が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい、アルケニル基は直鎖でも分岐でもよく、鎖状でも環状でもよい)、アミノ基(炭素数0~24が好ましく、0~12がより好ましく、0~6が特に好ましい)、アミノアルキル基(炭素数1~24が好ましく、1~12がより好ましく、1~6が特に好ましい;アミノ基の数は1~6が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい、アルキル基は直鎖でも分岐でもよく、鎖状でも環状でもよい)、アミノアルケニル基(炭素数2~24が好ましく、2~12がより好ましく、2~6が特に好ましい;アミノ基の数は1~6が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい、アルケニル基は直鎖でも分岐でもよく、鎖状でも環状でもよい)、チオール基、チオールアルキル基(炭素数1~24が好ましく、1~12がより好ましく、1~6が特に好ましい;チオール基の数は1~6が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい、アルキル基は直鎖でも分岐でもよく、鎖状でも環状でもよい)、チオールアルケニル基(炭素数2~24が好ましく、2~12がより好ましく、2~6が特に好ましい;チオール基の数は1~6が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい、アルケニル基は直鎖でも分岐でもよく、鎖状でも環状でもよい)、カルボキシル基、カルボキシアルキル基(炭素数1~24が好ましく、1~12がより好ましく、1~6が特に好ましい;カルボキシル基の数は1~6が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい、アルキル基は直鎖でも分岐でもよく、鎖状でも環状でもよい)、カルボキシアルケニル基(炭素数2~24が好ましく、2~12がより好ましく、2~6が特に好ましい;カルボキシル基の数は1~6が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい、アルケニル基は直鎖でも分岐でもよく、鎖状でも環状でもよい)、アシル基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~3が特に好ましい)、アシルオキシ基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~3が特に好ましい)、アリーロイル基(炭素数7~23が好ましく、7~19がより好ましく、7~11が特に好ましい)、アリーロイルオキシ基(炭素数7~23が好ましく、7~19がより好ましく、7~11が特に好ましい)、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子)、オキソ基(=O)、イミノ基(=NR)、アルキリデン基(=C(R)などが挙げられる。なかでも、置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子などが好ましい。Rは水素原子またはアルキル基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)であり、水素原子が好ましい。なお、置換基Tがカルボキシル基などの塩を形成しうる基であるとき、対イオン(例えばアンモニウムイオン)を伴って塩を形成していてもよい。
R B1 to R B3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and may combine with each other to form a ring. As the organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or 1 to 20 carbon atoms More preferably, it is a heteroaryl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 3 to 6 carbon atoms. As a hetero atom contained in heteroaryl group, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom are mentioned. The heteroaryl group is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring group, and examples thereof include pyrrolyl group, pyridyl group, pyrazolyl group, imidazolyl group, benzimidazolyl group, triazolyl group, thiazolyl group, oxazolyl group and the like. The heteroaryl group is preferably substituted at the carbon atom position with nitrogen. When R B1 to R B3 are organic groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, they may have the following substituent T within the range where the effects of the present invention are exhibited.
As the optional substituent T, a linear or branched alkyl group (having 1 to 24 carbon atoms is preferable, 1 to 12 is more preferable, and 1 to 6 is particularly preferable), and a cycloalkyl group (3 to 24 carbon atoms is preferable) , 3 to 12 is more preferable, and 3 to 6 is particularly preferable, straight-chain or branched alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 and particularly preferably 2 to 6), cycloalkenyl Group (preferably 3 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 3 to 6 carbon atoms), hydroxy group, hydroxyalkyl group (preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, 1 to 6 The number of hydroxy groups is preferably 1 to 6, and more preferably 1 to 3. The alkyl group may be linear or branched, linear or cyclic), hydroxyalkenyl group (carbon The number 2 to 24 is preferable, 2 to 12 is more preferable, and 2 to 6 is particularly preferable. The number of hydroxy groups is preferably 1 to 6 and more preferably 1 to 3. The alkenyl group may be linear or branched, and a chain Or cyclic, amino group (preferably having 0 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 0 to 12 and particularly preferably 0 to 6), aminoalkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, and 1 to 12 carbon atoms) The number of amino groups is preferably 1 to 6, and more preferably 1 to 3. The alkyl group may be linear or branched, linear or cyclic), amino alkenyl group (carbon The number 2 to 24 is preferable, 2 to 12 is more preferable, and 2 to 6 is particularly preferable. The number of amino groups is preferably 1 to 6 and more preferably 1 to 3. The alkenyl group may be linear or branched, and a chain Even ring , A thiol group or a thiol alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 24, more preferably 1 to 12, particularly preferably 1 to 6; the number of thiol groups is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3). The alkyl group may be linear or branched, and may be linear or cyclic, or a thiol alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms; 1 to 6 is preferable, 1 to 3 is more preferable, and the alkenyl group may be linear, branched, linear or cyclic), carboxyl group, carboxyalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 24, and 1 to 12) More preferably, 1 to 6 is particularly preferable; the number of carboxyl groups is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3. The alkyl group may be linear or branched, and may be linear or cyclic) Carboxyalkenyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 24, more preferably 2 to 12, particularly preferably 2 to 6; the number of carboxyl groups is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3, alkenyl groups are linear And may be branched, linear or cyclic), an acyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms), and an acyloxy group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, 2 to 6 is more preferable, 2 to 3 is particularly preferable, aryloyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 and particularly preferably 7 to 11), aryloyl oxy group (having 7 to carbon atoms) 23 is preferable, 7 to 19 is more preferable, and 7 to 11 is particularly preferable), a halogen atom (eg, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), oxo group (= O), i Amino group (= NR N), an alkylidene group (= C (R N) 2 ) , and the like. Among them, as a substituent, a hydroxy group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom and the like are preferable. RN is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, still more preferably 1 to 3), with a hydrogen atom being preferred. When the substituent T is a group capable of forming a salt such as a carboxyl group, the salt may be formed with a counter ion (for example, ammonium ion).
 RB1~RB3はその全てが水素原子であることはなく、RB1~RB3のうち、水素原子は1つ以下であることが好ましく、いずれも水素原子以外であることがより好ましい。換言すると、アミン化合物は第一級アミンよりも第二級アミン、第二級アミンよりも第三級アミンが好ましい。 Not all of R B1 to R B3 are hydrogen atoms, and among R B1 to R B3 , one or less hydrogen atoms are preferable, and all are more preferably other than hydrogen atoms. In other words, the amine compound is more preferably a secondary amine than a primary amine and a tertiary amine than a secondary amine.
 RB1およびRB2は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~20のアルキル基(直鎖でも分岐でもよく、鎖状でも環状でもよい)が好ましい。このアルキル基は置換基Tを有していてもよい。より好ましくは、炭素数1~6の直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基、炭素数1~6の直鎖もしくは分岐のヒドロキシアルキル基(ヒドロキシ基の数は1~6が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい)、炭素数1~6の直鎖もしくは分岐のアミノアルキル基(アミノ基の数は1~6が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい)、炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基(より好ましくは、シクロペンチル基またはシクロヘキシル基)であることが好ましい。
 RB3は水素原子、炭素数1~12(好ましくは、1~6)のアルキル基(直鎖でも分岐でもよく、鎖状でも環状でもよい)、炭素数1~6のヘテロアリール基が好ましい。より好ましくは、RB3は、水素原子、炭素数1~12(好ましくは、1~6)の直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基、炭素数1~12(好ましくは、1~6)の直鎖もしくは分岐のヒドロキシアルキル基(ヒドロキシ基の数は1~6が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい)、炭素数1~12(好ましくは、1~6)の直鎖もしくは分岐のアミノアルキル基(アミノ基の数は1~6が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい)、炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基(より好ましくは、シクロペンチル基またはシクロヘキシル基)、または炭素数3~6のヘテロアリール基(より好ましくは、ピリジル基)であることが好ましい。
Each of R B1 and R B2 is preferably independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (which may be linear, branched, linear or cyclic). This alkyl group may have a substituent T. More preferably, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a linear or branched hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (the number of hydroxy groups is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3) A linear or branched aminoalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (the number of amino groups is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3), a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms (more preferably It is preferable that it is a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group).
R B3 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbons (preferably 1 to 6) (which may be linear, branched, linear or cyclic), or a heteroaryl group having 1 to 6 carbons. More preferably, R B3 is a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 (preferably 1 to 6) carbon atoms, a linear or 1 to 12 (preferably 1 to 6) carbon atoms or Branched hydroxyalkyl group (the number of hydroxy groups is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3), linear or branched aminoalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6) (amino group Is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3), cycloalkyl having 3 to 8 carbon atoms (more preferably a cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl group), or heteroaryl having 3 to 6 carbon atoms Preferably, it is a pyridyl group).
 式(B1)で表される化合物は、上述の通り、RB1とRB2とRB3との2つ以上がそれぞれ互いに結合して環を形成していてもよいし、形成していなくてもよいが、形成していることが好ましい。
 式(B1)で表される化合物は、環状構造を含むことが好ましい。環状構造は、芳香環であってもよいし、脂環であってもよく、複素環であっても、非複素環であってもよいが、脂環が好ましい。環状構造は、5~8員環が好ましく、6員環が好ましい。また、環状構造は、単環であっても、縮合環であってもよいが、単環であることが好ましい。式(B1)で表される化合物は、一分子あたり、環状構造を1~4つ含むことが好ましく、2~4つであってもよく、2または3であってもよく、2であってもよい。また、環構造内にイミン構造(>C=N-)を有していてもよいし、有していなくてもよい。
 式(B1)で表される化合物は、一分子中にアミン構造を1つまたは2つ有することが好ましく、1つ有することがより好ましい。
 さらに、アミン化合物はカルボキシル基ないしエステル鎖(カルボニルオキシ基)を有さないことが好ましい。
In the compound represented by the formula (B1), as described above, two or more of R B1 , R B2 and R B3 may be respectively bonded to each other to form a ring, or may not be formed. Although it is good, it is preferable to form.
The compound represented by the formula (B1) preferably contains a cyclic structure. The cyclic structure may be an aromatic ring, an alicyclic ring, a heterocyclic ring or a non-heterocyclic ring, but an alicyclic ring is preferred. The cyclic structure is preferably a 5- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 6-membered ring. The cyclic structure may be a single ring or a fused ring, but is preferably a single ring. The compound represented by the formula (B1) preferably contains 1 to 4 cyclic structures per molecule, and may have 2 to 4 cyclic structures, 2 or 3 or 2 It is also good. In addition, it may or may not have an imine structure (> C = N-) in the ring structure.
The compound represented by the formula (B1) preferably has one or two amine structures in one molecule, and more preferably one.
Furthermore, it is preferable that the amine compound does not have a carboxyl group or an ester chain (carbonyloxy group).
 上記アミン化合物は、窒素原子からの距離が最も遠い炭素原子の、窒素原子と上記炭素原子とを繋ぐ原子の数が2以上であることが好ましい。この繋ぐ原子の数の上限は20以下であることが好ましく、12以下であることがより好ましく、8以下であることがさらに好ましく、5以下であることが特に好ましい。アミン化合物は銅との相互作用が強いため、配線に用いる銅の表面に偏在しやすい場合がある。アミン化合物の置換基がこの範囲にあることで、アミンが銅配線に偏在しても表面の極性が適切に保たれるため、絶縁膜との密着性の低下をより効果的に抑制できる。上記の窒素原子と最も遠い炭素原子とを繋ぐ原子の数とは、具体的には、RB1がシクロへキシル基である場合、6員環の窒素原子と置換した炭素(α炭素)と反対側の炭素原子が最も遠い炭素原子となる。これは、上記α炭素からみて3個目の炭素原子である。したがって、この3個目の炭素原子とα炭素とを繋ぐ原子の数は2個となる。 The above-mentioned amine compound preferably has two or more atoms connecting the nitrogen atom to the carbon atom, of the carbon atom farthest from the nitrogen atom. The upper limit of the number of linking atoms is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 12 or less, still more preferably 8 or less, and particularly preferably 5 or less. Since the amine compound has a strong interaction with copper, it may be easily localized on the surface of copper used for wiring. When the substituent of the amine compound is in this range, the polarity of the surface can be properly maintained even if the amine is unevenly distributed in the copper wiring, so that the decrease in adhesion to the insulating film can be more effectively suppressed. Specifically, when R B1 is a cyclohexyl group, the number of atoms connecting the above nitrogen atom and the farthest carbon atom is opposite to the carbon (α carbon) substituted with the nitrogen atom of the six-membered ring when R B1 is a cyclohexyl group. The side carbon atom is the farthest carbon atom. This is the third carbon atom in view of the α carbon. Therefore, the number of atoms connecting the third carbon atom and the alpha carbon is two.
 アミン化合物の共役酸のpKaは、12.4以下であることが好ましく、12.0以下であることがより好ましく、11.6以下であることがさらに好ましく、11.4以下であることが特に好ましい。下限値としては、4.7以上であることが好ましく、5.0以上であることがより好ましく、6.0以上であることがさらに好ましく、7.0以上であることが特に好ましい。 The pKa of the conjugate acid of the amine compound is preferably 12.4 or less, more preferably 12.0 or less, still more preferably 11.6 or less, particularly preferably 11.4 or less preferable. The lower limit value is preferably 4.7 or more, more preferably 5.0 or more, still more preferably 6.0 or more, and particularly preferably 7.0 or more.
 アミン化合物の分子量は90以上であることが好ましく、100以上であることがより好ましく、110以上であることがさらに好ましく、120以上であることが一層好ましい。上限値としては、1000以下であることが好ましく、800以下であることがより好ましく、600以下であることがさらに好ましく、400以下であることが一層好ましく、300以下であることがより一層好ましい。90以上とすることにより、加熱硬化時に揮発しにくくなり、膜に残存して硬化促進剤としてより作用しやすくなる。一方、1000以下とすることにより、膜中で拡散しやすくなり、硬化促進剤としてより効果的に作用する。 The molecular weight of the amine compound is preferably 90 or more, more preferably 100 or more, still more preferably 110 or more, and still more preferably 120 or more. The upper limit value is preferably 1000 or less, more preferably 800 or less, still more preferably 600 or less, still more preferably 400 or less, and still more preferably 300 or less. By setting it as 90 or more, it becomes difficult to volatilize at the time of heat-hardening, it remains in a film | membrane, and it becomes easier to act as a hardening accelerator. On the other hand, by making it 1000 or less, it becomes easy to diffuse in a film, and acts more effectively as a hardening accelerator.
 アミン化合物の具体例としては、後述する実施例で述べる化合物の他、特開2011-221494号公報の段落0204、0205に記載の化合物を用いることができ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As specific examples of the amine compound, in addition to the compounds described in Examples described later, the compounds described in paragraphs 0204 and 0205 of JP-A-2011-221494 can be used, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. .
 ポリマー前駆体100質量部に対する、塩を構成するアミン化合物の配合量は、20質量部以下であることが好ましく、10質量部以下であることがより好ましく、5質量部以下であることがさらに好ましく、3質量部以下であることが一層好ましく、2質量部以下であることがより一層好ましい。下限値としては、0.01質量部以上であることが好ましく、0.05質量部以上であることがより好ましく、0.1質量部以上であることがさらに好ましく、0.3質量部以上であることがさらに好ましく、0.5質量部以上であることが一層好ましい。
 塩は1種のアミン化合物に由来するカチオンのみを有していてもよいし、2種以上のアミン化合物に由来するカチオンを有していてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
 尚、本発明で用いるアミン化合物に由来するカチオンと酸性化合物に由来するアニオンとを含む塩以外にアンモニアに由来するカチオンを含む塩を含んでいてもよい。しかしながら、アンモニアに由来するカチオンを含む塩は実質的に含まない方が好ましい。実質的に含まないとは、アンモニアに由来するカチオンを含む塩の含有量が、アミン化合物に由来するカチオンと酸性化合物に由来するアニオンとを含む塩の含有量の5質量%以下であることをいい、3質量%以下であることが好ましく、1質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
It is preferable that the compounding quantity of the amine compound which comprises a salt with respect to 100 mass parts of polymer precursors is 20 mass parts or less, It is more preferable that it is 10 mass parts or less, It is more preferable that it is 5 mass parts or less The content is more preferably 3 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 2 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.05 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more, and 0.3 parts by mass or more. The content is more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more.
The salt may have only a cation derived from one kind of amine compound, or may have a cation derived from two or more kinds of amine compounds. When it contains 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes said range.
In addition to salts containing a cation derived from an amine compound used in the present invention and an anion derived from an acidic compound, a salt containing a cation derived from ammonia may be included. However, it is preferable not to substantially contain a salt containing a cation derived from ammonia. The content of the salt containing a cation derived from ammonia is 5% by mass or less of the content of the salt containing a cation derived from an amine compound and an anion derived from an acidic compound as substantially free. The content is preferably 3% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less.
<<酸性化合物>>
 本発明における酸性化合物は水溶液中でpH7未満を示す化合物を指す。好ましくは酸基を有する化合物であり、酸基としては、水溶液中で遊離水素を発生する基が好ましい。例えば、スルホン酸基、カルボキシル基、ホスホン酸基、リン酸基、ボロン酸基等を有する化合物が挙げられ、スルホン酸基またはカルボキシル基を有する化合物が好ましい。本発明における酸性化合物は、一分子中に酸基を1つまたは2つ有することが好ましい。中でも好ましくは、下記式(AC1)~(AC5)のいずれかで表される化合物である。
<< Acid compound >>
The acidic compound in the present invention refers to a compound exhibiting a pH of less than 7 in an aqueous solution. Preferred is a compound having an acid group, and as the acid group, a group that generates free hydrogen in an aqueous solution is preferable. For example, the compound which has a sulfonic acid group, a carboxyl group, a phosphonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group etc. is mentioned, The compound which has a sulfonic acid group or a carboxyl group is preferable. The acidic compound in the present invention preferably has one or two acid groups in one molecule. Among them, preferred is a compound represented by any one of the following formulas (AC1) to (AC5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 式中、RA1は水酸基または1価の有機基を表す。この1価の有機基としては、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい)、シクロアルキル基(炭素数3~24が好ましく、3~12がより好ましく、3~6が特に好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10が特に好ましい)、ヘテロアリール基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましい)が挙げられる。中でも好ましくは、上記炭素数の直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基またはアリール基である。これらの基はさらに置換基Tを有していてもよいし、有していなくてもよい。例えば、アルキル基とアリール基とを組み合わせた基(炭素数7~23が好ましく、7~19がより好ましく、7~11が特に好ましい)が挙げられ、アラルキル基(炭素数7~23が好ましく、7~19がより好ましく、7~11が特に好ましい)またはアルキルアリール基(炭素数7~23が好ましく、7~19がより好ましく、7~11が特に好ましい)が挙げられる。 In the formula, R A1 represents a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group. As this monovalent organic group, a linear or branched alkyl group (having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, 1 to 6 is more preferable, and 1 to 3 is particularly preferable), and a cycloalkyl group (3 to 24 carbon atoms) 3 to 12 are more preferable, and 3 to 6 are particularly preferable, an aryl group (having 6 to 22 carbon atoms is more preferable, 6 to 18 is more preferable, and 6 to 10 is particularly preferable), heteroaryl group (1 carbon atom) To 12 are preferable, and 1 to 6 are more preferable. Among them, preferred is a linear or branched alkyl or aryl group having the above-mentioned carbon number. These groups may or may not further have a substituent T. Examples thereof include groups in which an alkyl group and an aryl group are combined (preferably 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 7 to 11 carbon atoms), and aralkyl groups (preferably 7 to 23 carbon atoms) 7 to 19 is more preferable, and 7 to 11 is particularly preferable, or an alkylaryl group (having 7 to 23 carbon atoms is preferable, 7 to 19 is more preferable, and 7 to 11 is particularly preferable).
 RA2~RA6はそれぞれ独立に水素原子または1価の有機基を表す。この1価の有機基としては上記RA1で述べた基およびカルボキシル基が挙げられ、RA1で述べた基と同じ基がより好ましい。この1価の有機基はさらに置換基Tを有していてもよいし、有していなくてもよい。
 RA7~RA12はそれぞれ独立に水素原子または1価の有機基を表し、水素原子であることが好ましい。この1価の有機基としては上記RA1と同義の基が挙げられ、好ましい範囲も同様である。この1価の有機基はさらに置換基Tを有していてもよいし、有していなくてもよい。
 RA13は水素原子または1価の有機基を表し、1価の有機基であることが好ましい。この1価の有機基としては上記RA1と同義の基が挙げられ、好ましい範囲も同様である。この1価の有機基はさらに置換基Tを有していてもよいし、有していなくてもよい。
Each of R A2 to R A6 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. As this monovalent organic group, the group and carboxyl group which were described by said R <A1 > are mentioned, The same group as the group described by R <A1> is more preferable. The monovalent organic group may or may not further have a substituent T.
R A7 to R A12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, preferably a hydrogen atom. As this monovalent organic group, the same group as the above R A1 can be mentioned, and the preferred range is also the same. The monovalent organic group may or may not further have a substituent T.
R A13 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and is preferably a monovalent organic group. As this monovalent organic group, the same group as the above R A1 can be mentioned, and the preferred range is also the same. The monovalent organic group may or may not further have a substituent T.
 酸性化合物のpKaは、5以下であることが好ましく、4以下であることがより好ましく、3以下であることがさらに好ましく、2以下であってもよい。下限値としては、-5以上であることが好ましく、-4以上であることがより好ましく、-3以上であることが特に好ましい。pKaを5以下とすることにより経時でのポリイミド前駆体およびポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体の分解反応が、酸性化合物により効果的に抑制され、経時での膜厚変化をより効果的に抑制できる。 The pKa of the acidic compound is preferably 5 or less, more preferably 4 or less, still more preferably 3 or less, and may be 2 or less. The lower limit value is preferably -5 or more, more preferably -4 or more, and particularly preferably -3 or more. By setting the pKa to 5 or less, the decomposition reaction of the polyimide precursor and the polybenzoxazole precursor over time can be effectively suppressed by the acidic compound, and the film thickness change over time can be more effectively suppressed.
 酸性化合物の分子量は50以上が好ましく、60以上がより好ましく、70以上がさらに好ましく、80以上が一層好ましい。上限値は、1000以下が好ましく、700以下がより好ましく、500以下がさらに好ましく、300以下が一層好ましく、200以下が特に好ましい。なお、酸性化合物の分子量を1000以下とすることにより、加熱硬化工程で膜に残存しにくくなり、硬化反応が効果的に進行し、膜強度が向上する傾向にある。分子量を50以上とすることにより、組成物を保管中に揮発しにくくなり、経時での膜厚変化をより効果的に抑制できる。 The molecular weight of the acidic compound is preferably 50 or more, more preferably 60 or more, still more preferably 70 or more, and still more preferably 80 or more. 1000 or less are preferable, 700 or less are more preferable, 500 or less are more preferable, 300 or less are more preferable, and 200 or less are especially preferable. In addition, by setting the molecular weight of the acidic compound to 1000 or less, it becomes difficult to remain in the film in the heat curing step, the curing reaction proceeds effectively, and the film strength tends to be improved. By setting the molecular weight to 50 or more, the composition is less likely to volatilize during storage, and the film thickness change with time can be more effectively suppressed.
 ポリマー前駆体100質量部に対する塩を構成する酸性化合物の配合量は、20質量部以下であることが好ましく、10質量部以下であることがより好ましく、5質量部以下であることがさらに好ましく、3質量部以下であってもよい。下限値としては、0.01質量部以上であることが好ましく、0.05質量部以上であることがより好ましく、0.1質量部以上であることがさらに好ましく、0.3質量部以上であることが一層好ましく、0.5質量部以上であってもよい。
 酸性化合物は、1種の酸性化合物に由来するアニオンのみを有していてもよいし、2種以上の酸性化合物に由来するアニオンを有していてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The compounding amount of the acidic compound constituting the salt with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer precursor is preferably 20 parts by mass or less, more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 5 parts by mass or less, It may be 3 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.05 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more, and 0.3 parts by mass or more. Even more preferably, it may be 0.5 parts by mass or more.
The acidic compound may have only an anion derived from one type of acidic compound, or may have an anion derived from two or more types of acidic compounds. When it contains 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes said range.
<溶剤>
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物は、溶剤を含有する。溶剤は、公知の溶剤を任意に使用できる。溶剤は有機溶剤が好ましい。有機溶剤としては、エステル類、エーテル類、ケトン類、芳香族炭化水素類、スルホキシド類、アミド類などの化合物が挙げられる。
 エステル類として、例えば、酢酸エチル、酢酸-n-ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、ギ酸アミル、酢酸イソアミル、プロピオン酸ブチル、酪酸イソプロピル、酪酸エチル、酪酸ブチル、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、γ-ブチロラクトン、ε-カプロラクトン、δ-バレロラクトン、アルキルオキシ酢酸アルキル(例えば、アルキルオキシ酢酸メチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸エチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸ブチル(例えば、メトキシ酢酸メチル、メトキシ酢酸エチル、メトキシ酢酸ブチル、エトキシ酢酸メチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル等))、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例えば、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル等(例えば、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル等))、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例えば、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸プロピル等(例えば、2-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル))、2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチルおよび2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル(例えば、2-メトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル等)、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、ピルビン酸プロピル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、2-オキソブタン酸メチル、2-オキソブタン酸エチル等が好適なものとして挙げられる。
 エーテル類として、例えば、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート等が好適なものとして挙げられる。
 ケトン類として、例えば、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン等が好適なものとして挙げられる。
 芳香族炭化水素類として、例えば、トルエン、キシレン、アニソール、リモネン等が好適なものとして挙げられる。
 スルホキシド類として、例えば、ジメチルスルホキシドが好適なものとして挙げられる。
 アミド類として、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド等が好適なものとして挙げられる。
<Solvent>
The thermosetting resin composition of the present invention contains a solvent. As the solvent, known solvents can optionally be used. The solvent is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include compounds such as esters, ethers, ketones, aromatic hydrocarbons, sulfoxides and amides.
As esters, for example, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone , Δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkyl oxyacetate (eg, methyl alkyl oxyacetate, ethyl alkyl oxyacetate, butyl alkyl oxy acetate (eg, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate etc.) ), 3-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters (eg, methyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, etc. (eg, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-methoxypropionate) Ethyl acid, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate etc.), 2-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters (eg methyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, 2 -Propyl alkyl oxypropionate etc. (eg methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate), 2-alkyl Methyl oxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkyloxy-2-methylpropionate (eg methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate etc.), methyl pyruvate , Pyruvate Chill, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl 2-oxobutanoate, ethyl 2-oxobutanoate, and the like as preferred.
As ethers, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol Monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc. are mentioned as a suitable thing.
Preferred examples of the ketones include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone and the like.
As aromatic hydrocarbons, for example, toluene, xylene, anisole, limonene etc. may be mentioned as suitable.
As a sulfoxide, for example, dimethyl sulfoxide is mentioned as a suitable one.
Examples of suitable amides include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide and the like.
 溶剤は、塗布面性状の改良などの観点から、2種以上を混合する形態も好ましい。
 本発明では、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、ジメチルスルホキシド、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、プロピレングリコールメチルエーテル、およびプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテートから選択される1種の溶剤、または、2種以上で構成される混合溶剤が好ましい。ジメチルスルホキシドとγ-ブチロラクトンとの併用が特に好ましい。
The solvent is also preferably in the form of a mixture of two or more from the viewpoint of improving the coated surface properties and the like.
In the present invention, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, γ- Butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, propylene glycol methyl ether, and one solvent selected from propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, or two or more Mixed solvents are preferred. The combined use of dimethyl sulfoxide and γ-butyrolactone is particularly preferred.
 溶剤の含有量は、塗布性の観点から、本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物の全固形分濃度が5~80質量%になる量とすることが好ましく、5~75質量%となる量にすることがより好ましく、10~70質量%となる量にすることがさらに好ましく、40~70質量%となるようにすることが一層好ましい。溶剤含有量は、所望の厚さと塗布方法によって調節すればよい。
 溶剤は1種のみ含有していてもよいし、2種以上含有していてもよい。溶剤を2種以上含有する場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
From the viewpoint of coatability, the content of the solvent is preferably such that the total solid concentration of the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention is 5 to 80% by mass, and is preferably 5 to 75% by mass. It is more preferable that the amount be 10 to 70% by mass, further preferably 40 to 70% by mass. The solvent content may be adjusted according to the desired thickness and application method.
The solvent may contain only one kind, or two or more kinds. When two or more solvents are contained, the total is preferably in the above range.
<光ラジカル重合開始剤>
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物には、光ラジカル重合開始剤を含有させて感光性を付与してもよい。
 本発明で用いることができる光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、公知の光ラジカル重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視領域の光線に対して感光性を有する光ラジカル重合開始剤が好ましい。また、光励起された増感剤と何らかの作用を生じ、活性ラジカルを生成する活性剤であってもよい。
 光ラジカル重合開始剤は、約300~800nm(好ましくは330~500nm)の範囲内で少なくとも約50のモル吸光係数を有する化合物を、少なくとも1種含有していることが好ましい。化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いて測定することができる。例えば、紫外可視分光光度計(Varian社製Cary-5 spectrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチル溶剤を用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。
<Photo radical polymerization initiator>
A photoradical polymerization initiator may be contained in the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention to impart photosensitivity.
There is no restriction | limiting in particular as a radical photopolymerization initiator which can be used by this invention, It can select suitably from well-known radical photopolymerization initiators. For example, a photoradical polymerization initiator having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferred. In addition, it may be an activator which produces an active radical by causing an action with a photoexcited sensitizer.
The photoradical polymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar absorption coefficient of at least about 50 in the range of about 300 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm). The molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure at a concentration of 0.01 g / L using an ethyl acetate solvent with a UV-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian).
 熱硬化性樹脂組成物が光ラジカル重合開始剤を含むことにより、本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物を半導体ウェハなどの基板に適用して熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を形成した後、光を照射することで、発生するラジカルに起因する硬化が起こり、光照射部における溶解性を低下させることができる。このため、例えば、電極部のみをマスクするパターンを持つフォトマスクを介して熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を露光することで、電極のパターンにしたがって、溶解性の異なる領域を簡便に作製できるという利点がある。 Since the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention is applied to a substrate such as a semiconductor wafer by forming a thermosetting resin composition layer by containing a photo radical polymerization initiator, light is applied. By irradiation, curing due to the generated radicals occurs, and the solubility in the light irradiation part can be reduced. Therefore, for example, by exposing the thermosetting resin composition layer through a photomask having a pattern for masking only the electrode portion, it is possible to easily produce regions having different solubility according to the pattern of the electrode. There is.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、公知の化合物を任意に使用できる。例えば、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有する化合物、オキサジアゾール骨格を有する化合物、トリハロメチル基を有する化合物など)、アシルホスフィンオキサイド等のアシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール、オキシム誘導体等のオキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、ケトオキシムエーテル、アミノアセトフェノン化合物、ヒドロキシアセトフェノン、アゾ系化合物、アジド化合物、メタロセン化合物、有機ホウ素化合物、鉄アレーン錯体などが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、特開2016-027357号公報の段落0165~0182の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 A well-known compound can be used arbitrarily as a radical photopolymerization initiator. For example, halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, compounds having a trihalomethyl group, etc.), acyl phosphine compounds such as acyl phosphine oxides, hexaarylbiimidazole, oxime derivatives, etc. Oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, aminoacetophenone compounds, hydroxyacetophenones, azo compounds, azide compounds, metallocene compounds, organic boron compounds, iron arene complexes, etc. It can be mentioned. The details thereof can be referred to the description in paragraphs [0165] to [0182] of JP-A-2016-027357, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 ケトン化合物としては、例えば、特開2015-087611号公報の段落0087に記載の化合物が例示され、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。市販品では、カヤキュアーDETX(日本化薬(株)製)も好適に用いられる。 As a ketone compound, the compound as described in Paragraph 0087 of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2015-087611 is illustrated, for example, This content is integrated in this specification. Among commercial products, Kayacure DETX (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) is also suitably used.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、ヒドロキシアセトフェノン化合物、アミノアセトフェノン化合物、および、アシルホスフィン化合物も好適に用いることができる。より具体的には、例えば、特開平10-291969号公報に記載のアミノアセトフェノン系開始剤、特許第4225898号に記載のアシルホスフィンオキシド系開始剤も用いることができる。
 ヒドロキシアセトフェノン系開始剤としては、IRGACURE 184(IRGACUREは登録商標)、DAROCUR 1173、IRGACURE 500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE 127(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)を用いることができる。
 アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤としては、市販品であるIRGACURE 907、IRGACURE 369、および、IRGACURE 379(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)を用いることができる。
 アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤として、365nmまたは405nm等の波長光源に吸収極大波長がマッチングされた特開2009-191179号公報に記載の化合物も用いることができる。
 アシルホスフィン系開始剤としては、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル-ジフェニル-ホスフィンオキサイドなどが挙げられる。また、市販品であるIRGACURE819やIRGACURETPO(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)を用いることができる。
 メタロセン化合物としては、IRGACURE-784(BASF社製)などが例示される。
As a radical photopolymerization initiator, a hydroxyacetophenone compound, an aminoacetophenone compound, and an acyl phosphine compound can also be used suitably. More specifically, for example, an aminoacetophenone-based initiator described in JP-A-10-291969 and an acylphosphine oxide-based initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can also be used.
As a hydroxyacetophenone type initiator, IRGACURE 184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark), DAROCUR 1173, IRGACURE 500, IRGACURE-2959, IRGACURE 127 (trade name: all manufactured by BASF Corporation) can be used.
As aminoacetophenone initiators, commercially available products IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369, and IRGACURE 379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF Corporation) can be used.
As the aminoacetophenone initiator, a compound described in JP-A-2009-191179 in which the absorption maximum wavelength is matched to a wavelength light source such as 365 nm or 405 nm can also be used.
Examples of the acylphosphine initiator include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide and the like. In addition, IRGACURE 819 or IRGACURETPO (trade name: all manufactured by BASF), which are commercially available products, can be used.
Examples of metallocene compounds include IRGACURE-784 (manufactured by BASF).
 光ラジカル重合開始剤として、より好ましくはオキシム化合物が挙げられる。オキシム化合物を用いることにより、露光ラチチュードをより効果的に向上させることが可能になる。オキシム化合物は、露光ラチチュード(露光マージン)が広く、かつ、光硬化促進剤としても働くため、特に好ましい。
 オキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2001-233842号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-80068号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物を用いることができる。
 好ましいオキシム化合物としては、例えば、下記の構造の化合物や、3-ベンゾオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、および2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オンなどが挙げられる。本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物においては、特に光ラジカル重合開始剤としてオキシム化合物(オキシム系の光重合開始剤)を用いることが好ましい。オキシム系の光重合開始剤は、分子内に >C=N-O-C(=O)- の連結基を有する。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 市販品ではIRGACURE OXE 01、IRGACURE OXE 02、IRGACURE OXE 03、IRGACURE OXE 04(以上、BASF社製)、アデカオプトマーN-1919((株)ADEKA製、特開2012-14052号公報に記載の光ラジカル重合開始剤2)も好適に用いられる。また、TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製)、アデカアークルズNCI-831およびアデカアークルズNCI-930((株)ADEKA製)も用いることができる。また、DFI-091(ダイトーケミックス(株)製)を用いることができる。
 さらに、また、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物を用いることも可能である。そのようなオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2010-262028号公報に記載されている化合物、特表2014-500852号公報の段落0345に記載されている化合物24、36~40、特開2013-164471号公報の段落0101に記載されている化合物(C-3)などが挙げられる。
 最も好ましいオキシム化合物としては、特開2007-269779号公報に示される特定置換基を有するオキシム化合物や、特開2009-191061号公報に示されるチオアリール基を有するオキシム化合物などが挙げられる。
As a photo radical polymerization initiator, More preferably, an oxime compound is mentioned. By using an oxime compound, it is possible to more effectively improve the exposure latitude. The oxime compound is particularly preferable because it has a wide exposure latitude (exposure margin) and also serves as a light curing accelerator.
As specific examples of the oxime compound, compounds described in JP-A-2001-233842, compounds described in JP-A-2000-80068, and compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166 can be used.
Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, compounds of the following structures, 3-benzoximinobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxy Iminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3- (4-toluenesulfonyloxy) iminobutan-2-one And 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one and the like. In the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention, it is particularly preferable to use an oxime compound (oxime-based photopolymerization initiator) as a radical photopolymerization initiator. The oxime-based photopolymerization initiator has a> C = N—O—C (= O) — linking group in the molecule.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
As commercially available products, IRGACURE OXE 01, IRGACURE OXE 02, IRGACURE OXE 03, IRGACURE OXE 04 (above, manufactured by BASF Corporation), Adeka Optomer N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.), light described in JP 2012-14052 A Radical polymerization initiators 2) are also suitably used. In addition, TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.), Adeka ARKules NCI-831 and Adeka ARKLS NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) can also be used. Also, DFI-091 (manufactured by Daitoke Mix Co., Ltd.) can be used.
Furthermore, it is also possible to use an oxime compound having a fluorine atom. As specific examples of such oxime compounds, compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in paragraph 0345 of JP-A-2014-500852, JP-A-2013 And the compound (C-3) described in paragraph 0101 of JP-164471-A, and the like.
As the most preferable oxime compound, an oxime compound having a specific substituent described in JP-A-2007-269779, an oxime compound having a thioaryl group shown in JP-A-2009-191061, and the like can be mentioned.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤は、露光感度の観点から、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム塩化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物およびその誘導体、シクロペンタジエン-ベンゼン-鉄錯体およびその塩、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物、3-アリール置換クマリン化合物からなる群より選択される化合物が好ましい。
 さらに好ましい光ラジカル重合開始剤は、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム塩化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物であり、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、ベンゾフェノン化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物が一層好ましく、メタロセン化合物またはオキシム化合物を用いるのがより一層好ましく、オキシム化合物がさらに一層好ましい。
 また、光ラジカル重合開始剤は、ベンゾフェノン、N,N’-テトラメチル-4,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン(ミヒラーケトン)等のN,N’-テトラアルキル-4,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1,2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルホリノ-プロパノン-1等の芳香族ケトン、アルキルアントラキノン等の芳香環と縮環したキノン類、ベンゾインアルキルエーテル等のベンゾインエーテル化合物、ベンゾイン、アルキルベンゾイン等のベンゾイン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール等のベンジル誘導体などを用いることもできる。また、下記式(I)で表される化合物を用いることもできる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 式(I)中、RI00は、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、1個以上の酸素原子によって中断された炭素数2~20のアルキル基、炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基、フェニル基、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、炭素数2~12のアルケニル基、1個以上の酸素原子によって中断された炭素数2~18のアルキル基および炭素数1~4のアルキル基の少なくとも1つで置換されたフェニル基、またはビフェニリルであり、RI01は、式(II)で表される基であるか、RI00と同じ基であり、RI02~RI04は各々独立に炭素数1~12のアルキル、炭素数1~12のアルコキシまたはハロゲンである。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
式中、RI05~RI07は、上記式(I)のRI02~RI04と同じである。
The photo radical polymerization initiator is a trihalomethyl triazine compound, a benzyl dimethyl ketal compound, an α-hydroxy ketone compound, an α-amino ketone compound, an acyl phosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, a triaryl from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity. Imidazole dimer, onium salt compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and derivatives thereof, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex and salts thereof, halomethyl oxadiazole compounds, 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds Compounds are preferred.
Further preferable photoradical polymerization initiators are trihalomethyl triazine compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, acyl phosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triaryl imidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds, More preferred is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyl triazine compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers and benzophenone compounds, still more preferably metallocene compounds or oxime compounds, oxime compounds Is even more preferred.
In addition, photo radical polymerization initiators include N, N'-tetraalkyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 2-benzyl such as benzophenone, N, N'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone (Michler's ketone), etc. Aromatic ketones such as -2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1,2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholino-propanone-1, alkylanthraquinones, etc. Also usable are quinones fused with the aromatic ring of the above, benzoin ether compounds such as benzoin alkyl ether, benzoin compounds such as benzoin and alkylbenzoin, and benzyl derivatives such as benzyl dimethyl ketal. Moreover, the compound represented by following formula (I) can also be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
In the formula (I), R 100 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, An alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and 2 to carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms 18 alkyl group and at least one substituted phenyl group of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a biphenylyl,, R I01 is a group represented by formula (II), the same as R I00 And each of R 102 to R 104 is independently an alkyl having 1 to 12 carbons, an alkoxy having 1 to 12 carbons, or a halogen.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
In the formula, R I05 to R I07 are the same as R I02 to R I04 in the above formula (I).
 また、光ラジカル重合開始剤は、国際公開WO2015/125469号の段落0048~0055に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 Further, as the photoradical polymerization initiator, the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0055 of International Publication WO 2015/125469 can also be used.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤を含む場合、その含有量は、本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し0.1~30質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~20質量%であり、さらに好ましくは0.5~15質量%であり、一層好ましくは1.0~10質量%である。光ラジカル重合開始剤は1種のみ含有していてもよいし、2種以上含有していてもよい。光ラジカル重合開始剤を2種以上含有する場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the radical photopolymerization initiator is contained, the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention. % By mass, more preferably 0.5 to 15% by mass, and still more preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass. The photo radical polymerization initiator may contain only one kind, or two or more kinds. When 2 or more types of radical photopolymerization initiators are contained, it is preferable that the sum total is the said range.
<熱ラジカル重合開始剤>
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない範囲で熱ラジカル重合開始剤を含んでいてもよい。
 熱ラジカル重合開始剤は、熱のエネルギーによってラジカルを発生し、重合性を有する化合物の重合反応を開始または促進させる化合物である。熱ラジカル重合開始剤を添加することによって、ポリマー前駆体の環化と共に、ポリマー前駆体の重合反応を進行させることもできるので、より高度な耐熱化が達成できることとなる。
 熱ラジカル重合開始剤として、具体的には、特開2008-63554号公報の段落0074~0118に記載されている化合物が挙げられる。
<Thermal radical polymerization initiator>
The thermosetting resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal radical polymerization initiator within the scope of the present invention.
The thermal radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates radicals by the energy of heat and initiates or accelerates a polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound. By adding the thermal radical polymerization initiator, the polymerization reaction of the polymer precursor can be advanced along with the cyclization of the polymer precursor, so that a higher degree of heat resistance can be achieved.
Specific examples of the thermal radical polymerization initiator include the compounds described in paragraphs 0074 to 0118 of JP-A-2008-63554.
 熱ラジカル重合開始剤を含む場合、その含有量は、本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し0.1~30質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~20質量%であり、さらに好ましくは5~15質量%である。熱ラジカル重合開始剤は1種のみ含有していてもよいし、2種以上含有していてもよい。熱ラジカル重合開始剤を2種以上含有する場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the heat radical polymerization initiator is contained, the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention. It is mass%, more preferably 5 to 15 mass%. The thermal radical polymerization initiator may contain only one type, or may contain two or more types. When 2 or more types of thermal radical polymerization initiators are contained, it is preferable that the sum total is the said range.
<重合性化合物>
<<ラジカル重合性化合物>>
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物は、感光性を付与する場合には、ラジカル重合性化合物を含むことが好ましい。
<Polymerizable compound>
<< Radically Polymerizable Compound >>
It is preferable that the thermosetting resin composition of this invention contains a radically polymerizable compound, when providing photosensitivity.
 ラジカル重合性化合物は、ラジカル重合性基を有する化合物を用いることができる。ラジカル重合性基としては、ビニルフェニル基、ビニル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基およびアリル基などのエチレン性不飽和結合を有する基が挙げられる。ラジカル重合性基は、(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましい。 As a radically polymerizable compound, a compound having a radically polymerizable group can be used. Examples of the radically polymerizable group include groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond such as a vinylphenyl group, a vinyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group and an allyl group. The radically polymerizable group is preferably a (meth) acryloyl group.
 ラジカル重合性化合物が有するラジカル重合性基の数は、1個でもよく、2個以上でもよいが、ラジカル重合性化合物はラジカル重合性基を2個以上有することが好ましく、3個以上有することがより好ましい。上限は、15個以下が好ましく、10個以下がより好ましく、8個以下がさらに好ましい。 The number of radically polymerizable groups in the radically polymerizable compound may be one, or two or more, but the radically polymerizable compound preferably has two or more radically polymerizable groups, and preferably three or more. More preferable. The upper limit is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and still more preferably 8 or less.
 ラジカル重合性化合物の分子量は、2000以下が好ましく、1500以下がより好ましく、900以下がさらに好ましい。ラジカル重合性化合物の分子量の下限は、100以上が好ましい。 2000 or less are preferable, as for the molecular weight of a radically polymerizable compound, 1500 or less are more preferable, and 900 or less are more preferable. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the radically polymerizable compound is preferably 100 or more.
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物は、現像性の観点から、重合性基を2個以上含む2官能以上のラジカル重合性化合物を少なくとも1種含むことが好ましく、3官能以上のラジカル重合性化合物を少なくとも1種含むことがより好ましい。また、2官能のラジカル重合性化合物と3官能以上のラジカル重合性化合物との混合物であってもよい。なお、ラジカル重合性化合物の官能基数は、1分子中におけるラジカル重合性基の数を意味する。 The thermosetting resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one difunctional or higher radically polymerizable compound containing two or more polymerizable groups, from the viewpoint of developability, and a trifunctional or higher radically polymerizable compound It is more preferable to include at least one of Moreover, the mixture of a bifunctional radically polymerizable compound and a trifunctional or more than trifunctional radically polymerizable compound may be sufficient. The number of functional groups of the radically polymerizable compound means the number of radically polymerizable groups in one molecule.
 ラジカル重合性化合物の具体例としては、不飽和カルボン酸(例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸、マレイン酸など)やそのエステル類、アミド類が挙げられ、好ましくは、不飽和カルボン酸と多価アルコール化合物とのエステル、および不飽和カルボン酸と多価アミン化合物とのアミド類である。また、ヒドロキシ基やアミノ基、メルカプト基等の求核性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステルあるいはアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能イソシアネート類あるいはエポキシ類との付加反応物や、単官能若しくは多官能のカルボン酸との脱水縮合反応物等も好適に使用される。また、イソシアネート基やエポキシ基等の親電子性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステルあるいはアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との付加反応物、さらに、ハロゲン基やトシルオキシ基等の脱離性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステルあるいはアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との置換反応物も好適である。また、別の例として、上記の不飽和カルボン酸の代わりに、不飽和ホスホン酸、スチレン等のビニルベンゼン誘導体、ビニルエーテル、アリルエーテル等に置き換えた化合物群を使用することも可能である。具体例としては、特開2016-027357号公報の段落0113~0122の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Specific examples of the radically polymerizable compound include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid etc.), esters thereof and amides, and preferably Esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydric alcohol compounds, and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydric amine compounds. In addition, addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxy group, an amino group or a mercapto group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or epoxy, a monofunctional or a polyfunctional Dehydration condensation products with functional carboxylic acids and the like are also suitably used. Also, addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having an electrophilic substituent such as isocyanate group and epoxy group with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines and thiols, and halogen groups Also suitable are substitution reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having a leaving substituent such as tosyloxy group with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines and thiols. As another example, instead of the above unsaturated carboxylic acid, it is also possible to use unsaturated phosphonic acid, a vinyl benzene derivative such as styrene, a vinyl ether, an allyl ether or the like, and a group of compounds replaced. As a specific example, the description in paragraphs [0113] to [0122] of JP-A-2016-027357 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 また、ラジカル重合性化合物は、常圧下で100℃以上の沸点を持つ化合物も好ましい。その例としては、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールエタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキサンジオール(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(アクリロイルオキシプロピル)エーテル、トリ(アクリロイルオキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、グリセリンやトリメチロールエタン等の多官能アルコールにエチレンオキサイドやプロピレンオキサイドを付加させた後、(メタ)アクリレート化した化合物、特公昭48-41708号公報、特公昭50-6034号公報、特開昭51-37193号各公報に記載されているようなウレタン(メタ)アクリレート類、特開昭48-64183号、特公昭49-43191号、特公昭52-30490号各公報に記載されているポリエステルアクリレート類、エポキシ樹脂と(メタ)アクリル酸との反応生成物であるエポキシアクリレート類等の多官能のアクリレートやメタクリレートおよびこれらの混合物を挙げることができる。また、特開2008-292970号公報の段落0254~0257に記載の化合物も好適である。また、多官能カルボン酸にグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート等の環状エーテル基とエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物を反応させて得られる多官能(メタ)アクリレートなども挙げることができる。
 また、上述以外の好ましいラジカル重合性化合物として、特開2010-160418号公報、特開2010-129825号公報、特許第4364216号等に記載される、フルオレン環を有し、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基を2個以上有する化合物や、カルド樹脂も使用することが可能である。
 さらに、その他の例としては、特公昭46-43946号公報、特公平1-40337号公報、特公平1-40336号公報に記載の特定の不飽和化合物や、特開平2-25493号公報に記載のビニルホスホン酸系化合物等もあげることができる。また、特開昭61-22048号公報に記載のペルフルオロアルキル基を含む化合物を用いることもできる。さらに日本接着協会誌 vol.20、No.7、300~308ページ(1984年)に光重合性モノマーおよびオリゴマーとして紹介されているものも使用することができる。
Further, the radically polymerizable compound is also preferably a compound having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or higher under normal pressure. Examples thereof include polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethylol ethane tri (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol Penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, hexanediol (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (acryloyloxypropyl) ether, tri (acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, glycerin, trimethylolethane and the like A compound obtained by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a functional alcohol and then converting to (meth) acrylate, JP-B-48-4170. Urethane (meth) acrylates as described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 50-6034 and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 51-37193; Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 48-64183; Japanese Patent Publication No. 49-43191; JP-A-52-30490 mentions polyester acrylates, polyfunctional acrylates and methacrylates such as epoxy acrylates which is a reaction product of an epoxy resin and (meth) acrylic acid, and mixtures thereof it can. In addition, compounds described in paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP-A-2008-292970 are also suitable. Moreover, the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate etc. which are obtained by making the compound which has cyclic ether groups, such as a glycidyl (meth) acrylate, and an ethylenic unsaturated bond react with polyfunctional carboxylic acid can also be mentioned.
Moreover, as a preferable radically polymerizable compound other than the above-mentioned, it has a fluorene ring and is described in Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2010-160418, Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2010-129825, patent 4364216 etc., and an ethylenically unsaturated bond is described. It is also possible to use a compound having two or more groups and a cardo resin.
Further, as other examples, specific unsaturated compounds described in JP-B-46-43946, JP-B-1-40337, JP-B-1-40336, and JP-A-2-25493 are described. And the like. Further, compounds containing a perfluoroalkyl group described in JP-A-61-22048 can also be used. Furthermore, Journal of Japan Adhesive Association vol. 20, no. Also those introduced as photopolymerizable monomers and oligomers on pages 7, 300-308 (1984) can be used.
 上記のほか、特開2015-034964号公報の段落0048~0051に記載の化合物も好ましく用いることができ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Besides the above, the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0051 of JP-A-2015-034964 can also be preferably used, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 また、特開平10-62986号公報において式(1)および式(2)としてその具体例と共に記載の、多官能アルコールにエチレンオキサイドやプロピレンオキサイドを付加させた後に(メタ)アクリレート化した化合物も、ラジカル重合性化合物として用いることができる。 Further, compounds described after addition of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a polyfunctional alcohol and then (meth) acrylated as described in Formula (1) and Formula (2) together with specific examples thereof in JP-A-10-62986 are also available. It can be used as a radically polymerizable compound.
 さらに、特開2015-187211号公報の段落0104~0131に記載の化合物も他のラジカル重合性化合物として用いることができ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Furthermore, the compounds described in paragraphs 0104 to 0131 of JP-A-2015-187211 can also be used as other radically polymerizable compounds, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 ラジカル重合性化合物としては、ジペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD D-330;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD D-320;日本化薬(株)製、A-TMMT:新中村化学工業(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD D-310;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD DPHA;日本化薬(株)製、A-DPH;新中村化学工業(株)製)、およびこれらの(メタ)アクリロイル基がエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール残基を介して結合している構造が好ましい。これらのオリゴマータイプも使用できる。 As radically polymerizable compounds, dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku ( A-TMMT: Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-310; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa ( (Meta) acrylate (commercially available: KAYARAD DPHA; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-DPH; Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and these (meth) acryloyl groups are ethylene glycol and propylene glycol residues. Preferred is a structure linked via an interface. These oligomer types can also be used.
 ラジカル重合性化合物の市販品としては、例えばサートマー社製のエチレンオキシ鎖を4個有する4官能アクリレートであるSR-494、エチレンオキシ鎖を4個有する2官能メタクリレートであるサートマー社製のSR-209、231、239、日本化薬(株)製のペンチレンオキシ鎖を6個有する6官能アクリレートであるDPCA-60、イソブチレンオキシ鎖を3個有する3官能アクリレートであるTPA-330、ウレタンオリゴマーUAS-10、UAB-140(日本製紙社製)、NKエステルM-40G、NKエステル4G、NKエステルM-9300、NKエステルA-9300、UA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、DPHA-40H(日本化薬(株)製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(共栄社化学(株)製)、ブレンマーPME400(日油(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Commercial products of radically polymerizable compounds include, for example, SR-494 which is a tetrafunctional acrylate having 4 ethyleneoxy chains manufactured by Sartomer, SR-209 manufactured by Sartomer which is a difunctional methacrylate having 4 ethyleneoxy chains. 231, 239, DPCA-60 which is a hexafunctional acrylate having 6 pentylene oxy chains manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., TPA-330 which is a trifunctional acrylate having 3 isobutylene oxy chains, urethane oligomer UAS- 10, UAB-140 (manufactured by Nippon Paper Industries Co., Ltd.), NK ester M-40G, NK ester 4G, NK ester M-9300, NK ester A-9300, UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA- 40H (Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. product), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-3 6I, (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical (Co.)) AH-600, T-600, AI-600, Blemmer PME400 (manufactured by NOF Corporation) and the like.
 ラジカル重合性化合物としては、特公昭48-41708号公報、特開昭51-37193号公報、特公平2-32293号公報、特公平2-16765号公報に記載されているようなウレタンアクリレート類や、特公昭58-49860号公報、特公昭56-17654号公報、特公昭62-39417号公報、特公昭62-39418号公報に記載のエチレンオキサイド系骨格を有するウレタン化合物類も好適である。さらに、ラジカル重合性化合物として、特開昭63-277653号公報、特開昭63-260909号公報、特開平1-105238号公報に記載される、分子内にアミノ構造やスルフィド構造を有する化合物を用いることもできる。 As radically polymerizable compounds, urethane acrylates and the like as described in JP-B-48-41708, JP-A-51-37193, JP-B-2-32293 and JP-B-2-16765. JP-B-58-49860, JP-B-56-17654, JP-B-62-39417, JP-B-62-39418 and urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton as described in JP-B-58-49860 and JP-B-62-39418 are also suitable. Furthermore, as radically polymerizable compounds, compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule, which are described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, JP-A-1-105238, can be used. It can also be used.
 ラジカル重合性化合物は、カルボキシル基、リン酸基等の酸基を有するラジカル重合性化合物であってもよい。酸基を有するラジカル重合性化合物は、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルが好ましく、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物の未反応のヒドロキシ基に非芳香族カルボン酸無水物を反応させて酸基を持たせたラジカル重合性化合物がより好ましい。特に好ましくは、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物の未反応のヒドロキシ基に非芳香族カルボン酸無水物を反応させて酸基を持たせたラジカル重合性化合物において、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物がペンタエリスリトールおよび/またはジペンタエリスリトールである化合物である。市販品としては、例えば、東亞合成(株)製の多塩基酸変性アクリルオリゴマーとして、M-510、M-520などが挙げられる。
 酸基を有するラジカル重合性化合物の好ましい酸価は、0.1~40mgKOH/gであり、特に好ましくは5~30mgKOH/gである。ラジカル重合性化合物の酸価が上記範囲であれば、製造や取扱性に優れ、さらには、現像性に優れる。また、重合性が良好である。
The radically polymerizable compound may be a radically polymerizable compound having an acid group such as a carboxyl group or a phosphoric acid group. The radically polymerizable compound having an acid group is preferably an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and an unreacted hydroxy group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is reacted with a nonaromatic carboxylic acid anhydride to produce an acid. Radically polymerizable compounds having a group are more preferred. Particularly preferably, in the radically polymerizable compound in which a nonaromatic carboxylic acid anhydride is reacted with an unreacted hydroxy group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound to give an acid group, the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and / or It is a compound which is dipentaerythritol. Examples of commercially available products include M-510 and M-520 as polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
The preferred acid value of the radically polymerizable compound having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mg KOH / g, particularly preferably 5 to 30 mg KOH / g. If the acid value of the radically polymerizable compound is in the above range, the production and handling properties are excellent, and furthermore, the developability is excellent. Moreover, the polymerizability is good.
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物は、硬化膜の弾性率制御に伴う反り抑制の観点から、ラジカル重合性化合物として、単官能ラジカル重合性化合物を好ましく用いることができる。単官能ラジカル重合性化合物としては、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ブトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、カルビトール(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、N-メチロール(メタ)アクリルアミド、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート等の(メタ)アクリル酸誘導体、N-ビニルピロリドン、N-ビニルカプロラクタム等のN-ビニル化合物類、アリルグリシジルエーテル、ジアリルフタレート、トリアリルトリメリテート等のアリル化合物類等が好ましく用いられる。単官能ラジカル重合性化合物としては、露光前の揮発を抑制するため、常圧下で100℃以上の沸点を持つ化合物も好ましい。 In the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention, a monofunctional radically polymerizable compound can be preferably used as the radically polymerizable compound from the viewpoint of warpage suppression accompanying the control of the elastic modulus of the cured film. Examples of monofunctional radically polymerizable compounds include n-butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, butoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, carbitol (meth) acrylate and cyclohexyl ( (Meta) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, N-methylol (meth) acrylamide, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate ) N-vinyl compounds such as acrylic acid derivatives, N-vinyl pyrrolidone, N-vinyl caprolactam, and the like such as allyl glycidyl ether, diallyl phthalate, and triallyl trimellitate Le compounds are preferably used. As the monofunctional radically polymerizable compound, a compound having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or more under normal pressure is also preferable in order to suppress volatilization before exposure.
<<上述したラジカル重合性化合物以外の重合性化合物>>
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物は、上述したラジカル重合性化合物以外の重合性化合物をさらに含むことができる。上述したラジカル重合性化合物以外の重合性化合物としては、ヒドロキシメチル基、アルコキシメチル基またはアシルオキシメチル基を有する化合物;エポキシ化合物;オキセタン化合物;ベンゾオキサジン化合物が挙げられる。
<< Polymerizable compounds other than the above-mentioned radically polymerizable compound >>
The thermosetting resin composition of the present invention can further contain a polymerizable compound other than the above-described radically polymerizable compound. Examples of the polymerizable compound other than the above-described radically polymerizable compound include compounds having a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group; epoxy compounds; oxetane compounds; benzoxazine compounds.
(ヒドロキシメチル基、アルコキシメチル基またはアシルオキシメチル基を有する化合物)
 ヒドロキシメチル基、アルコキシメチル基またはアシルオキシメチル基を有する化合物としては、下記式(AM1)、(AM4)または(AM5)で示される化合物が好ましい。
(Compound having a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group)
The compound having a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (AM1), (AM4) or (AM5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
(式中、tは、1~20の整数を示し、Rは炭素数1~200のt価の有機基を示し、Rは、-ORまたは、-OCO-Rで示される基を示し、Rは、水素原子または炭素数1~10の有機基を示し、Rは、炭素数1~10の有機基を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
(Wherein t represents an integer of 1 to 20, R 4 represents a t-valent organic group having 1 to 200 carbon atoms, R 5 represents a group represented by —OR 6 or —OCO—R 7 R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 7 represents an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
(式中、R404は炭素数1~200の2価の有機基を示し、R405は、-OR406または、-OCO-R407で示される基を示し、R406は、水素原子または炭素数1~10の有機基を示し、R407は、炭素数1~10の有機基を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
(Wherein, R 404 represents a divalent organic group having 1 to 200 carbon atoms, R 405 represents a group represented by —OR 406 or —OCO—R 407 , and R 406 represents a hydrogen atom or carbon And R 407 represents an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
(式中uは3~8の整数を示し、R504は炭素数1~200のu価の有機基を示し、R505は、-OR506または、-OCO-R507で示される基を示し、R506は、水素原子または炭素数1~10の有機基を示し、R507は、炭素数1~10の有機基を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Wherein u represents an integer of 3 to 8, R 504 represents a u-valent organic group having 1 to 200 carbon atoms, R 505 represents a group represented by -OR 506 or -OCO-R 507. R 506 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 507 represents an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.)
 式(AM4)で示される化合物の具体例としては、46DMOC、46DMOEP(以上、商品名、旭有機材(株)製)、DML-MBPC、DML-MBOC、DML-OCHP、DML-PCHP、DML-PC、DML-PTBP、DML-34X、DML-EP、DML-POP、dimethylolBisOC-P、DML-PFP、DML-PSBP、DML-MTrisPC(以上、商品名、本州化学工業(株)製)、NIKALAC MX-290(商品名、(株)三和ケミカル製)、2,6-dimethoxymethyl-4-t-buthylphenol、2,6-dimethoxymethyl-p-cresol、2,6-diacethoxymethyl-p-cresolなどが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (AM4) include 46DMOC, 46DMOEP (all trade names, manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Co., Ltd.), DML-MBPC, DML-MBOC, DML-OCHP, DML-PCHP, DML- PC, DML-PTBP, DML-34X, DML-EP, DML-POP, dimethylol BisOC-P, DML-PFP, DML-PSBP, DML-MTrisPC (trade names, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), NIKALAC MX -290 (trade name, Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,6-dimethoxymethyl-4-t-butylphenol, 2,6-dimethoxymethyl-p-cresol, 2,6-diacecoxymethyl-p-cresol, etc. .
 また、式(AM5)で示される化合物の具体例としては、TriML-P、TriML-35XL、TML-HQ、TML-BP、TML-pp-BPF、TML-BPA、TMOM-BP、HML-TPPHBA、HML-TPHAP、HMOM-TPPHBA、HMOM-TPHAP(以上、商品名、本州化学工業(株)製)、TM-BIP-A(商品名、旭有機材(株)製)、NIKALAC MX-280、NIKALAC MX-270、NIKALAC MW-100LM(以上、商品名、(株)三和ケミカル製)が挙げられる。 In addition, specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (AM5) include TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-HQ, TML-BP, TML-pp-BPF, TML-BPA, TMOM-BP, HML-TPPHBA, HML-TPHAP, HMOM-TPPHBA, HMOM-TPHAP (trade name, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), TM-BIP-A (trade name, manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Co., Ltd.), NIKALAC MX-280, NIKALAC Examples include MX-270 and NIKALAC MW-100LM (trade names, manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.).
(エポキシ化合物(エポキシ基を有する化合物))
 エポキシ化合物としては、一分子中にエポキシ基を2以上有する化合物であることが好ましい。エポキシ基は、200℃以下で架橋反応し、かつ、架橋に由来する脱水反応が起こらないため膜収縮が起きにくい。このため、エポキシ化合物を含有することは、組成物の低温硬化および反りの抑制に効果的である。
(Epoxy compound (compound having an epoxy group))
The epoxy compound is preferably a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule. The epoxy group crosslinks at a temperature of 200 ° C. or less, and a film contraction does not easily occur because a dehydration reaction derived from crosslinking does not occur. For this reason, containing an epoxy compound is effective for suppressing the low temperature curing and warpage of the composition.
 エポキシ化合物は、ポリエチレンオキサイド基を含有することが好ましい。これにより、より弾性率が低下し、また反りを抑制することができる。ポリエチレンオキサイド基は、エチレンオキサイドの繰り返し単位数が2以上のものを意味し、繰り返し単位数が2~15であることが好ましい。 The epoxy compound preferably contains a polyethylene oxide group. By this, the elastic modulus can be further reduced, and warpage can be suppressed. The polyethylene oxide group means that the number of repeating units of ethylene oxide is 2 or more, and the number of repeating units is preferably 2 to 15.
 エポキシ化合物の例としては、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂;ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂;プロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル等のアルキレングリコール型エポキシ樹脂;ポリプロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル等のポリアルキレングリコール型エポキシ樹脂;ポリメチル(グリシジロキシプロピル)シロキサン等のエポキシ基含有シリコーンなどを挙げることができるが、これらに限定されない。具体的には、エピクロン(登録商標)850-S、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-4032、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-7200、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-820、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-4700、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4710、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-4770、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-859CRP、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-1514、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4880、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4850-150、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4850-1000、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4816、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4822(以上商品名、DIC(株)製)、リカレジン(登録商標)BEO-60E(商品名、新日本理化(株))、EP-4003S、EP-4000S(以上商品名、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。この中でも、ポリエチレンオキサイド基を含有するエポキシ樹脂が、反りの抑制および耐熱性に優れる点で好ましい。例えば、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4880、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4822、リカレジン(登録商標)BEO-60Eは、ポリエチレンオキサイド基を含有するので好ましい。 Examples of epoxy compounds are: bisphenol A type epoxy resin; bisphenol F type epoxy resin; alkylene glycol type epoxy resin such as propylene glycol diglycidyl ether; polyalkylene glycol type epoxy resin such as polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether; Examples include epoxy group-containing silicones such as (oxypropyl) siloxane and the like, but are not limited thereto. Specifically, Epiclon (registered trademark) 850-S, Epiclon (registered trademark) HP-4032, Epiclon (registered trademark) HP-7200, Epiclon (registered trademark) HP-820, Epiclon (registered trademark) HP-4700, Epiclon (R) EXA-4710, Epiclon (R) HP-4770, Epiclon (R) EXA-859 CRP, Epiclon (R) EXA-1514, Epiclon (R) EXA-4880, Epiclon (R) EXA-4850-150, Epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4850-1000, Epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4816, Epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4822 (trade names, manufactured by DIC Corporation), Rikaresin (registered trademark) ) BEO-60E (brand name, Shin Nippon Rika (stock ), EP-4003S, EP-4000S (trade name, (Ltd.) and the like manufactured by ADEKA). Among these, the epoxy resin containing a polyethylene oxide group is preferable at the point which is excellent in suppression of curvature, and heat resistance. For example, Epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4880, Epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4822, and Rikaresin (registered trademark) BEO-60E are preferable because they contain polyethylene oxide groups.
(オキセタン化合物(オキセタニル基を有する化合物))
 オキセタン化合物としては、一分子中にオキセタン環を2つ以上有する化合物、3-エチル-3-ヒドロキシメチルオキセタン、1,4-ビス{[(3-エチル-3-オキセタニル)メトキシ]メチル}ベンゼン、3-エチル-3-(2-エチルヘキシルメチル)オキセタン、1,4-ベンゼンジカルボン酸-ビス[(3-エチル-3-オキセタニル)メチル]エステル等を挙げることができる。具体的な例としては、東亞合成(株)製のアロンオキセタンシリーズ(例えば、OXT-121、OXT-221、OXT-191、OXT-223)が好適に使用することができ、これらは単独で、あるいは2種以上混合してもよい。
(Oxetane Compound (Compound Having an Oxetanyl Group))
Examples of oxetane compounds include compounds having two or more oxetane rings in one molecule, 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyl oxetane, 1,4-bis {[(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methoxy] methyl} benzene, Examples thereof include 3-ethyl-3- (2-ethylhexylmethyl) oxetane, 1,4-benzenedicarboxylic acid-bis [(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl] ester and the like. As a specific example, Aon oxetane series (for example, OXT-121, OXT-221, OXT-191, OXT-223) manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. can be suitably used, and these can be used alone. Or you may mix 2 or more types.
(ベンゾオキサジン化合物(ベンゾオキサゾリル基を有する化合物))
 ベンゾオキサジン化合物は、開環付加反応に由来する架橋反応のため、硬化時に脱ガスが発生せず、さらに熱収縮を小さくして反りの発生が抑えられることから好ましい。
(Benzoxazine compound (compound having a benzoxazolyl group))
The benzoxazine compound is preferable because degassing does not occur at the time of curing because of the crosslinking reaction derived from the ring opening addition reaction, and further, the thermal shrinkage is reduced to suppress the occurrence of warpage.
 ベンゾオキサジン化合物の好ましい例としては、B-a型ベンゾオキサジン、B-m型ベンゾオキサジン(以上、商品名、四国化成工業(株)製)、ポリヒドロキシスチレン樹脂のベンゾオキサジン付加物、フェノールノボラック型ジヒドロベンゾオキサジン化合物が挙げられる。これらは単独で用いるか、あるいは2種以上混合してもよい。 Preferred examples of the benzoxazine compound include B-a type benzoxazine, B-m type benzoxazine (all trade names, manufactured by Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.), benzoxazine adduct of polyhydroxystyrene resin, phenol novolac type Dihydrobenzoxazine compounds are included. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 重合性化合物を含有する場合、その含有量は、本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0質量%超60質量%以下であることが好ましい。下限は5質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、50質量%以下であることがより好ましく、30質量%以下であることがさらに好ましい。
 重合性化合物は1種を単独で用いてもよいが、2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。2種以上を併用する場合にはその合計量が上記の範囲となることが好ましい。
When the polymerizable compound is contained, the content is preferably more than 0% by mass and 60% by mass or less with respect to the total solid content of the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention. The lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less and still more preferably 30% by mass or less.
Although a polymeric compound may be used individually by 1 type, you may mix and use 2 or more types. When using 2 or more types together, it is preferable that the total amount becomes said range.
<マイグレーション抑制剤>
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物は、さらにマイグレーション抑制剤を含むことが好ましい。マイグレーション抑制剤を含むことにより、金属層(金属配線)由来の金属イオンが熱硬化性樹脂組成物層内へ移動することを効果的に抑制可能となる。
 マイグレーション抑制剤としては、特に制限はないが、複素環(ピロール環、フラン環、チオフェン環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピラゾール環、イソオキサゾール環、イソチアゾール環、テトラゾール環、ピリジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、ピラジン環、ピペリジン環、ピペラジン環、モルホリン環、2H-ピラン環および6H-ピラン環、トリアジン環)を有する化合物、チオ尿素類およびメルカプト基を有する化合物、ヒンダードフェノール系化合物、サリチル酸誘導体系化合物、ヒドラジド誘導体系化合物が挙げられる。特に、1,2,4-トリアゾール、ベンゾトリアゾール等のトリアゾール系化合物、1H-テトラゾール、5-フェニルテトラゾール等のテトラゾール系化合物が好ましく使用できる。
<Migration inhibitor>
The thermosetting resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a migration inhibitor. By including the migration inhibitor, it is possible to effectively suppress migration of metal ions derived from the metal layer (metal wiring) into the thermosetting resin composition layer.
The migration inhibitor is not particularly limited, but a heterocyclic ring (a pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoxazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, pyridine ring Compounds having pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, piperidine ring, piperazine ring, morpholine ring, 2H-pyran ring and 6H-pyran ring, triazine ring), compounds having thioureas and mercapto group, hindered phenol compounds And salicylic acid derivative compounds and hydrazide derivative compounds. In particular, triazole compounds such as 1,2,4-triazole and benzotriazole, and tetrazole compounds such as 1H-tetrazole and 5-phenyltetrazole can be preferably used.
 また、ハロゲンイオンなどの陰イオンを捕捉するイオントラップ剤を使用することもできる。 In addition, ion trap agents that capture anions such as halogen ions can also be used.
 その他のマイグレーション抑制剤としては、特開2013-15701号公報の段落0094に記載の防錆剤、特開2009-283711号公報の段落0073~0076に記載の化合物、特開2011-59656号公報の段落0052に記載の化合物、特開2012-194520号公報の段落0114、0116および0118に記載の化合物などを使用することができる。 Examples of other migration inhibitors include rust inhibitors described in paragraph 0094 of JP-A-2013-15701, compounds described in paragraphs 0073 to 0076 of JP-A-2009-283711, and JP-A-2011-59656. The compounds described in paragraph 0052, the compounds described in paragraphs 0114, 0116 and 0118 of JP 2012-194520 A, and the like can be used.
 マイグレーション抑制剤の具体例としては、下記化合物を挙げることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
The following compounds can be mentioned as specific examples of the migration inhibitor.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 熱硬化性樹脂組成物がマイグレーション抑制剤を有する場合、マイグレーション抑制剤の含有量は、熱硬化性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01~5.0質量%であることが好ましく、0.05~2.0質量%であることがより好ましく、0.1~1.0質量%であることがさらに好ましい。
 マイグレーション抑制剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。マイグレーション抑制剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
When the thermosetting resin composition has a migration inhibitor, the content of the migration inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5.0% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the thermosetting resin composition. And more preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.
The migration inhibitor may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more migration inhibitors are used, the total is preferably in the above range.
<重合禁止剤>
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物は、重合禁止剤を含むことが好ましい。
 重合禁止剤としては、例えば、ヒドロキノン、4-メトキシフェノール、ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、p-tert-ブチルカテコール、1,4-ベンゾキノン、ジフェニル-p-ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソ-N-フェニルヒドロキシアミンアルミニウム塩、フェノチアジン、N-ニトロソジフェニルアミン、N-フェニルナフチルアミン、エチレンジアミン四酢酸、1,2-シクロヘキサンジアミン四酢酸、グリコールエーテルジアミン四酢酸、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール、5-ニトロソ-8-ヒドロキシキノリン、1-ニトロソ-2-ナフトール、2-ニトロソ-1-ナフトール、2-ニトロソ-5-(N-エチル-N-スルホプロピルアミノ)フェノール、N-ニトロソ-N-(1-ナフチル)ヒドロキシアミンアンモニウム塩、ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-tert-ブチル)フェニルメタンなどが好適に用いられる。また、特開2015-127817号公報の段落0060に記載の重合禁止剤、および、国際公開WO2015/125469号の段落0031~0046に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。
 また、下記化合物を用いることができる(Meはメチル基である)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物が重合禁止剤を有する場合、重合禁止剤の含有量は、本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01~5質量%であることが好ましく、0.02~3質量%であることがより好ましく、0.05~2.5質量%であることが特に好ましい。
 重合禁止剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。重合禁止剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
<Polymerization inhibitor>
The thermosetting resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor.
Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, 4-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, p-tert-butyl catechol, 1,4-benzoquinone, diphenyl-p-benzoquinone, 4,4 ' -Thiobis (3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt, phenothiazine, N-nitrosodiphenylamine N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, glycol ether diamine tetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1 -Nitroso 2-naphthol, 2-nitroso-1-naphthol, 2-nitroso-5- (N-ethyl-N-sulfopropylamino) phenol, N-nitroso-N- (1-naphthyl) hydroxyamine ammonium salt, bis (4) Preferably, -hydroxy-3,5-tert-butyl) phenylmethane or the like is used. Furthermore, the polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0060 of JP-A-2015-127817 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0046 of International Publication WO 2015/125469 can also be used.
In addition, the following compounds can be used (Me is a methyl group).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
When the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention has a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is 0.01 to 5% by mass based on the total solid content of the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention. It is preferably from 0.02 to 3% by mass, particularly preferably from 0.05 to 2.5% by mass.
The polymerization inhibitor may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more polymerization inhibitors are used, the total is preferably in the above range.
<金属接着性改良剤>
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物は、電極や配線などに用いられる金属材料との接着性を向上させるための金属接着性改良剤を含んでいることが好ましい。金属接着性改良剤としては、シランカップリング剤などが挙げられる。
Metal adhesion improver
The thermosetting resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a metal adhesion improver for improving the adhesion to a metal material used for electrodes, wiring and the like. Examples of the metal adhesion improver include silane coupling agents.
 シランカップリング剤の例としては、特開2014-191002号公報の段落0062~0073に記載の化合物、国際公開WO2011/080992A1号の段落0063~0071に記載の化合物、特開2014-191252号公報の段落0060~0061に記載の化合物、特開2014-41264号公報の段落0045~0052に記載の化合物、国際公開WO2014/097594号の段落0055に記載の化合物が挙げられる。また、特開2011-128358号公報の段落0050~0058に記載のように異なる2種以上のシランカップリング剤を用いることも好ましい。また、シランカップリング剤は、下記化合物を用いることも好ましい。以下の式中、Etはエチル基を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Examples of the silane coupling agent include compounds described in paragraphs 0062 to 0073 of JP-A 2014-191002, compounds described in paragraphs 0063 to 0071 of International Publication WO 2011/080992 A1, and compounds described in JP-A 2014-191252. The compounds described in paragraphs 0060 to 0061, the compounds described in paragraphs 0045 to 0052 in JP-A-2014-41264, and the compounds described in paragraph 0055 of International Publication WO 2014/097594. It is also preferable to use two or more different silane coupling agents as described in paragraphs 0050 to 0058 of JP-A-2011-128358. Moreover, it is also preferable to use the following compound as a silane coupling agent. In the following formulas, Et represents an ethyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 また、金属接着性改良剤は、特開2014-186186号公報の段落0046~0049に記載の化合物、特開2013-072935号公報の段落0032~0043に記載のスルフィド系化合物を用いることもできる。 As the metal adhesion improver, compounds described in paragraphs 0046 to 0049 of JP-A-2014-186186, and sulfide compounds described in paragraphs 0032 to 0043 of JP-A-2013-072935 can also be used.
 金属接着性改良剤の含有量はポリマー前駆体100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.1~30質量部であり、より好ましくは0.5~15質量部の範囲であり、特に好ましくは0.5~5質量部の範囲である。上記下限値以上とすることで硬化工程後の硬化膜と金属層との接着性が良好となり、上記上限値以下とすることで硬化工程後の硬化膜の耐熱性、機械特性が良好となる。金属接着性改良剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。2種以上用いる場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The content of the metal adhesion modifier is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 15 parts by mass, particularly preferably 0 based on 100 parts by mass of the polymer precursor. And in the range of 5 to 5 parts by mass. By setting it as the said lower limit or more, the adhesiveness of the cured film after a hardening process and a metal layer becomes favorable, and the heat resistance of the cured film after a hardening process and mechanical characteristics become favorable by below the said upper limit. The metal adhesion improver may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that the sum is the said range.
<硬化促進剤>
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物は、硬化促進剤を含んでいてもよい。硬化促進剤は、熱硬化促進剤でも光硬化促進剤でもよい。
<<熱硬化促進剤>>
 熱硬化促進剤は第四級アンモニウムカチオンとカルボン酸アニオンとの塩が好ましい。この第四級アンモニウムカチオンは、下記式(Y1-1)で表されることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
<Hardening accelerator>
The thermosetting resin composition of the present invention may contain a curing accelerator. The curing accelerator may be a thermal curing accelerator or a light curing accelerator.
<< Thermosetting accelerator >>
The heat curing accelerator is preferably a salt of a quaternary ammonium cation and a carboxylate anion. The quaternary ammonium cation is preferably represented by the following formula (Y1-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 式(Y1-1)において、RN1は、Nn価(Nnは、1~12の整数)の有機基を表し、Nn価の炭化水素基であることが好ましい。炭化水素基としては、アルカンを含むNn価の基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい)、アルケンを含むNn価の基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~3が特に好ましい)、芳香族炭化水素を含むNn価の基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10が特に好ましい)、またはそれらの組み合わせが挙げられる。RN1は中でも芳香族炭化水素基であることが好ましい。RN1は本発明の効果を損ねない範囲で、前述の置換基Tを有していてもよい。
 RN2~RN5は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または炭化水素基(炭素数1~36が好ましく、1~24がより好ましく、1~12が特に好ましい)を表し、アルキル基(炭素数1~36が好ましく、1~24がより好ましく、1~23が特に好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~36が好ましく、2~24がより好ましく、2~23が特に好ましい)、アルキニル基(炭素数1~36が好ましく、1~24がより好ましく、1~23が特に好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10が特に好ましい)が好ましい。このアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、は直鎖でも分岐でもよく、環状でも鎖状でもよい。
 RN6はアルキル基(炭素数1~36が好ましく、2~24がより好ましく、4~18が特に好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~36が好ましく、2~24がより好ましく、4~18が特に好ましい)、アルキニル基(炭素数2~36が好ましく、2~24がより好ましく、4~18が特に好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10が特に好ましい)である。アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、は直鎖でも分岐でもよく、環状でも鎖状でもよい。このとき、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基には、鎖の途中に、あるいは母核との連結に、ヘテロ原子を含む連結基Lhが介在していてもよい。ヘテロ原子を含む連結基Lhとしては、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、またはこれらの組み合わせからなる連結基が挙げられる。ヘテロ原子を含む連結基Lhを構成する原子の数は1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい。ヘテロ原子を含む連結基Lhの特定の基の中に介在する原子の数は、1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい。Rは上記と同義である。RN6は本発明の効果を損ねない範囲で、さらに前述の置換基Tを有していてもよい。
 Nnは、1以上12以下の整数を表し、1~6の整数がより好ましく、1~3の整数が特に好ましい。
 Noは1~12の整数が好ましく、1~6の整数がより好ましく、1~3の整数が特に好ましい。
 RN2~RN6はそれぞれその2つ以上が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
In the formula (Y1-1), R N1 is Nn number (Nn is an integer of 1 to 12) represents an organic group, preferably an Nn-valent hydrocarbon group. The hydrocarbon group may be an alkane-containing Nn-valent group (preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and particularly preferably 1 to 3), and an alkene Nn-valent group (2 to 12 carbon atoms). Is preferable, 2 to 6 is more preferable, and 2 to 3 is particularly preferable, and an aromatic hydrocarbon-containing Nn-valent group (having 6 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable, 6 to 18 is more preferable, and 6 to 10 is particularly preferable. Or combinations thereof. Among them, R N1 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group. R N1 may have the aforementioned substituent T within the range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
R N2 ~ R N5 are independently a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group (having 1 to 36 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24, particularly preferably 1 to 12) represents, an alkyl group (C 1 - 36 is preferable, 1 to 24 is more preferable, 1 to 23 is particularly preferable, an alkenyl group (having 2 to 36 carbon atoms is preferable, 2 to 24 is more preferable, and 2 to 23 is particularly preferable), and an alkynyl group (carbon number is 1 to 36 is preferable, 1 to 24 is more preferable, and 1 to 23 is particularly preferable, and an aryl group (having 6 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable, 6 to 18 is more preferable, and 6 to 10 is particularly preferable). The alkyl group, the alkenyl group and the alkynyl group may be linear or branched and may be cyclic or linear.
R N6 is an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 36 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 4 to 18 carbon atoms), and an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 36 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms, and 4 to 18 carbon atoms. , An alkynyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 36, more preferably 2 to 24, and particularly preferably 4 to 18), and an aryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 22, preferably 6 to 18). To 10 are particularly preferable). The alkyl group, the alkenyl group and the alkynyl group may be linear or branched, cyclic or linear. At this time, in the alkyl group, the alkenyl group, the alkynyl group and the aryl group, a linking group Lh containing a hetero atom may be interposed in the middle of the chain or in the linkage with the mother nucleus. As the linking group Lh containing a hetero atom, a linking group consisting of —O—, —S—, —CO—, —NR N — or a combination thereof is mentioned. The number of atoms constituting the linking group Lh containing a hetero atom is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and particularly preferably 1 to 3. The number of atoms intervening in a specific group of the linking group Lh containing a hetero atom is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and particularly preferably 1 to 3. RN is as defined above. R N6 may further have the above-mentioned substituent T within the range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
Nn represents an integer of 1 or more and 12 or less, an integer of 1 to 6 is more preferable, and an integer of 1 to 3 is particularly preferable.
No is preferably an integer of 1 to 12, more preferably an integer of 1 to 6, and particularly preferably an integer of 1 to 3.
Two or more of R N2 to R N6 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
 本実施形態において、上記第四級アンモニウムカチオンと対になるカルボン酸アニオンの具体例としては、上記酸性化合物で例示した式AC2~AC5のいずれかで表される化合物由来のアニオンが挙げられる。
 本発明における熱硬化促進剤の分子量は、好ましくは、100以上2000未満であり、より好ましくは200~1000である。
 本発明における熱硬化促進剤の一例として、WO2015/199219号公報に記載の40℃以上に加熱すると塩基を発生する酸性化合物およびpKa1が0~4のアニオンとアンモニウムカチオンを有するアンモニウム塩が例示され、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
In this embodiment, specific examples of the carboxylate anion paired with the above-mentioned quaternary ammonium cation include anions derived from the compounds represented by any one of formulas AC2 to AC5 exemplified as the above-mentioned acidic compound.
The molecular weight of the thermosetting accelerator in the present invention is preferably 100 or more and less than 2000, more preferably 200 to 1000.
Examples of the thermal curing accelerator in the present invention include an acidic compound which generates a base when heated to 40 ° C. or higher described in WO 2015/199219, and an ammonium salt having an anion with an pKa 1 of 0 to 4 and an ammonium cation. The contents of these are incorporated herein.
 熱硬化促進剤を用いる場合、組成物における熱硬化促進剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対し、0.01~50質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、0.05質量%以上がより好ましく、0.1質量%以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、10質量%以下がより好ましく、5質量%以下がさらに好ましい。
 熱硬化促進剤は、1種または2種以上を用いることができる。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。また、本発明の組成物は、熱硬化促進剤を実質的に含まない構成とすることもできる。実質的に含まないとは、組成物の全固形分に対し、0.01質量%未満であることをいい、0.005質量%未満であることがより好ましい。
When a heat curing accelerator is used, the content of the heat curing accelerator in the composition is preferably 0.01 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition. The lower limit is more preferably 0.05% by mass or more and further preferably 0.1% by mass or more. 10 mass% or less is more preferable, and, as for the upper limit, 5 mass% or less is more preferable.
The heat curing accelerator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount is the said range. Moreover, the composition of this invention can also be set as the structure which does not contain a thermosetting accelerator substantially. Substantially free means less than 0.01% by mass, and more preferably less than 0.005% by mass, relative to the total solid content of the composition.
<<光硬化促進剤>>
 本発明で用いる熱硬化性樹脂組成物は、光硬化促進剤を含んでいてもよい。本発明における光硬化促進剤とは、露光により塩基を発生するものであり、常温常圧の通常の条件下では活性を示さないが、外部刺激として電磁波の照射と加熱が行なわれると、塩基(塩基性物質)を発生するものであれば特に限定されるものではない。露光により発生した塩基はポリマー前駆体を加熱により硬化させる際の触媒として働くため、好適に用いることができる。
 本発明においては、光硬化促進剤として公知のものを用いることができる。例えば遷移金属化合物錯体や、アンモニウム塩などの構造を有するものや、アミジン部分がカルボン酸と塩を形成することで潜在化されたものように、塩基成分が塩を形成することにより中和されたイオン性の化合物や、カルバメート誘導体、オキシムエステル誘導体、アシル化合物などのウレタン結合やオキシム結合などにより塩基成分が潜在化された非イオン性の化合物を挙げることができる。
<< photo-curing accelerator >>
The thermosetting resin composition used by this invention may contain the photocuring accelerator. The photo-curing accelerator in the present invention generates a base upon exposure, and does not show activity under ordinary conditions of normal temperature and pressure, but when irradiation and heating of electromagnetic waves are performed as an external stimulus, the base ( It is not particularly limited as long as it generates a basic substance). The base generated by exposure to light serves as a catalyst for curing the polymer precursor by heating, and thus can be suitably used.
In the present invention, known photocuring accelerators can be used. For example, such as a transition metal compound complex, one having a structure such as an ammonium salt, or one in which an amidine moiety is made latent by forming a salt with a carboxylic acid, the base component is neutralized by forming a salt Examples thereof include ionic compounds, and non-ionic compounds such as carbamate derivatives, oxime ester derivatives, and acyl compounds in which the base component is made latent by urethane bonds or oxime bonds.
 本発明に係る光硬化促進剤としては、例えば、特開2009-80452号公報および国際公開第2009/123122号パンフレットで開示されたような桂皮酸アミド構造を有する光硬化促進剤、特開2006-189591号公報および特開2008-247747号公報で開示されたようなカルバメート構造を有する光硬化促進剤、特開2007-249013号公報および特開2008-003581号公報で開示されたようなオキシム構造、カルバモイルオキシム構造を有する光硬化促進剤等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されず、その他にも公知の光硬化促進剤の構造を用いることができる。 As the photocuring accelerator according to the present invention, for example, a photocuring accelerator having a cinnamic acid amide structure as disclosed in JP-A-2009-80452 and WO2009 / 123122 pamphlet, JP-A-2006- Photocuring accelerators having a carbamate structure as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication Nos. 189591 and 2008-247747; oxime structures as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication Nos. 2007-249013 and 2008-003581; Although the photocuring accelerator etc. which have a carbamoyl oxime structure etc. are mentioned, it is not limited to these, In addition, the structure of a well-known photocuring accelerator can be used.
 その他、光硬化促進剤としては、特開2012-93746号公報の段落0185~0188、0199~0200および0202に記載の化合物、特開2013-194205号公報の段落0022~0069に記載の化合物、特開2013-204019号公報の段落0026~0074に記載の化合物、ならびに国際公開WO2010/064631号公報の段落0052に記載の化合物が例として挙げられる。 In addition, as a photocuring accelerator, compounds described in paragraphs 0185 to 0188, 0199 to 0200 and 0202 of JP 2012-93746 A, compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0069 of JP 2013-194205 A, and The compounds described in paragraphs 0026 to 0074 of JP2013-204019, and the compounds described in paragraph 0052 of International Publication WO2010 / 064631 are mentioned as examples.
 光硬化促進剤の市販品としては、WPBG-266、WPBG-300、WPGB-345、WPGB-140、WPBG-165、WPBG-027、PBG-018、WPGB-015、WPBG-041、WPGB-172、WPGB-174、WPBG-166、WPGB-158、WPGB-025、WPGB-168、WPGB-167およびWPBG-082(和光純薬工業(株)製)を用いることもできる。 As a commercial item of a photocuring accelerator, WPBG-266, WPBG-300, WPGB-345, WPGB-140, WPBG-165, WPBG-027, PBG-018, WPGB-015, WPBG-041, WPGB-172, WPGB-174, WPBG-166, WPGB-158, WPGB-025, WPGB-168, WPGB-167 and WPBG-082 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) can also be used.
 光硬化促進剤を用いる場合、組成物における光硬化促進剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対し、0.1~50質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、30質量%以下がより好ましく、20質量%以下がさらに好ましい。
 光硬化促進剤は、1種または2種以上を用いることができる。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
When a photo-curing accelerator is used, the content of the photo-curing accelerator in the composition is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition. As for a minimum, 0.5 mass% or more is more preferable, and 1 mass% or more is further more preferable. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and still more preferably 20% by mass or less.
The photocuring accelerator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount is the said range.
<第4族元素を含む有機化合物>
 本発明の組成物は、第4族元素を含む有機化合物(以下、「有機チタン化合物等」ということがある)を含むことが好ましい。
 第4族元素を含む有機化合物としては、チタン原子、ジルコニウム原子およびハフニウム原子から選択される少なくとも1つを含む有機化合物であることが好ましく、チタン原子およびジルコニウム原子から選択される少なくとも1つを含む有機化合物であることがより好ましい。また、チタン原子およびジルコニウム原子から選択される少なくとも1つを含む有機化合物は、好ましくは、有機基とチタン原子またはジルコニウム原子を含む化合物であり、一分子中のチタン原子およびジルコニウム原子の数は、合計で、1つであることが好ましい。有機基としては、特に定めるものではないが、炭化水素基、炭化水素基とヘテロ原子との組み合わせからなる基が好ましい。ヘテロ原子としては、酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子が好ましい。
 本発明では、有機基の少なくとも1つは環状基であることが好ましく、少なくとも2つは環状基であることがより好ましい。上記環状基は、5員環の環状基および6員環の環状基から選択されることが好ましく、5員環の環状基から選択されることがより好ましい。5員環の環状基としては、シクロペンタジエニル基が好ましい。また、本発明で用いる有機チタン化合物等は、1分子中に2~4個の環状基を含むことが好ましい。
 本発明における有機チタン化合物等は、下記式(P-1)~(P-3)で表されることが好ましく、式(P-1)で表される化合物がより好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
<Organic compounds containing Group 4 elements>
The composition of the present invention preferably contains an organic compound containing a Group 4 element (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "organic titanium compound etc.").
The organic compound containing a Group 4 element is preferably an organic compound containing at least one selected from titanium atom, zirconium atom and hafnium atom, and contains at least one selected from titanium atom and zirconium atom More preferably, it is an organic compound. The organic compound containing at least one selected from titanium atom and zirconium atom is preferably a compound containing an organic group and titanium atom or zirconium atom, and the number of titanium atoms and zirconium atoms in one molecule is In total, one is preferred. The organic group is not particularly limited, but is preferably a hydrocarbon group or a group consisting of a combination of a hydrocarbon group and a hetero atom. The hetero atom is preferably an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom.
In the present invention, at least one of the organic groups is preferably a cyclic group, and more preferably at least two are cyclic groups. The cyclic group is preferably selected from a 5-membered cyclic group and a 6-membered cyclic group, and more preferably selected from a 5-membered cyclic group. As a 5-membered cyclic group, a cyclopentadienyl group is preferable. In addition, the organic titanium compound and the like used in the present invention preferably contain 2 to 4 cyclic groups in one molecule.
Organic titanium compounds and the like in the present invention are preferably represented by the following formulas (P-1) to (P-3), and more preferably compounds represented by formula (P-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 式中、Mは、第4族元素である。Mが表す第4族元素としては、チタン原子、ジルコニウム原子およびハフニウム原子が好ましく、チタン原子およびジルコニウム原子がより好ましい。 In the formula, M is a Group 4 element. As a group 4 element which M represents, a titanium atom, a zirconium atom, and a hafnium atom are preferable, and a titanium atom and a zirconium atom are more preferable.
 Rは、それぞれ独立に、置換基である。Rは、アリール基、アルキル基、ハロゲン原子、アルキルスルホニルオキシ基およびアリールスルホニルオキシ基から選択されることが好ましく、アルキル基、ハロゲン原子およびアルキルスルホニルオキシ基から選択されることがより好ましい。
 アリール基としては、炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10がさらに好ましく、具体的には、フェニル基、1-ナフチル基、2-ナフチル基等が挙げられる。アルキル基としては、炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましく、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、オクチル基、イソプロピル基、t-ブチル基、イソペンチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、2-メチルヘキシル基、シクロペンチル基等が挙げられる。ハロゲン原子としては、F、Cl、Br、Iが挙げられる。アルキルスルホニルオキシ基を構成するアルキル基としては、炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましく、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、オクチル基、イソプロピル基、t-ブチル基、イソペンチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、2-メチルヘキシル基、シクロペンチル基等が挙げられる。
 上記置換基は、さらに置換基を有していてもよい。置換基の例としては、置換基T等が挙げられ、具体的には、ハロゲン原子(F、Cl、Br、I)、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アミノ基、シアノ基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、モノアルキルアミノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、モノアリールアミノ基およびジアリールアミノ基等が挙げられる。
Each R is independently a substituent. R is preferably selected from an aryl group, an alkyl group, a halogen atom, an alkylsulfonyloxy group and an arylsulfonyloxy group, and more preferably selected from an alkyl group, a halogen atom and an alkylsulfonyloxy group.
The aryl group preferably has 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Specific examples thereof include phenyl, 1-naphthyl and 2-naphthyl groups. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and still more preferably 1 to 3. Specifically, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, octyl group, isopropyl group, t-butyl And isopentyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 2-methylhexyl group, cyclopentyl group and the like. The halogen atom includes F, Cl, Br and I. The alkyl group constituting the alkylsulfonyloxy group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and still more preferably 1 to 3. Specifically, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, octyl group And isopropyl group, t-butyl group, isopentyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 2-methylhexyl group, cyclopentyl group and the like.
The substituent may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a substituent T and the like, and specifically, a halogen atom (F, Cl, Br, I), a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, And aryloxy groups, acyl groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups, aryloxycarbonyl groups, acyloxy groups, monoalkylamino groups, dialkylamino groups, monoarylamino groups, and diarylamino groups.
 RP1~RP4はハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基または有機基(シクロペンタジエニル基を除く)である。有機基としては、アルキル基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~3がさらに好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10がさらに好ましい)、アルコキシ基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)、アリールオキシ基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10がさらに好ましい)、アルキルスルホニルオキシ基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)、アリールスルホニルオキシ基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)、アシルオキシ基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~3がさらに好ましい)、アリーロイルオキシ基(炭素数7~23が好ましく、7~19がより好ましく、7~11がさらに好ましい)が挙げられる。
 RP0は、式中の配位子を構成する有機連結基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~4がさらに好ましい、ヘテロ連結基Lhを介在していてもよい)であり、例えばβ-ジケトン配位子が挙げられる。β-ジケトンとしては、アセチルアセトネートやエチルアセトアセテート等が挙げられ、RP0としては下記式(P-3(a))の構造が挙げられる。*は酸素原子との結合手である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 RP11はRP1と同義の基である。
 RP12~RP14は、水素原子または置換基Tである。置換基Tの中でも、特に、アルキル基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)またはアルコキシ基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)が好ましい。
 pxは1~4の整数である。pyは0~4の整数である。Py+px=4
R P1 to R P4 are a halogen atom, a hydroxy group or an organic group (excluding a cyclopentadienyl group). As the organic group, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and further preferably 1 to 3), and an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms) -3 is more preferable, an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 and still more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), and an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 6) , 1 to 3 is further preferable, an aryloxy group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 and still more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfonyloxy group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, -6 is more preferable, 1 to 3 is more preferable, arylsulfonyloxy group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and still more preferably 1 to 3) Acyloxy group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 and still more preferably 2 to 3), aryloyl oxy group (having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, preferably 7 to 19 more preferably 7 to 11) And further preferred).
R P0 is an organic linking group constituting a ligand in the formula (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 and further preferably 2 to 4, and may have a hetero linking group Lh And, for example, β-diketone ligands. Examples of the β-diketone include acetylacetonate and ethylacetoacetate, and examples of R P0 include a structure of the following formula (P-3 (a)). * Is a bond with an oxygen atom.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
R P11 is a group having the same meaning as R P1 .
R P12 to R P14 are a hydrogen atom or a substituent T. Among the substituents T, in particular, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and further preferably 1 to 3) or an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, 1 to 6 is more preferred) Preferably, 1 to 3 are more preferable.
px is an integer of 1 to 4. py is an integer of 0 to 4. Py + px = 4
 R、RP1~RP4、RP11~RP14がアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、またはこれらの基を含む連結基を含むとき、それらは、本発明の効果を奏する範囲でさらに任意の置換基T(例えばヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子等)を有していてもよい。
 複数あるときのR、RP1~RP4、複数あるときのRP11、RP12~RP14は、互いに同じでも異なっていてもよい。また、下記連結基Lを介してまたは介さずに隣接する2つ以上の基が結合して環を形成していてもよい。
 連結基Lはアルキレン基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい)、アルケニレン基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましい)、O、CO、NR、S、またはその組合せに係る基であることが好ましい。連結基Lを構成する原子の数は水素原子を除いて、1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい。連結基Lの連結原子数は10以下であることが好ましく、8以下であることがより好ましい。下限としては、1以上である。上記連結原子数とは所定の構造部間を結ぶ経路に位置し連結に関与する最少の原子数を言う。たとえば、-CH-C(=O)-O-の場合、連結基を構成する原子の数は6となるが、連結原子数は3となる。
When R, R P1 to R P4 and R P11 to R P14 contain an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or a linking group containing any of these groups, they are further optionally substituted within the scope of achieving the effects of the present invention It may have a group T (for example, a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, etc.).
When there are a plurality of R, R P1 to R P4 and when there are a plurality of R P11 and R P12 to R P14 , they may be the same as or different from each other. Also, two or more adjacent groups may be bonded to form a ring via the following linking group L or not.
The linking group L is an alkylene group (preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and particularly preferably 1 to 3), an alkenylene group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6), O It is preferable that it is group which concerns on, CO, NR N , S, or its combination. The number of atoms constituting the linking group L is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and particularly preferably 1 to 3, excluding hydrogen atoms. The number of linking atoms of linking group L is preferably 10 or less, and more preferably 8 or less. The lower limit is 1 or more. The number of connected atoms means the minimum number of atoms involved in connection, which is located in a path connecting predetermined structural parts. For example, in the case of —CH 2 —C (= O) —O—, the number of atoms constituting the linking group is 6, but the number of linking atoms is 3.
 本発明で用いる第4族元素を含む有機化合物は、チタノセン化合物、テトラアルコキシチタン化合物、チタンアシレート化合物、チタンキレート化合物、ジルコノセン化合物およびハフノセン化合物から選択されることが好ましく、チタノセン化合物、ジルコノセン化合物およびハフノセン化合物から選択されることがより好ましく、チタノセン化合物およびジルコノセン化合物から選択されることがさらに好ましい。 The organic compound containing a Group 4 element used in the present invention is preferably selected from titanocene compounds, tetraalkoxytitanium compounds, titanium acylate compounds, titanium chelate compounds, zirconocene compounds and hafnocene compounds, and titanocene compounds, zirconocene compounds and It is more preferably selected from hafnocene compounds, and still more preferably selected from titanocene compounds and zirconocene compounds.
 有機チタン化合物等の分子量は、50~2000が好ましく、100~1000がより好ましい。 The molecular weight of the organic titanium compound or the like is preferably 50 to 2,000, and more preferably 100 to 1,000.
 有機チタン化合物等の具体例としては、テトライソプロポキシチタン、テトラキス(2-エチルヘキシルオキシ)チタン、ジイソプロポキシビス(エチルアセトアセテート)チタン、ジイソプロポキシビス(アセチルアセトナト)チタン、下記化合物、または後記実施例で挙げられた化合物が例示される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Specific examples of the organic titanium compound and the like include tetraisopropoxytitanium, tetrakis (2-ethylhexyloxy) titanium, diisopropoxybis (ethylacetoacetate) titanium, diisopropoxybis (acetylacetonato) titanium, the following compounds, or The compounds listed in the examples below are exemplified.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 また、有機チタン化合物等のうち、チタン原子を含む有機化合物としては、ジ-シクロペンタジエニル-Ti-ジ-クロライド(ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)チタニウムジクロリド)、ジ-シクロペンタジエニル-Ti-ビス-フェニル、ジ-シクロペンタジエニル-Ti-ビス-2,3,4,5,6-ペンタフルオロフェニル-1-イル、ジ-シクロペンタジエニル-Ti-ビス-2,3,5,6-テトラフルオロフェニル-1-イル、ジ-シクロペンタジエニル-Ti-ビス-2,4,6-トリフルオロフェニル-1-イル、ジ-シクロペンタジエニル-Ti-2,6-ジフルオロフェニル-1-イル、ジ-シクロペンタジエニル-Ti-ビス-2,4-ジフルオロフェニル-1-イル、ジ-メチルシクロペンタジエニル-Ti-ビス-2,3,4,5,6-ペンタフルオロフェニル-1-イル、ジ-メチルシクロペンタジエニル-Ti-ビス-2,3,5,6-テトラフルオロフェニル-1-イル、ジ-メチルシクロペンタジエニル-Ti-ビス-2,4-ジフルオロフェニル-1-イル、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)-ビス(2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(1H-ピロール-1-イル)フェニル)チタニウム、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(メチルスルホンアミド)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ブチルビアロイル-アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-エチルアセチルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-メチルアセチルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-エチルプロピオニルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-エチル-(2,2-ジメチルブタノイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ブチル-(2,2-ジメチルブタノイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ペンチル-(2,2-ジメチルブタノイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ヘキシル)-(2,2-ジメチルブタノイル)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-メチルブチリルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-メチルペンタノイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-エチルシクロヘキシルカルボニルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-エチルイソブチリルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-エチルアセチルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、 Further, among organic titanium compounds and the like, as an organic compound containing a titanium atom, di-cyclopentadienyl-Ti-di-chloride (bis (cyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride), di-cyclopentadienyl-Ti -Bis-phenyl, di-cyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophenyl-1-yl, di-cyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,3,5 , 6-Tetrafluorophenyl-1-yl, di-cyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,4,6-trifluorophenyl-1-yl, di-cyclopentadienyl-Ti-2,6-difluoro Phenyl-1-yl, di-cyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,4-difluorophenyl-1-yl, di-methylcyclopentadienyl-Ti-bi -2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophenyl-1-yl, di-methylcyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl-1-yl, di-methyl Cyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,4-difluorophenyl-1-yl, bis (cyclopentadienyl) -bis (2,6-difluoro-3- (1H-pyrrol-1-yl) phenyl) titanium Bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (methylsulfonamido) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-butylbiaroyl-amino] ) Phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2, 6- difluoro-3- (N- ethylacetylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis ( Pentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-methylacetylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-ethylpropionylamino) phenyl] titanium Bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-ethyl- (2,2-dimethylbutanoyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6 -Difluoro-3- (N-butyl- (2,2-dimethylbutanoyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-pentyl- (2,2, 2-Dimethylbutanoyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-hexyl)-(2 2,2-Dimethylbutanoyl) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-methylbutyrylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2 , 6-Difluoro-3- (N-methylpentanoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-ethylcyclohexylcarbonylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis ( Cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-ethylisobutyrylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-ethylacetyl) Amino) phenyl] titanium,
ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(2,2,5,5-テトラメチル-1,2,5-アザジシロリジニ-1-イル)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(オクチルスルホンアミド)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(4-トリルスルホンアミド)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(4-ドデシルフェニルスルホニルアミド)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(4-(1-ペンチルヘプチル)フェニルスルホニルアミド)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(エチルスルホニルアミド)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-((4-ブロモフェニル)-スルホニルアミド)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(2-ナフチルスルホニルアミド)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(ヘキサデシルスルホニルアミド)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-メチル-(4-ドデシルフェニル)スルホニルアミド)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-メチル-4-(1-ペンチルヘプチル)フェニル)スルホニルアミド)〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ヘキシル-(4-トリル)-スルホニルアミド)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(ピロリジン-2,5-ジオン-1-イル)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(3,4-ジメチル-3-ピロリジン-2,5-ジオニ-1-イル)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(フタルイミド)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-イソブトキシカルボニルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(エトキシカルボニルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-((2-クロロエトキシ)-カルボニルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(フェノキシカルボニルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(3-フェニルチオウレイド)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(3-ブチルチオウレイド)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(3-フェニルウレイド)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(3-ブチルウレイド)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N,N-ジアセチルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(3,3-ジメチルウレイド)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(アセチルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(ブチリルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(デカノイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(オクタデカノイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、 Bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (2,2,5,5-tetramethyl-1,2,5-azadisilolizidin-1-yl) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadi) (Enyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (octylsulfonamido) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (4-tolylsulfonamido) phenyl] titanium, bis (Cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (4-dodecylphenylsulfonylamido) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (4- (1) -Pentylheptyl) phenylsulfonylamido) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (ethyl) Sulfonylamido) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3-((4-bromophenyl) -sulfonylamido) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,2, 6-Difluoro-3- (2-naphthylsulfonylamido) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (hexadecylsulfonylamido) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) ) Bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-methyl- (4-dodecylphenyl) sulfonylamido) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-methyl) -4- (1-Pentylheptyl) phenyl) sulfonylamide)] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) ) Bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-hexyl- (4-tolyl) -sulfonylamido) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (pyrrolidine-) 2,5-Dion-1-yl) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (3,4-dimethyl-3-pyrrolidine-2,5-dioni-1-] ) Phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (phthalimido) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3-isobutoxycarbonyl (Amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (ethoxycarbonylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis ( Clopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3-((2-chloroethoxy) -carbonylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (phenoxycarbonyl) Amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (3-phenylthioureido) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3 -(3-Butylthioureido) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (3-phenylureido) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,2, 6-Difluoro-3- (3-butylureido) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-di] Luoro-3- (N, N-diacetylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (3,3-dimethylureido) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadi) Enyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (acetylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (butyrylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) ) Bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (decanoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (octadecanoylamino) phenyl] titanium,
ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(イソブチリルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(2-エチルヘキサノイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(2-メチルブタノイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(ピバロイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(2,2-ジメチルブタノイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(2-エチル-2-メチルヘプタノイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(シクロヘキシルカルボニルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(2,2-ジメチル-3-クロロプロパノイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(3-フェニルプロパノイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(2-クロロメチル-2-メチル-3-クロロプロパノイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(3,4-キシロイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(4-エチルベンゾイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(2,4,6-メシチルカルボニルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(ベンゾイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(3-フェニルプロピル)ベンゾイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(3-エチルヘプチル)-2,2-ジメチルペンタノイルアミノ〕フェニルチタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-イソブチル-(4-トルイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-イソブチルベンゾイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-シクロヘキシルメチルピバロイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(オクソラン-2-イルメチル)ベンゾイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(3-エチルヘプチル)-2,2-ジメチルブタノイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(3-フェニルプロピル-(4-トルイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(オクソラニ-2-イルメチル)-(4-トルイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(4-トルイルメチル)ベンゾイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(4-トルイルメチル)-(4-トルイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ブチルベンゾイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、 Bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (isobutyrylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (2-ethylhexanoyl] Amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (2-methylbutanoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro- 3- (pivaloylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (2,2-dimethylbutanoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2 , 6-Difluoro-3- (2-ethyl-2-methylheptanoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) Bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (cyclohexylcarbonylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (2,2-dimethyl-3-chloropropanoylamino) Phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (3-phenylpropanoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (2-Chloromethyl-2-methyl-3-chloropropanoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (3,4-xyloylamino) phenyl] titanium Bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (4-ethylbenzoylamino) phenyl] titanium Bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (2,4,6-mesitylcarbonylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (Benzoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N- (3-phenylpropyl) benzoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [ 2,6-Difluoro-3- (N- (3-ethylheptyl) -2,2-dimethylpentanoylamino) phenyl titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N- Isobutyl- (4-tolyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-isobuty] Benzoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-cyclohexylmethylpivaloylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,2, 6-Difluoro-3- (N- (oxolan-2-ylmethyl) benzoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N- (3-ethylheptyl)- 2,2-Dimethylbutanoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N- (3-phenylpropyl- (4-tolyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, Bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N- (oxolan-2-ylmethyl)-(4-toluy) ) Amino) phenyl) titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2, 6- difluoro-3- (N- (4- toluylmethyl) benzoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2 , 6-Difluoro-3- (N- (4-toluylmethyl)-(4-toluyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-butylbenzoyl) Amino) phenyl] titanium,
ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ブチル-(4-トルイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ヘキシル-(4-トルイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(2,4-ジメチルペンチル)-2,2-ジメチルブタノイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(2,4-ジメチルペンチル)-2,2-ジメチルペンタノイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-((4-トルイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(2,2-ジメチルペンタノイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(2,2-ジメチル-3-エトキシプロパノイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(2,2-ジメチル-3-アリルオキシプロパノイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-アリルアセチルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(2-エチルブタノイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-シクロヘキシルメチルベンゾイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-シクロヘキシルメチル-(4-トルイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(2-エチルヘキシル)ベンゾイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-イソプロピルベンゾイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(3-フェニルプロピル)-2,2-ジメチルペンタノイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ヘキシルベンゾイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-シクロヘキシルメチル-2,2-ジメチルペンタノイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ブチルベンゾイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(2-エチルヘキシル)-2,2-ジメチルペンタノイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ヘキシル-2,2-ジメチルペンタノイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-イソプロピル-2,2-ジメチルペンタノイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(3-フェニルプロピル)ピバロイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ブチル-2,2-ジメチルペンタノイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(2-メトキシエチル)ベンゾイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ベンジルベンゾイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ベンジル-(4-トルイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、 Bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-butyl- (4-tolyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-Hexyl- (4-toluyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N- (2,4-dimethylpentyl) -2,2-dimethyl] Butanoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (2,4-dimethylpentyl) -2,2-dimethylpentanoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclo) Pentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3-((4-toluyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-diphenyl Oro-3- (2,2-dimethylpentanoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (2,2-dimethyl-3-ethoxypropanoylamino) phenyl Titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (2,2-dimethyl-3-allyloxypropanoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,2, 6-Difluoro-3- (N-allylacetylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (2-ethylbutanoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopenta) Dienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-cyclohexylmethylbenzoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis Ropentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-cyclohexylmethyl- (4-tolyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N- ( 2-Ethylhexyl) benzoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-isopropylbenzoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2, 6-Difluoro-3- (N- (3-phenylpropyl) -2,2-dimethylpentanoyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-) [Hexylbenzoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- ( N-Cyclohexylmethyl-2,2-dimethylpentanoyl) amino) phenyl) titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-butylbenzoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclo) Pentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N- (2-ethylhexyl) -2,2-dimethylpentanoyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6- Difluoro-3- (N-hexyl-2,2-dimethylpentanoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-isopropyl-2,2-dimethylpenta) Noylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N- (3-fe) (Propyl) pivaloylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-butyl-2,2-dimethylpentanoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) Bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N- (2-methoxyethyl) benzoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-benzylbenzoylamino) Phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-benzyl- (4-tolyl) amino) phenyl] titanium,
ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(2-メトキシエチル)-(4-トルイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(4-メチルフェニルメチル)-2,2-ジメチルペンタノイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(2-メトキシエチル)-2,2-ジメチルペンタノイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-シクロヘキシルメチル-(2-エチル-2-メチルヘプタノイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ブチル-(4-クロロベンゾイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ヘキシル-(2-エチル-2-メチルブタノイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-シクロヘキシル-2,2-ジメチルペンタノイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(オクソラニ-2-イルメチル)-2,2-ジメチルペンタノイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-シクロヘキシル-(4-クロロベンゾイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-シクロヘキシル-(2-クロロベンゾイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(3,3-ジメチル-2-アゼチジノニ-1-イル)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-イソシアナトフェニル)チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-エチル-(4-トリルスルホニル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ヘキシル-(4-トリルスルホニル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ブチル-(4-トリルスルホニル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-イソブチル-(4-トリルスルホニル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ブチル-(2,2-ジメチル-3-クロロプロパノイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(3-フェニルプロパノイル)-2,2-ジメチル-3-クロロプロパノイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-シクロヘキシルメチル-(2,2-ジメチル-3-クロロプロパノイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-イソブチル-(2,2-ジメチル-3-クロロプロパノイル)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ブチル-(2-クロロメチル-2-メチル-3-クロロプロパノイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(ブチルチオカルボニルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(フェニルチオカルボニルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-イソシアナトフェニル)チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-エチル-(4-トリルスルホニル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ヘキシル-(4-トリルスルホニル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ブチル-(4-トリルスルホニル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-イソブチル-(4-トリルスルホニル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ブチル-(2,2-ジメチル-3-クロロプロパノイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、 Bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N- (2-methoxyethyl)-(4-tolyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6 -Difluoro-3- (N- (4-methylphenylmethyl) -2,2-dimethylpentanoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N- ( 2-Methoxyethyl) -2,2-dimethylpentanoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-cyclohexylmethyl- (2-ethyl-2-methyl) Heptanoyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-butyl- (4-chlorobenzoyl)] Mino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-hexyl- (2-ethyl-2-methylbutanoyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadiethyl) Enyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-cyclohexyl-2,2-dimethylpentanoyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N -(Oxorani-2-ylmethyl) -2,2-dimethylpentanoyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-cyclohexyl- (4-chlorobenzoyl) ) Amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-cyclohexyl- (2-) (Lorobenzoyl) amino) phenyl) titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (3,3-dimethyl-2-azetidinnon-1-yl) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) phenyl Enyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3-isocyanatophenyl) titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-ethyl- (4-tolylsulfonyl) amino) phenyl] Titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-hexyl- (4-tolylsulfonyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro -3- (N-Butyl- (4-tolylsulfonyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-di] Fluoro-3- (N-isobutyl- (4-tolylsulfonyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-butyl- (2,2-dimethyl-) 3-Chloropropanoyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N- (3-phenylpropanoyl) -2,2-dimethyl-3-chloroprop Noyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-cyclohexylmethyl- (2,2-dimethyl-3-chloropropanoyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, Bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-isobutyl- (2,2-dimethyl-3-chloropropanoyl) fe] [Le] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-butyl- (2-chloromethyl-2-methyl-3-chloropropanoyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis ( Cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (butylthiocarbonylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (phenylthiocarbonylamino) phenyl] Titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3-isocyanatophenyl) titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-ethyl- (4-) Tolylsulfonyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-hexyl-) 4-tolylsulfonyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-butyl- (4-tolylsulfonyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) Enyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-isobutyl- (4-tolylsulfonyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-butyl) -(2,2-dimethyl-3-chloropropanoyl) amino) phenyl] titanium,
ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(3-フェニルプロパノイル)-2,2-ジメチル-3-クロロプロパノイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-シクロヘキシルメチル-(2,2-ジメチル-3-クロロプロパノイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-イソブチル-(2,2-ジメチル-3-クロロプロパノイル)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ブチル-(2-クロロメチル-2-メチル-3-クロロプロパノイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(ブチルチオカルボニルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(フェニルチオカルボニルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(メチルシクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ヘキシル-2,2-ジメチルブタノイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(メチルシクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ヘキシル-2,2-ジメチルペンタノイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(メチルシクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-エチルアセチルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(メチルシクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-エチルプロピオニルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(トリメチルシリルペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ブチル-2,2-ジメチルプロパノイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(2-メトキシエチル)-トリメチルシリルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ブチルヘキシルジメチルシリルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-エチル-(1,1,2,-トリメチルプロピル)ジメチルシリルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(3-エトキシメチル-3-メチル-2-アゼチオジノニ-1-イル)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(3-アリルオキシメチル-3-メチル-2-アゼチジノニ-1-イル)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(3-クロロメチル-3-メチル-2-アゼチジノニ-1-イル)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ベンジル-2,2-ジメチルプロパノイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(5,5-ジメチル-2-ピロリジノニ-1-イル)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(6,6-ジフェニル-2-ピペリジノニ-1-イル)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(2,3-ジヒドロ-1,2-ベンジソチアゾロ-3-オン(1,1-ジオキシド)-2-イル)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ヘキシル-(4-クロロベンゾイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、 Bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N- (3-phenylpropanoyl) -2,2-dimethyl-3-chloropropanoyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopenta) Dienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-cyclohexylmethyl- (2,2-dimethyl-3-chloropropanoyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6 -Difluoro-3- (N-isobutyl- (2,2-dimethyl-3-chloropropanoyl) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-butyl- ( 2-Chloromethyl-2-methyl-3-chloropropanoyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3 (Butylthiocarbonylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (phenylthiocarbonylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (methylcyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6 -Difluoro-3- (N-hexyl-2,2-dimethylbutanoyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (methylcyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-hexyl-2,2 -Dimethylpentanoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (methylcyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-ethylacetylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (methylcyclopentadienyl) bis [2 , 6-Difluoro-3- (N-ethylpropionylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (trimethyl) Lylpentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-butyl-2,2-dimethylpropanoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N- (2-methoxyethyl) -trimethylsilylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-butylhexyldimethylsilylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclo) Pentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-ethyl- (1,1,2-trimethylpropyl) dimethylsilylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6 -Difluoro-3- (3-ethoxymethyl-3-methyl-2-azethiodininon-1-yl) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclo) Pentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (3-allyloxymethyl-3-methyl-2-azetidinnon-1-yl) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro- 3- (3-Chloromethyl-3-methyl-2-azetidinoni-1-yl) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-benzyl-2,2-] Dimethylpropanoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (5,5-dimethyl-2-pyrrolidinnon-1-yl) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) (Enyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (6,6-diphenyl-2-piperidin-2-yl) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadiene)ビ ス) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N- (2,3-dihydro-1,2-benzisothiazolo-3-one (1,1-dioxide) -2-yl) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclo) Pentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-hexyl- (4-chlorobenzoyl) amino) phenyl] titanium,
ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ヘキシル-(2-クロロベンゾイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-イソプロピル-(4-クロロベンゾイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(4-メチルフェニルメチル)-(4-クロロベンゾイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(4-メチルフェニルメチル)-(2-クロロベンゾイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ブチル-(4-クロロベンゾイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-ベンジル-2,2-ジメチルペンタノイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(2-エチルヘキシル)-4-トリル-スルホニル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(3-オキサヘプチル)ベンゾイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(3,6-ジオキサデシル)ベンゾイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(トリフルオロメチルスルホニル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(トリフルオロアセチルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(2-クロロベンゾイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(4-クロロベンゾイル)アミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(3,6-ジオキサデシル)-2,2-ジメチルペンタノイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-(3,7-ジメチル-7-メトキシオクチル)ベンゾイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス〔2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(N-シクロヘキシルベンゾイルアミノ)フェニル〕チタン等を用いることもできる。 Bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-hexyl- (2-chlorobenzoyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3 -(N-isopropyl- (4-chlorobenzoyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N- (4-methylphenylmethyl)-(4-chloro) Benzoyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N- (4-methylphenylmethyl)-(2-chlorobenzoyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis ( Cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-butyl- (4-chlorobenzoyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis Cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-benzyl-2,2-dimethylpentanoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N- (2-ethylhexyl) -4-tolyl-sulfonyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N- (3-oxaheptyl) benzoylamino) Phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N- (3,6-dioxadecyl) benzoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2, 6 -Difluoro-3- (trifluoromethylsulfonyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6 Difluoro-3- (trifluoroacetylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (2-chlorobenzoyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) Bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (4-chlorobenzoyl) amino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N- (3,6-dioxadecyl)- 2,2-Dimethylpentanoylamino) phenyl] titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N- (3,7-dimethyl-7-methoxyoctyl) benzoylamino) phenyl] Titanium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis [2,6-difluoro-3- (N-cyclohexylbenzoylamino) phenyl [Phenyl] titanium etc. can also be used.
 また、有機チタン化合物等のうち、ジルコニウム原子を含む有機化合物やハフニウム原子を含む化合物としては、(シクロペンタジエニル)トリメチルジルコニウム、(シクロペンタジエニル)トリフェニルジルコニウム、(シクロペンタジエニル)トリベンジルジルコニウム、(シクロペンタジエニル)トリクロロジルコニウム、(シクロペンタジエニル)トリメトキシジルコニウム、(シクロペンタジエニル)ジメチル(メトキシ)ジルコニウム、シクロペンタジエニルメチルジクロロジルコニウム、(メチルシクロペンタジエニル)トリメチルジルコニウム、(メチルシクロペンタジエニル)トリフェニルジルコニウム、(メチルシクロペンタジエニル)トリベンジルジルコニウム、(メチルシクロペンタジエニル)トリクロロジルコニウム、(メチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジメチル(メトキシ)ジルコニウム、(ジメチルシクロペンタジエニル)トリメチルジルコニウム、(トリメチルシクロペンタジエニル)トリメチルジルコニウム、(トリメチルシリルシクロペンタジエニル)トリメチルジルコニウム、(テトラメチルシクロペンタジエニル)トリメチルジルコニウム、(ペンタメチルシクロペンタジエニル)トリメチルジルコニウム、(ペンタメチルシクロペンタジエニル)トリフェニルジルコニウム、(ペンタメチルシクロペンタジエニル)トリベンジルジルコニウム、(ペンタメチルシクロペンタジエニル)トリクロロジルコニウム、(ペンタメチルシクロペンタジエニル)トリメトキシジルコニウム、(ペンタメチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジメチル(メトキシ)ジルコニウム、(シクロペンタジエニル)トリエチルジルコニウム、(シクロペンタジエニル)トリプロピルジルコニウム、(シクロペンタジエニル)トリネオペンチルジルコニウム、(シクロペンタジエニル)トリ(ジフェニルメチル)ジルコニウム、(シクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルヒドリドジルコニウム、(シクロペンタジエニル)トリエトキシジルコニウム、(シクロペンタジエニル)トリイソプロポキシジルコニウム、(シクロペンタジエニル)トリフェノキシジルコニウム、(シクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルイソプロポキシジルコニウム、(シクロペンタジエニル)ジフェニルイソプロポキシジルコニウム、(シクロペンタジエニル)ジメトキシクロロジルコニウム、(シクロペンタジエニル)メトキシジクロロジルコニウム、(シクロペンタジエニル)ジフェノキシクロロジルコニウム、(シクロペンタジエニル)フェノキシジクロロジルコニウム、(シクロペンタジエニル)トリ(フェニルジメチルシリル)ジルコニウム、(n-ブチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジメチル-n-ブトキシジルコニウム、(ベンジルシクロペンタジエニル)ジ-m-トリルメチルジルコニウム、(トリフルオロメチルシクロペンタジエニル)トリベンジルジルコニウム、(ジフェニルシクロペンタジエニル)ジノルボルニルメチルジルコニウム、(テトラエチルシクロペンタジエニル)トリベンジルジルコニウム、(ペンタトリメチルシリルシクロペンタジエニル)トリベンジルジルコニウム、(ペンタメチルシクロペンタジエニル)トリネオペンチルジルコニウム、(ペンタメチルシクロペンタジエニル)メチルジクロロジルコニウム、(ペンタメチルシクロペンタジエニル)トリエトキシジルコニウム、(ペンタメチルシクロペンタジエニル)トリフェノキシジルコニウム、(ペンタメチルシクロペンタジエニル)メトキシジクロロジルコニウム、(ペンタメチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジフェノキシクロロジルコニウム、(ペンタメチルシクロペンタジエニル)フェノキシジクロロジルコニウム、(インデニル)トリメチルジルコニウム、(インデニル)トリベンジルジルコニウム、(インデニル)トリクロロジルコニウム、(インデニル)トリメトキシジルコニウム、 Further, among organic titanium compounds and the like, as organic compounds containing a zirconium atom and compounds containing a hafnium atom, (cyclopentadienyl) trimethylzirconium, (cyclopentadienyl) triphenylzirconium, (cyclopentadienyl) tril Benzylzirconium, (cyclopentadienyl) trichlorozirconium, (cyclopentadienyl) trimethoxyzirconium, (cyclopentadienyl) dimethyl (methoxy) zirconium, cyclopentadienylmethyldichlorozirconium, (methylcyclopentadienyl) trimethyl Zirconium, (Methyl cyclopentadienyl) triphenyl zirconium, (Methyl cyclopentadienyl) tribenzyl zirconium, (Methyl cyclopentadienyl) trichlorosil (Methylcyclopentadienyl) dimethyl (methoxy) zirconium, (dimethylcyclopentadienyl) trimethylzirconium, (trimethylcyclopentadienyl) trimethylzirconium, (trimethylsilylcyclopentadienyl) trimethylzirconium, (tetramethylcyclopenta) Dienyl) trimethylzirconium, (pentamethylcyclopentadienyl) trimethylzirconium, (pentamethylcyclopentadienyl) triphenylzirconium, (pentamethylcyclopentadienyl) tribenzylzirconium, (pentamethylcyclopentadienyl) trichloro Zirconium, (pentamethylcyclopentadienyl) trimethoxyzirconium, (pentamethylcyclopentadienyl) dimethyl ( X) zirconium, (cyclopentadienyl) triethyl zirconium, (cyclopentadienyl) tripropyl zirconium, (cyclopentadienyl) trineopentyl zirconium, (cyclopentadienyl) tri (diphenylmethyl) zirconium, (cyclopenta) Dienyl) dimethylhydridozirconium, (cyclopentadienyl) triethoxyzirconium, (cyclopentadienyl) triisopropoxyzirconium, (cyclopentadienyl) triphenoxyzirconium, (cyclopentadienyl) dimethylisopropoxyzirconium, ( Cyclopentadienyl) diphenylisopropoxyzirconium, (cyclopentadienyl) dimethoxychlorozirconium, (cyclopentadienyl) methoxydichlorozil Conium, (cyclopentadienyl) diphenoxychlorozirconium, (cyclopentadienyl) phenoxydichlorozirconium, (cyclopentadienyl) tri (phenyldimethylsilyl) zirconium, (n-butylcyclopentadienyl) dimethyl-n- Butoxy zirconium, (benzyl cyclopentadienyl) di-m-tolyl methyl zirconium, (trifluoromethyl cyclopentadienyl) tribenzyl zirconium, (diphenyl cyclopentadienyl) dinorbornyl methyl zirconium, (tetraethyl cyclopentadi (Enyl) tribenzyl zirconium, (pentatrimethylsilyl cyclopentadienyl) tribenzyl zirconium, (pentamethylcyclopentadienyl) trineopentyl zirconium, ( Tamethylcyclopentadienyl) methyldichlorozirconium, (pentamethylcyclopentadienyl) triethoxyzirconium, (pentamethylcyclopentadienyl) triphenoxyzirconium, (pentamethylcyclopentadienyl) methoxydichlorozirconium, (pentamethyl) Cyclopentadienyl) diphenoxychlorozirconium, (pentamethylcyclopentadienyl) phenoxydichlorozirconium, (indenyl) trimethylzirconium, (indenyl) tribenzylzirconium, (indenyl) trichlorozirconium, (indenyl) trimethoxyzirconium,
(インデニル)トリエトキシジルコニウム、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ジフェニルジルコニウム、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ジエチルジルコニウム、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ジベンジルジルコニウム、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ジメトキシジルコニウム、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ジクロロジルコニウム(ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ジルコニウムジクロリド)、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ジヒドリドジルコニウム、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)クロロヒドリドジルコニウム、ビス(メチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、ビス(メチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジベンジルジルコニウム、ビス(メチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、ビス(ペンタメチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、ビス(ペンタメチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジベンジルジルコニウム、ビス(ペンタメチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、ビス(ペンタメチルシクロペンタジエニル)クロロメチルジルコニウム、ビス(ペンタメチルシクロペンタジエニル)ヒドリドメチルジルコニウム、(シクロペンタジエニル)(ペンタメチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ジネオペンチルジルコニウム、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ジ-m-トリルジルコニウム、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ジp-トリルジルコニウム、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス(ジフェニルメチル)ジルコニウム、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ジブロモジルコニウム、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)メチルクロロジルコニウム、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)エチルクロロジルコニウム、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)シクロヘキシルクロロジルコニウム、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)フェニルクロロジルコニウム、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ベンジルクロロジルコニウム、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ヒドリドメチルジルコニウム、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)メトキシクロロジルコニウム、 (Indenyl) triethoxy zirconium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) dimethyl zirconium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) diphenyl zirconium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) diethyl zirconium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) dibenzyl zirconium, bis ( Cyclopentadienyl) dimethoxyzirconium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) dichlorozirconium (bis (cyclopentadienyl) zirconium dichloride), bis (cyclopentadienyl) dihydridozirconium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) chlorohydridozirconium Bis (methylcyclopentadienyl) dimethylzirconium, bis (methylcyclopentadienyl) dibenzylzirconium, bis (methylcyclopentadienyl) dichlorodi Conium, bis (pentamethylcyclopentadienyl) dimethylzirconium, bis (pentamethylcyclopentadienyl) dibenzylzirconium, bis (pentamethylcyclopentadienyl) dichlorozirconium, bis (pentamethylcyclopentadienyl) chloromethyl Zirconium, bis (pentamethylcyclopentadienyl) hydridomethylzirconium, (cyclopentadienyl) (pentamethylcyclopentadienyl) dimethylzirconium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) dineopentyl zirconium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) ) Di-m-tolyl zirconium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) di p-tolyl zirconium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis (diphenylmethyl) zirconium, bis (cyclopenta) Enyl) dibromozirconium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) methylchlorozirconium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) ethylchlorozirconium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) cyclohexylchlorozirconium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) phenylchlorozirconium, bis (Cyclopentadienyl) benzylchlorozirconium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) hydridomethylzirconium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) methoxychlorozirconium,
ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)エトキシクロロジルコニウム、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)(トリメチルシリル)メチルジルコニウム、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ビス(トリメチルシリル)ジルコニウム、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)(トリフェニルシリル)メチルジルコニウム、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)(トリス(ジメチルシリル)シリル)メチルジルコニウム、ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)(トリメチルシリル)(トリメチルシリルメチル)ジルコニウム、ビス(メチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジフェニルジルコニウム、ビス(エチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、ビス(エチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、ビス(プロピルシクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、ビス(プロピルシクロペンタジエニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、ビス(n-ブチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、ビス(t-ブチルシクロペンタジエニル)ビス(トリメチルシリル)ジルコニウム、ビス(ヘキシルシクロペンタジエニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、ビス(シクロヘキシルシクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、ビス(ジメチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、ビス(ジメチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、ビス(ジメチルシクロペンタジエニル)エトキシクロロジルコニウム、ビス(エチルメチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、ビス(プロピルメチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、ビス(ブチルメチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、ビス(トリメチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、ビス(テトラメチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、ビス(シクロヘキシルメチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジベンジルジルコニウム、ビス(トリメチルシリルシクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、ビス(トリメチルシリルシクロペンタジエニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、ビス(トリメチルゲルミルシクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、ビス(トリメチルゲルミルシクロペンタジエニル)ジフェニルジルコニウム、ビス(トリメチルスタンニルシクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、ビス(トリメチルスタンニルシクロペンタジエニル)ジベンジルジルコニウム、ビス(トリフルオロメチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、ビス(トリフルオロメチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジノルボルニルジルコニウム、ビス(インデニル)ジベンジルジルコニウム、ビス(インデニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、ビス(インデニル)ジブロモジルコニウム、ビス(テトラヒドロインデニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、ビス(フルオレニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、(プロピルシクロペンタジエニル)(シクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、(シクロヘキシルメチルシクロペンタジエニル)(シクロペンタジエニル)ジベンジルジルコニウム、(ペンタトリメチルシリルシクロペンタジエニル)(シクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、(トリフルオロメチルシクロペンタジエニル)(シクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、エチレンビス(インデニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、エチレンビス(インデニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、エチレンビス(テトラヒドロインデニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、エチレンビス(テトラヒドロインデニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、ジメチルシリレンビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、ジメチルシリレンビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、イソプロピリデン(シクロペンタジエニル)(9-フルオレニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、イソプロピリデン(シクロペンタジエニル)(9-フルオレニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、[フェニル(メチル)メチレン](9-フルオレニル)(シクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、ジフェニルメチレン(シクロペンタジエニル)(9-フルオレニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、エチレン(9-フルオレニル)(シクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、シクロヘキシリデン(9-フルオレニル)(シクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、シクロペンチリデン(9-フルオレニル)(シクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、シクロブチリデン(9-フルオレニル)(シクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、ジメチルシリレン(9-フルオレニル)(シクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、ジメチルシリレンビス(2,3,5-トリメチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、ジメチルシリレンビス(2,3,5-トリメチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、ジメチルシリレンビス(インデニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、メチレンビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、メチレンビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ジ(トリメチルシリル)ジルコニウム、 Bis (cyclopentadienyl) ethoxychlorozirconium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) (trimethylsilyl) methylzirconium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) bis (trimethylsilyl) zirconium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) (triphenylsilyl) methyl Zirconium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) (tris (dimethylsilyl) silyl) methylzirconium, bis (cyclopentadienyl) (trimethylsilyl) (trimethylsilylmethyl) zirconium, bis (methylcyclopentadienyl) diphenylzirconium, bis (ethyl) Cyclopentadienyl) dimethylzirconium, bis (ethylcyclopentadienyl) dichlorozirconium, bis (propylcyclopentadienyl) dimethylzirconium, bis Pill cyclopentadienyl) dichlorozirconium, bis (n-butylcyclopentadienyl) dichlorozirconium, bis (t-butylcyclopentadienyl) bis (trimethylsilyl) zirconium, bis (hexylcyclopentadienyl) dichlorozirconium, bis (Cyclohexylcyclopentadienyl) dimethylzirconium, bis (dimethylcyclopentadienyl) dimethylzirconium, bis (dimethylcyclopentadienyl) dichlorozirconium, bis (dimethylcyclopentadienyl) ethoxychlorozirconium, bis (ethylmethylcyclopenta) Dienyl) dichlorozirconium, bis (propylmethylcyclopentadienyl) dichlorozirconium, bis (butylmethylcyclopentadienyl) dichlorozyl , Bis (trimethylcyclopentadienyl) dichlorozirconium, bis (tetramethylcyclopentadienyl) dichlorozirconium, bis (cyclohexylmethylcyclopentadienyl) dibenzylzirconium, bis (trimethylsilylcyclopentadienyl) dimethylzirconium, bis (Trimethylsilylcyclopentadienyl) dichlorozirconium, bis (trimethylgermylcyclopentadienyl) dimethylzirconium, bis (trimethylgermylcyclopentadienyl) diphenylzirconium, bis (trimethylstannylcyclopentadienyl) dimethylzirconium, bis (Trimethylstannylcyclopentadienyl) dibenzylzirconium, bis (trifluoromethylcyclopentadienyl) dimethy Zirconium, bis (trifluoromethylcyclopentadienyl) dinorbornylzirconium, bis (indenyl) dibenzylzirconium, bis (indenyl) dichlorozirconium, bis (indenyl) dibromozirconium, bis (tetrahydroindenyl) dichlorozirconium, Bis (fluorenyl) dichloro zirconium, (propyl cyclopentadienyl) (cyclopentadienyl) dimethyl zirconium, (cyclohexylmethyl cyclopentadienyl) (cyclopentadienyl) dibenzyl zirconium, (pentatrimethylsilyl cyclopentadienyl) ( Cyclopentadienyl) dimethylzirconium, (trifluoromethylcyclopentadienyl) (cyclopentadienyl) dimethylzirconium, ethylenebi (Indenyl) dimethyl zirconium, ethylene bis (indenyl) dichloro zirconium, ethylene bis (tetrahydro indenyl) dimethyl zirconium, ethylene bis (tetrahydro indenyl) dichloro zirconium, dimethyl silylene bis (cyclopentadienyl) dimethyl zirconium, dimethyl silylene bis ( Cyclopentadienyl) dichlorozirconium, isopropylidene (cyclopentadienyl) (9-fluorenyl) dimethylzirconium, isopropylidene (cyclopentadienyl) (9-fluorenyl) dichlorozirconium, [phenyl (methyl) methylene] (9- Fluorenyl) (cyclopentadienyl) dimethylzirconium, diphenylmethylene (cyclopentadienyl) (9-fluorenyl) dimethy Zirconium, ethylene (9-fluorenyl) (cyclopentadienyl) dimethyl zirconium, cyclohexylidene (9-fluorenyl) (cyclopentadienyl) dimethyl zirconium, cyclopentylidene (9-fluorenyl) (cyclopentadienyl) dimethyl zirconium Cyclobutylidene (9-fluorenyl) (cyclopentadienyl) dimethylzirconium, dimethylsilylene (9-fluorenyl) (cyclopentadienyl) dimethylzirconium, dimethylsilylene bis (2,3,5-trimethylcyclopentadienyl) Dimethylzirconium, dimethylsilylene bis (2,3,5-trimethylcyclopentadienyl) dichlorozirconium, dimethylsilylene bis (indenyl) dichlorozirconium, methylene bis Cyclopentadienyl) dimethylzirconium, methylenebis (cyclopentadienyl) di (trimethylsilyl) zirconium,
メチレン(シクロペンタジエニル)(テトラメチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、メチレン(シクロペンタジエニル)(フルオレニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、エチレンビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、エチレンビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ジベンジルジルコニウム、エチレンビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ジヒドリドジルコニウム、エチレンビス(インデニル)ジフェニルジルコニウム、エチレンビス(インデニル)メチルクロロジルコニウム、エチレンビス(テトラヒドロインデニル)ジベンジルジルコニウム、イソプロピリデン(シクロペンタジエニル)(メチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、イソプロピリデン(シクロペンタジエニル)(オクタヒドロフルオレニル)ジヒドリドジルコニウム、ジメチルシリレンビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ジネオペンチルジルコニウム、ジメチルシリレンビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ジヒドリドジルコニウム、ジメチルシリレンビス(メチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、ジメチルシリレンビス(ジメチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、ジメチルシリレンビス(テトラヒドロインデニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、ジメチルシリレン(シクロペンタジエニル)(フルオレニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、ジメチルシリレン(シクロペンタジエニル)(フルオレニル)ジヒドリドジルコニウム、ジメチルシリレン(メチルシクロペンタジエニル)(フルオレニル)ジヒドリドジルコニウム、ジメチルシリレンビス(3-トリメチルシリルシクロペンタジエニル)ジヒドリドジルコニウム、ジメチルシリレンビス(インデニル)ジメチルジルコニウム、ジフェニルシリレンビス(インデニル)ジクロロジルコニウム、フェニルメチルシリレンビス(インデニル)ジクロロジルコニウムを挙げることができる。また、これら化合物のジルコニウム原子をハフニウム原子で置換した化合物等を用いることもできる。 Methylene (cyclopentadienyl) (tetramethylcyclopentadienyl) dimethyl zirconium, methylene (cyclopentadienyl) (fluorenyl) dimethyl zirconium, ethylene bis (cyclopentadienyl) dimethyl zirconium, ethylene bis (cyclopentadienyl) Dibenzyl zirconium, ethylene bis (cyclopentadienyl) dihydrido zirconium, ethylene bis (indenyl) diphenyl zirconium, ethylene bis (indenyl) methyl chloro zirconium, ethylene bis (tetrahydro indenyl) di benzyl zirconium, isopropylidene Enyl) (methylcyclopentadienyl) dichlorozirconium, isopropylidene (cyclopentadienyl) (octahydrofluorenyl) dihydric Lido zirconium, dimethyl silylene bis (cyclopentadienyl) dineopentyl zirconium, dimethyl silylene bis (cyclopentadienyl) dihydrido zirconium, dimethyl silylene bis (methyl cyclopentadienyl) dichloro zirconium, dimethyl silylene bis (dimethyl cyclopenta) Dienyl) dichlorozirconium, dimethylsilylene bis (tetrahydroindenyl) dichlorozirconium, dimethylsilylene (cyclopentadienyl) (fluorenyl) dichlorozirconium, dimethylsilylene (cyclopentadienyl) (fluorenyl) dihydridozirconium, dimethylsilylene (methyl) Cyclopentadienyl) (fluorenyl) dihydridozirconium, dimethylsilylene bis (3-trimethylsilylcyclo) Ntajieniru) dihydride zirconium, dimethylsilylene bis (indenyl) dimethyl zirconium, diphenylsilylene bis (indenyl) dichlorozirconium, it may be mentioned phenylmethyl (indenyl) dichlorozirconium. Moreover, the compound etc. which substituted the zirconium atom of these compounds by the hafnium atom can also be used.
 有機チタン化合物等の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分に対し、0.1~30質量%が好ましい。下限は、1.0質量%以上がより好ましく、1.5質量%以上がさらに好ましく、2.0質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は、25質量%以下がより好ましく、15質量%以下がさらに好ましく、10質量%以下がさらに一層好ましく、5質量%以下が特に好ましい。
 有機チタン化合物等は、1種または2種以上を用いることができる。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
 また、本発明の組成物では、有機チタン化合物等の含有量と熱塩基発生剤の含有量の質量比率が、100:1~1:100であることが好ましく、90:10~10:90であることがより好ましく、40:60~20:80であることがより好ましい。このような範囲とすることにより、ポリマー前駆体の低温でのより高い閉環率と、より高いガラス転移温度の達成が可能になる。
The content of the organic titanium compound or the like is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. The lower limit is more preferably 1.0% by mass or more, further preferably 1.5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 2.0% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 25% by mass or less, further preferably 15% by mass or less, still more preferably 10% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or less.
One or two or more organic titanium compounds can be used. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount is the said range.
In the composition of the present invention, the mass ratio of the content of the organic titanium compound etc. to the content of the thermal base generator is preferably 100: 1 to 1: 100, and 90:10 to 10:90. The ratio is more preferably 40:60 to 20:80. Such a range makes it possible to achieve higher ring closure rates at low temperatures of the polymer precursor and higher glass transition temperatures.
 本発明の組成物では有機チタン化合物等を配合することで、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体の低温でのより高い閉環率と、より高いガラス転移温度の達成が可能になる。この配合量を上記の範囲とすることで、特に高い効果を得ることができる。 In the composition of the present invention, incorporation of an organic titanium compound or the like makes it possible to achieve a higher ring closure rate at a low temperature of the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor and a higher glass transition temperature. An especially high effect can be acquired by making this compounding quantity into said range.
<その他の添加剤>
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、必要に応じて、各種の添加物、例えば、熱酸発生剤、増感色素、連鎖移動剤、界面活性剤、高級脂肪酸誘導体、無機粒子、硬化剤、硬化触媒、充填剤、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、凝集防止剤等を配合することができる。これらの添加剤を配合する場合、その合計配合量は組成物の固形分の3質量%以下とすることが好ましい。
<Other additives>
The thermosetting resin composition of the present invention may contain various additives, for example, thermal acid generators, sensitizing dyes, chain transfer agents, surfactants, if necessary, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Higher fatty acid derivatives, inorganic particles, curing agents, curing catalysts, fillers, antioxidants, ultraviolet light absorbers, aggregation inhibitors, etc. can be blended. When these additives are blended, the total blending amount is preferably 3% by mass or less of the solid content of the composition.
<<熱酸発生剤>>
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物は、熱酸発生剤を含んでいてもよい。熱酸発生剤は、加熱により酸を発生し、ポリマー前駆体の環化を促進し硬化膜の機械特性をより向上させる。熱酸発生剤は、特開2013-167742号公報の段落0059に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。
<< Thermal acid generator >>
The thermosetting resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal acid generator. The thermal acid generator generates an acid upon heating, promotes cyclization of the polymer precursor and further improves the mechanical properties of the cured film. Examples of the thermal acid generator include compounds described in paragraph 0059 of JP-A-2013-167742.
 熱酸発生剤の含有量は、ポリマー前駆体100質量部に対して0.01質量部以上が好ましく、0.1質量部以上がより好ましい。熱酸発生剤を0.01質量部以上含有することで、架橋反応およびポリマー前駆体の環化が促進されるため、硬化膜の機械特性および耐薬品性をより向上させることができる。また、熱酸発生剤の含有量は、硬化膜の電気絶縁性の観点から、20質量部以下が好ましく、15質量部以下がより好ましく、10質量部以下が特に好ましい。
 熱酸発生剤は、1種のみ用いても、2種以上用いてもよい。2種以上用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
0.01 mass part or more is preferable with respect to 100 mass parts of polymer precursors, and, as for content of a thermal acid generator, 0.1 mass part or more is more preferable. By containing 0.01 mass part or more of thermal acid generators, since a crosslinking reaction and cyclization of a polymer precursor are accelerated | stimulated, the mechanical property and chemical resistance of a cured film can be improved more. In addition, the content of the thermal acid generator is preferably 20 parts by mass or less, more preferably 15 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 10 parts by mass or less from the viewpoint of the electrical insulation of the cured film.
The thermal acid generator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes said range.
<<増感色素>>
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物は、増感色素を含んでいてもよい。増感色素は、特定の活性放射線を吸収して電子励起状態となる。電子励起状態となった増感色素は、熱硬化促進剤、熱ラジカル重合開始剤、光ラジカル重合開始剤などと接触して、電子移動、エネルギー移動、発熱などの作用が生じる。これにより、熱硬化促進剤、熱ラジカル重合開始剤、光ラジカル重合開始剤は化学変化を起こして分解し、ラジカル、酸あるいは塩基を生成する。増感色素の詳細については、特開2016-027357号公報の段落0161~0163の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<< sensitizing dye >>
The thermosetting resin composition of the present invention may contain a sensitizing dye. The sensitizing dye absorbs specific actinic radiation to be in an electronically excited state. The sensitizing dye in the electronically excited state is brought into contact with a heat curing accelerator, a thermal radical polymerization initiator, a photo radical polymerization initiator and the like to produce actions such as electron transfer, energy transfer, heat generation and the like. As a result, the heat curing accelerator, the thermal radical polymerization initiator, and the photo radical polymerization initiator undergo a chemical change and decompose to form a radical, an acid or a base. The details of the sensitizing dye can be referred to the description of paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of JP-A-2016-027357, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物が増感色素を含む場合、増感色素の含有量は、本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、0.01~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.1~15質量%であることがより好ましく、0.5~10質量%であることがさらに好ましい。増感色素は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 When the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention contains a sensitizing dye, the content of the sensitizing dye is 0.01 to 20% by mass based on the total solid content of the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention. Is preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass, and more preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass. The sensitizing dyes may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
<<連鎖移動剤>>
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物は、連鎖移動剤を含有してもよい。連鎖移動剤は、例えば高分子辞典第三版(高分子学会編、2005年)683-684頁に定義されている。連鎖移動剤としては、例えば、分子内にSH、PH、SiH、およびGeHを有する化合物群が用いられる。これらは、低活性のラジカルに水素を供与して、ラジカルを生成するか、もしくは、酸化された後、脱プロトンすることによりラジカルを生成しうる。特に、チオール化合物(例えば、2-メルカプトベンズイミダゾール類、2-メルカプトベンズチアゾール類、2-メルカプトベンズオキサゾール類、3-メルカプトトリアゾール類、5-メルカプトテトラゾール類等)を好ましく用いることができる。
<< chain transfer agent >>
The thermosetting resin composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent. Chain transfer agents are defined, for example, in Polymer Dictionary Third Edition (edited by the Polymer Society of Japan, 2005), pp. 683-684. As a chain transfer agent, for example, a compound group having SH, PH, SiH, and GeH in the molecule is used. These can donate hydrogen to a low activity radical to form a radical or be oxidized and then deprotonated to form a radical. In particular, thiol compounds (for example, 2-mercaptobenzimidazoles, 2-mercaptobenzthiazoles, 2-mercaptobenzoxazoles, 3-mercaptotriazoles, 5-mercaptotetrazole, etc.) can be preferably used.
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物が連鎖移動剤を有する場合、連鎖移動剤の含有量は、本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物の全固形分100質量部に対し、0.01~20質量部が好ましく、1~10質量部がより好ましく、1~5質量部がさらに好ましい。連鎖移動剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。連鎖移動剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention has a chain transfer agent, the content of the chain transfer agent is 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention. Part is preferable, 1 to 10 parts by mass is more preferable, and 1 to 5 parts by mass is more preferable. The chain transfer agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more chain transfer agents are used, the total is preferably in the above range.
<<界面活性剤>>
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物には、塗布性をより向上させる観点から、各種類の界面活性剤を添加してもよい。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種類の界面活性剤を使用できる。また、下記界面活性剤も好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
<< Surfactant >>
Each type of surfactant may be added to the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention from the viewpoint of further improving the coating property. As the surfactant, various types of surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants and silicone surfactants can be used. The following surfactants are also preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物が界面活性剤を有する場合、界面活性剤の含有量は、本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.001~2.0質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.005~1.0質量%である。界面活性剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。界面活性剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention has a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is 0.001 to 2.0 mass with respect to the total solid content of the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention %, Preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass. The surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more surfactants are used, the total is preferably in the above range.
<<高級脂肪酸誘導体>>
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物は、酸素に起因する重合阻害を防止するために、ベヘン酸やベヘン酸アミドのような高級脂肪酸誘導体を添加して、塗布後の乾燥の過程で組成物の表面に偏在させてもよい。
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物が高級脂肪酸誘導体を有する場合、高級脂肪酸誘導体の含有量は、本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.1~10質量%であることが好ましい。高級脂肪酸誘導体は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。高級脂肪酸誘導体が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
<< Higher fatty acid derivatives >>
In the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention, a higher fatty acid derivative such as behenic acid or behenic acid amide is added to prevent polymerization inhibition caused by oxygen, and the composition is dried in the process of drying after coating. It may be unevenly distributed on the surface.
When the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention has a higher fatty acid derivative, the content of the higher fatty acid derivative is 0.1 to 10% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention Is preferred. The higher fatty acid derivative may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more higher fatty acid derivatives are used, the total is preferably in the above range.
<その他の含有物質についての制限>
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物の水分含有量は、塗布面性状の観点から、5質量%未満が好ましく、1質量%未満がさらに好ましく、0.6質量%未満が特に好ましい。
<Restrictions on other contained substances>
From the viewpoint of coated surface properties, the water content of the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5% by mass, more preferably less than 1% by mass, and particularly preferably less than 0.6% by mass.
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物の金属含有量は、上記の第4族金属を除いて言うと、絶縁性の観点から、5質量ppm(parts per million)未満が好ましく、1質量ppm未満がさらに好ましく、0.5質量ppm未満が特に好ましい。抑制されるべき金属としては、ナトリウム、カリウム、マグネシウム、カルシウム、鉄、クロム、ニッケルなどが挙げられる。金属を複数含む場合は、これらの金属の合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
 また、本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物に意図せずに含まれる金属不純物を低減する方法としては、本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物を構成する原料として金属含有量が少ない原料を選択する、本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物を構成する原料に対してフィルターろ過を行う、装置内をポリテトラフロロエチレン等でライニングしてコンタミネーションを可能な限り抑制した条件下で蒸留を行う等の方法を挙げることができる。
The metal content of the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 mass ppm (parts per million), and less than 1 mass ppm, from the viewpoint of insulation, except for the above-mentioned Group 4 metal. More preferably, less than 0.5 mass ppm is particularly preferred. Metals to be inhibited include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, chromium, nickel and the like. When a plurality of metals are included, the total of these metals is preferably in the above range.
Moreover, as a method of reducing the metal impurities contained unintentionally in the thermosetting resin composition of this invention, the raw material with few metal contents is selected as a raw material which comprises the thermosetting resin composition of this invention Filtering the raw material constituting the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention, lining the inside of the apparatus with polytetrafluoroethylene or the like, and performing distillation under conditions that minimize contamination as much as possible I can mention the method.
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物は、半導体材料としての用途を考慮すると、ハロゲン原子の含有量が、配線腐食性の観点から、500質量ppm未満が好ましく、300質量ppm未満がより好ましく、200質量ppm未満が特に好ましい。中でも、ハロゲンイオンの状態で存在するものは、5質量ppm未満が好ましく、1質量ppm未満がより好ましく、0.5質量ppm未満がさらに好ましい。ハロゲン原子としては、塩素原子および臭素原子が挙げられる。塩素原子および臭素原子、あるいは塩素イオンおよび臭素イオンの合計がそれぞれ上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The thermosetting resin composition of the present invention preferably has a halogen atom content of less than 500 mass ppm, more preferably less than 300 mass ppm, from the viewpoint of wiring corrosion, in consideration of the use as a semiconductor material. Particularly preferred is less than mass ppm. Among them, those less than 5 mass ppm are preferable, those less than 1 mass ppm are more preferable, and less than 0.5 mass ppm is more preferable. The halogen atom includes a chlorine atom and a bromine atom. It is preferable that the sum total of a chlorine atom and a bromine atom, or a chloride ion and a bromide ion is respectively in the above range.
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物の収納容器としては従来公知の収納容器を用いることができる。また、収納容器としては、原材料や組成物中への不純物混入を抑制することを目的に、容器内壁を6種6層の樹脂で構成された多層ボトルや、6種の樹脂を7層構造にしたボトルを使用することも好ましい。このような容器としては例えば特開2015-123351号公報に記載の容器が挙げられる。 A conventionally known storage container can be used as a storage container of the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention. In addition, as the storage container, in order to suppress the mixing of impurities into the raw materials and the composition, the inner wall of the container is made of a multilayer bottle consisting of 6 kinds of resin and 6 layers of resin, and 6 kinds of resin with 7 layers structure It is also preferred to use a bottle which has been As such a container, for example, the container described in JP-A-2015-123351 can be mentioned.
<組成物の調製>
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物は、上記各成分を混合して調製することができる。混合方法は特に限定はなく、従来公知の方法で行うことができる。
 本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物は、ポリイミド前駆体およびポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選択されるポリマー前駆体と、アミン化合物と、酸性化合物と、溶剤とをアミン化合物の共役酸のpKaと酸性化合物のpKaとが数式1の範囲となるように混合することを含むことが例示される。
 また、本発明の熱可塑性樹脂は、ポリイミド前駆体およびポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選択されるポリマー前駆体と、アミン化合物に由来するカチオンと酸性化合物に由来するアニオンとを含む塩と、溶剤とをアミン化合物の共役酸のpKaと酸性化合物のpKaとが数式1の範囲となるように混合することを含むことが例示される。
 また、組成物中のゴミや微粒子等の異物を除去する目的で、フィルターを用いたろ過を行うことが好ましい。フィルター孔径は、1μm以下が好ましく、0.5μm以下がより好ましく、0.1μm以下がさらに好ましい。フィルターの材質は、ポリテトラフロロエチレン、ポリエチレンまたはナイロンが好ましい。フィルターは、有機溶剤であらかじめ洗浄したものを用いてもよい。フィルターろ過工程では、複数種のフィルターを直列または並列に接続して用いてもよい。複数種のフィルターを使用する場合は、孔径および/または材質が異なるフィルターを組み合わせて使用してもよい。また、各種材料を複数回ろ過してもよい。複数回ろ過する場合は、循環ろ過であってもよい。また、加圧してろ過を行ってもよい。加圧してろ過を行う場合、加圧する圧力は0.05MPa以上0.3MPa以下が好ましい。
 フィルターを用いたろ過の他、吸着材を用いた不純物の除去処理を行ってもよい。フィルターろ過と吸着材を用いた不純物除去処理とを組み合わせてもよい。吸着材としては、公知の吸着材を用いることができる。例えば、シリカゲル、ゼオライトなどの無機系吸着材、活性炭などの有機系吸着材が挙げられる。
<Preparation of composition>
The thermosetting resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above components. The mixing method is not particularly limited, and can be carried out by a conventionally known method.
The thermosetting resin composition of the present invention comprises a polymer precursor selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor, an amine compound, an acidic compound, and a solvent, and the pKa of the conjugate acid of the amine compound and the acidic compound It is exemplified that it includes mixing so that pKa of and the range of Formula 1 become.
Further, the thermoplastic resin of the present invention comprises a polymer precursor selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor, a salt containing a cation derived from an amine compound and an anion derived from an acidic compound, and a solvent It is exemplified that the method includes mixing such that the pKa of the conjugate acid of the amine compound and the pKa of the acidic compound are in the range of Formula 1.
Moreover, it is preferable to perform filtration using a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances such as dust and particles in the composition. 1 micrometer or less is preferable, 0.5 micrometer or less is more preferable, and 0.1 micrometer or less is further more preferable. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon. The filter may be one previously washed with an organic solvent. In the filter filtration step, a plurality of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. When multiple types of filters are used, filters with different pore sizes and / or different materials may be used in combination. In addition, various materials may be filtered multiple times. In the case of multiple filtration, circulation filtration may be used. Moreover, you may pressurize and filter. When pressurizing and filtering, the pressure applied is preferably 0.05 MPa or more and 0.3 MPa or less.
In addition to filtration using a filter, removal of impurities using an adsorbent may be performed. Filter filtration may be combined with impurity removal treatment using an adsorbent. A known adsorbent can be used as the adsorbent. Examples include inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
<硬化膜、積層体、半導体デバイス、およびそれらの製造方法>
 次に、硬化膜、積層体、半導体デバイス、およびそれらの製造方法について説明する。
 本発明の硬化膜は、本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物を硬化してなる。本発明の硬化膜の膜厚は、例えば、0.5μm以上とすることができ、1μm以上とすることができる。また、上限値としては、100μm以下とすることができ、30μm以下とすることもできる。
Cured Film, Laminate, Semiconductor Device, and Method of Manufacturing the Same
Next, a cured film, a laminate, a semiconductor device, and a method of manufacturing them will be described.
The cured film of the present invention is formed by curing the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention. The film thickness of the cured film of the present invention can be, for example, 0.5 μm or more, and can be 1 μm or more. Moreover, as an upper limit, it can be 100 micrometers or less, and can also be 30 micrometers or less.
 本発明の硬化膜を2層以上積層して積層体としてもよい。本発明の硬化膜を2層以上有する積層体は、硬化膜の間に金属層を有する態様が好ましい。このような金属層は、再配線層などの金属配線として好ましく用いられる。 Two or more layers of the cured film of the present invention may be laminated to form a laminate. The embodiment having a metal layer between the cured films is preferable for the laminate having two or more layers of the cured film of the present invention. Such a metal layer is preferably used as a metal wiring such as a rewiring layer.
 本発明の硬化膜の適用可能な分野としては、半導体デバイスの絶縁膜、再配線層用層間絶縁膜、ストレスバッファ膜などが挙げられる。そのほか、封止フィルム、基板材料(フレキシブルプリント基板のベースフィルムやカバーレイ、層間絶縁膜)、あるいは上記のような実装用途の絶縁膜をエッチングでパターン形成することなどが挙げられる。これらの用途については、例えば、サイエンス&テクノロジー株式会社「ポリイミドの高機能化と応用技術」2008年4月、柿本雅明/監修、CMCテクニカルライブラリ「ポリイミド材料の基礎と開発」2001年11月等を参照することができる。 As an applicable field | area of the cured film of this invention, the insulating film of a semiconductor device, the interlayer insulation film for rewiring layers, a stress buffer film etc. are mentioned. In addition, forming a pattern by etching a sealing film, a substrate material (a base film or a cover lay of a flexible printed substrate, an interlayer insulating film), or an insulating film for mounting application as described above may be mentioned. For these applications, for example, Science & Technology Co., Ltd. “High Polyimide Function and Applied Technology” April 2008, Masaaki Enomoto / Supervised, CMC Technical Library “Basic and Development of Polyimide Material” November 2001, etc. You can refer to it.
 また、本発明における硬化膜は、オフセット版面またはスクリーン版面などの版面の製造、成形部品のエッチングへの使用、エレクトロニクス、特に、マイクロエレクトロニクスにおける保護ラッカーおよび誘電層の製造などにも用いることもできる。 The cured film according to the invention can also be used for the production of printing plates, such as offset printing plates or screen printing plates, for use in the etching of molded parts, for the production of protective lacquers and dielectric layers in electronics, in particular in microelectronics.
 本発明の硬化膜の製造方法は、本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物を用いることを含む。具体的には、本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物を基板に適用して層状にする層形成工程と、層状にした熱硬化性樹脂組成物を50~500℃で加熱する加熱工程とを含む。熱硬化性樹脂組成物に感光性を付与した際には、好ましくは、上記の層形成工程の後、露光する露光工程と、上記露光された熱硬化性樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)に対して、現像処理を行う現像処理工程とを有する製造方法が挙げられる。この現像の後、好ましくは50~500℃(より好ましくは、150~400℃)で加熱することで露光された樹脂層をさらに硬化させることができる。なお、上記のとおり、感光性を付与した熱硬化性樹脂組成物を用いる場合には、あらかじめ露光により組成物を硬化しておき、その後に必要により所望の加工(例えば下記の積層)を施して、さらに加熱により硬化させることができる。 The method for producing a cured film of the present invention includes using the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention. Specifically, the method includes a layer forming step of applying the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention to a substrate to form a layer, and a heating step of heating the layer-formed thermosetting resin composition at 50 to 500 ° C. . When photosensitivity is imparted to the thermosetting resin composition, preferably, an exposure step of exposing after the layer forming step and an exposing step of exposing the thermosetting resin composition layer (resin layer) are performed. And a development process step of performing development processing. After this development, the exposed resin layer can be further cured by heating preferably at 50 to 500 ° C. (more preferably, 150 to 400 ° C.). In addition, when using the thermosetting resin composition which provided photosensitivity as mentioned above, a composition is hardened by exposure beforehand, desired processing (for example, following lamination) is given as needed after that. And can be further cured by heating.
 本発明の積層体の製造方法は、本発明の硬化膜の製造方法を含む。本発明の積層体の製造方法は、上記の硬化膜の製造方法に従って、硬化膜を形成後、さらに、再度、熱硬化性樹脂組成物の層形成工程および加熱工程、あるいは、感光性を付した場合には、層形成工程、露光工程、および現像処理工程(必要によりさらに加熱工程)を、上記順に再度行うことが好ましい。特に、上記各工程を順に2~5回(すなわち、合計で3~6回)行うことが好ましい。このように硬化膜を積層することにより、積層体とすることができる。本発明では特に硬化膜を設けた部分に金属層を設けることが好ましい。
 以下これらの詳細を説明する。
The method for producing a laminate of the present invention includes the method for producing a cured film of the present invention. According to the method for producing a laminate of the present invention, after the formation of the cured film, the layer forming step and the heating step of the thermosetting resin composition or the photosensitivity is given again after the formation of the cured film. In such a case, it is preferable to perform the layer formation step, the exposure step, and the development treatment step (additional heating step, if necessary) again in the order described above. In particular, it is preferable to carry out each of the above steps two to five times sequentially (ie, three to six times in total). By laminating the cured film in this manner, a laminate can be obtained. In the present invention, in particular, it is preferable to provide a metal layer on the portion where the cured film is provided.
Details of these will be described below.
<<層形成工程>>
 本発明の好ましい実施形態に係る製造方法は、熱硬化性樹脂組成物を基板に適用して層状にする、層形成工程を含む。
 基板の種類は、用途に応じて適宜定めることができるが、シリコン、窒化シリコン、ポリシリコン、酸化シリコン、アモルファスシリコンなどの半導体作製基板、石英、ガラス、光学フィルム、セラミック材料、蒸着膜、磁性膜、反射膜、Ni、Cu、Cr、Feなどの金属基板、紙、SOG(Spin On Glass)、TFT(薄膜トランジスタ)アレイ基板、プラズマディスプレイパネル(PDP)の電極板など特に制約されない。本発明では、特に、半導体作製基板が好ましく、シリコン基板がより好ましい。
 また、樹脂層の表面や金属層の表面に熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を形成する場合は、樹脂層や金属層が基板となる。
 熱硬化性樹脂組成物を基板に適用する手段としては、塗布が好ましい。
 具体的には、適用する手段としては、ディップコート法、エアーナイフコート法、カーテンコート法、ワイヤーバーコート法、グラビアコート法、エクストルージョンコート法、スプレーコート法、スピンコート法、スリットコート法、およびインクジェット法などが例示される。熱硬化性樹脂組成物層の厚さの均一性の観点から、より好ましくはスピンコート法、スリットコート法、スプレーコート法、インクジェット法である。方法に応じて適切な固形分濃度や塗布条件を調整することで、所望の厚さの樹脂層を得ることができる。また、基板の形状によっても塗布方法を適宜選択でき、ウェハ等の円形基板であればスピンコート法やスプレーコート法、インクジェット法等が好ましく、矩形基板であればスリットコート法やスプレーコート法、インクジェット法等が好ましい。スピンコート法の場合は、例えば、500~2000rpmの回転数で、10秒~1分程度適用することができる。
<< layer formation process >>
The manufacturing method according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention includes a layer forming step of applying a thermosetting resin composition to a substrate to form a layer.
The type of substrate can be appropriately determined depending on the application, but a semiconductor production substrate such as silicon, silicon nitride, polysilicon, silicon oxide, amorphous silicon, quartz, glass, optical film, ceramic material, vapor deposited film, magnetic film No particular limitation is imposed on a reflection film, a metal substrate such as Ni, Cu, Cr, or Fe, paper, an SOG (Spin On Glass), a TFT (thin film transistor) array substrate, an electrode plate of a plasma display panel (PDP), or the like. In the present invention, in particular, a semiconductor production substrate is preferable, and a silicon substrate is more preferable.
When a thermosetting resin composition layer is formed on the surface of the resin layer or the surface of the metal layer, the resin layer or the metal layer is a substrate.
As a means to apply a thermosetting resin composition to a board | substrate, application is preferable.
Specifically, as means for application, dip coating method, air knife coating method, curtain coating method, wire bar coating method, gravure coating method, extrusion coating method, spray coating method, spin coating method, slit coating method, And an inkjet method. From the viewpoint of the uniformity of the thickness of the thermosetting resin composition layer, the spin coating method, the slit coating method, the spray coating method, and the inkjet method are more preferable. A resin layer having a desired thickness can be obtained by adjusting the solid content concentration and application conditions appropriately according to the method. Also, the coating method can be appropriately selected depending on the shape of the substrate, and if it is a circular substrate such as a wafer, spin coating method, spray coating method, ink jet method etc. are preferable, and if it is a rectangular substrate, slit coating method, spray coating method, ink jet The law is preferred. In the case of the spin coating method, for example, it can be applied at a rotational speed of 500 to 2000 rpm for about 10 seconds to 1 minute.
<<乾燥工程>>
 本発明の製造方法は、熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を形成後、層形成工程の後に、溶剤を除去するために乾燥する工程を含んでいてもよい。好ましい乾燥温度は50~150℃で、70℃~130℃がより好ましく、90℃~110℃がさらに好ましい。乾燥時間としては、30秒~20分が例示され、1分~10分が好ましく、3分~7分がより好ましい。
<< Drying process >>
The manufacturing method of this invention may include the process of drying in order to remove a solvent after layer-forming process, after forming a thermosetting resin composition layer. The preferred drying temperature is 50 to 150 ° C., more preferably 70 ° C. to 130 ° C., and still more preferably 90 ° C. to 110 ° C. The drying time is, for example, 30 seconds to 20 minutes, preferably 1 to 10 minutes, and more preferably 3 to 7 minutes.
<<露光工程>>
 本発明の製造方法は、上記熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を露光する露光工程を含んでもよい。露光量は、熱硬化性樹脂組成物を硬化できる限り特に定めるものではないが、例えば、波長365nmでの露光エネルギー換算で100~10000mJ/cm照射することが好ましく、200~8000mJ/cm照射することがより好ましい。
 露光波長は、190~1000nmの範囲で適宜定めることができ、240~550nmが好ましい。
 露光波長は、光源との関係でいうと、(1)半導体レーザー(波長 830nm、532nm、488nm、405nm etc.)、(2)メタルハライドランプ、(3)高圧水銀灯、g線(波長 436nm)、h線(波長 405nm)、i線(波長 365nm)、ブロード(g,h,i線の3波長)、(4)エキシマレーザー、KrFエキシマレーザー(波長 248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(波長 193nm)、F2エキシマレーザー(波長 157nm)、(5)極端紫外線;EUV(波長 13.6nm)、(6)電子線等が挙げられる。本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物については、特に高圧水銀灯による露光が好ましく、なかでも、i線による露光が好ましい。これにより、特に高い露光感度が得られうる。
<< exposure step >>
The production method of the present invention may include an exposure step of exposing the thermosetting resin composition layer. The exposure dose is not particularly limited as long as the thermosetting resin composition can be cured, but for example, irradiation with 100 to 10000 mJ / cm 2 is preferable in terms of exposure energy at a wavelength of 365 nm, and 200 to 8000 mJ / cm 2 irradiation It is more preferable to do.
The exposure wavelength can be appropriately determined in the range of 190 to 1000 nm, preferably 240 to 550 nm.
The exposure wavelength is (1) semiconductor laser (wavelength 830 nm, 532 nm, 488 nm, 405 nm etc.), (2) metal halide lamp, (3) high pressure mercury lamp, g line (wavelength 436 nm), h Line (wavelength 405 nm), i line (365 nm wavelength), broad (3 wavelengths of g, h, i line), (4) excimer laser, KrF excimer laser (wavelength 248 nm), ArF excimer laser (wavelength 193 nm), F2 excimer Laser (wavelength: 157 nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet light; EUV (wavelength: 13.6 nm), (6) electron beam, etc. may be mentioned. For the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention, in particular, exposure with a high pressure mercury lamp is preferable, and in particular, exposure with i-ray is preferable. Thereby, particularly high exposure sensitivity can be obtained.
<<現像処理工程>>
 本発明の製造方法は、露光された熱硬化性樹脂組成物層に対して、現像処理を行う現像処理工程を含んでもよい。現像を行うことにより、ネガ型の場合は、露光されていない部分(非露光部)が除去され、ポジ型の場合は露光された部分(露光部)が除去される。現像方法は、所望のパターンを形成できれば特に制限は無く、例えば、パドル、スプレー、浸漬、超音波等の現像方法が採用可能である。
 現像は現像液を用いて行う。現像液は、露光されていない部分(非露光部)が除去されるのであれば、特に制限なく使用できる。現像液は、有機溶剤を含むことが好ましい。本発明では、現像液は、ClogPが-1~5の有機溶剤を含むことが好ましく、ClogPが0~3の有機溶剤を含むことがより好ましい。ClogPは、ChemBioDrawにて構造式を入力して計算値として求めることができる。
 有機溶剤は、エステル類として、例えば、酢酸エチル、酢酸-n-ブチル、ギ酸アミル、酢酸イソアミル、酢酸イソブチル、プロピオン酸ブチル、酪酸イソプロピル、酪酸エチル、酪酸ブチル、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、γ-ブチロラクトン、ε-カプロラクトン、δ-バレロラクトン、アルキルオキシ酢酸アルキル(例:アルキルオキシ酢酸メチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸エチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸ブチル(例えば、メトキシ酢酸メチル、メトキシ酢酸エチル、メトキシ酢酸ブチル、エトキシ酢酸メチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル等))、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例:3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル等(例えば、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル等))、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例:2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸プロピル等(例えば、2-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル等))、2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチルおよび2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル(例えば、2-メトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル等)、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、ピルビン酸プロピル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、2-オキソブタン酸メチル、2-オキソブタン酸エチル等、ならびに、エーテル類として、例えば、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート等、ならびに、ケトン類として、例えば、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン等、ならびに、芳香族炭化水素類として、例えば、トルエン、キシレン、アニソール、リモネン等、スルホキシド類としてジメチルスルホキシドが好適に挙げられる。
 本発明では、特にシクロペンタノン、γ-ブチロラクトンが好ましく、シクロペンタノンがより好ましい。
 現像液は、50質量%以上が有機溶剤であることが好ましく、70質量%以上が有機溶剤であることがより好ましく、90質量%以上が有機溶剤であることがさらに好ましい。また、現像液は、100質量%が有機溶剤であってもよい。
<< Development processing process >>
The manufacturing method of the present invention may include a development treatment step of developing the exposed thermosetting resin composition layer. By performing development, in the case of the negative type, the non-exposed portion (non-exposed portion) is removed, and in the case of the positive type, the exposed portion (exposed portion) is removed. The development method is not particularly limited as long as it can form a desired pattern, and, for example, development methods such as paddle, spray, immersion, and ultrasonic waves can be employed.
Development is performed using a developer. The developer can be used without particular limitation as long as the unexposed area (non-exposed area) is removed. The developer preferably contains an organic solvent. In the present invention, the developer preferably contains an organic solvent having a ClogP of −1 to 5, and more preferably an organic solvent having a ClogP of 0 to 3. ClogP can be obtained as a calculated value by inputting a structural formula in ChemBioDraw.
The organic solvent is, for example, esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone Ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkyl oxyacetate (eg methyl alkyl oxyacetate, ethyl alkyl oxy acetate, butyl alkyl oxy acetate (eg methyl methoxy acetate, ethyl methoxy acetate, butyl methoxy acetate, methyl ethoxy acetate, Ethyl ethoxyacetate etc.), 3-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters (eg methyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkyloxypropionate etc etc. (eg methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-methoxypropionate) Ethyl propionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate etc.), 2-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters (eg: methyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, 2 2-Propyl alkyl oxypropionate etc. (eg methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate etc.), 2- Methyl alkyloxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkyloxy-2-methylpropionate (eg, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate etc.), pyruvate Methyl, pyruvine Ethyl, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl 2-oxobutanoate, ethyl 2-oxobutanoate, etc., and as ethers, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether Methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc. As ketones, for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and the like, and as aromatic hydrocarbons, for example, toluene, xylene, anisole, limonene Dimethyl sulfoxide is preferably mentioned as the sulfoxides.
In the present invention, cyclopentanone and γ-butyrolactone are particularly preferable, and cyclopentanone is more preferable.
The developer preferably has 50% by mass or more of the organic solvent, more preferably 70% by mass or more of the organic solvent, and still more preferably 90% by mass or more of the organic solvent. Further, 100% by mass of the developer may be an organic solvent.
 現像時間としては、10秒~5分が好ましい。現像時の温度は、特に定めるものではないが、通常、20~40℃で行うことができる。
 現像液を用いた処理の後、さらに、リンスを行ってもよい。リンスは、現像液とは異なる溶剤で行うことが好ましい。例えば、熱硬化性樹脂組成物に含まれる溶剤を用いてリンスすることができる。リンス時間は、5秒~1分が好ましい。
The development time is preferably 10 seconds to 5 minutes. The temperature at the time of development is not particularly limited, but can usually be performed at 20 to 40.degree.
After the treatment with the developer, rinsing may be further performed. The rinse is preferably performed with a solvent different from the developer. For example, it can rinse using the solvent contained in a thermosetting resin composition. The rinse time is preferably 5 seconds to 1 minute.
<<加熱工程>>
 本発明の製造方法は、層形成工程、乾燥工程、または現像工程の後に加熱する工程を含むことが好ましい。加熱工程では、ポリマー前駆体の環化反応が進行する。また、本発明の組成物はポリマー前駆体以外のラジカル重合性化合物を含ませてもよいが、未反応のポリマー前駆体以外のラジカル重合性化合物の硬化などもこの工程で進行させることができる。加熱工程における加熱温度(最高加熱温度)としては、50~500℃であり、50~450℃が好ましく、140~400℃がより好ましく、160~350℃がさらに好ましい。
 加熱は、加熱開始時の温度から最高加熱温度まで1~12℃/分の昇温速度で行うことが好ましく、2~10℃/分がより好ましく、3~10℃/分がさらに好ましい。昇温速度を2℃/分以上とすることにより、生産性を確保しつつ、アミンの過剰な揮発を防止することができ、昇温速度を12℃/分以下とすることにより、硬化膜の残存応力を緩和することができる。
 加熱開始時の温度は、20℃~150℃が好ましく、20℃~130℃がより好ましく、25℃~120℃がさらに好ましい。加熱開始時の温度は、最高加熱温度まで加熱する工程を開始する際の温度のことをいう。例えば、熱硬化性樹脂組成物を基板の上に適用した後、乾燥させる場合、この乾燥後の温度であり、例えば、熱硬化性樹脂組成物に含まれる溶剤の沸点よりも、30~200℃低い温度から徐々に昇温させることが好ましい。
 加熱時間(最高加熱温度での加熱時間)は、10~360分であることが好ましく、20~300分であることがさらに好ましく、30~240分であることが特に好ましい。
 特に多層の積層体を形成する場合、硬化膜の層間の密着性の観点から、加熱温度は180℃~320℃で加熱することが好ましく、180℃~260℃で加熱することがより好ましい。その理由は定かではないが、この温度とすることで、層間のポリマー前駆体のエチニル基同士が架橋反応を進行しているためと考えられる。
<< Heating process >>
The production method of the present invention preferably includes a step of heating after the layer forming step, the drying step, or the developing step. In the heating step, the cyclization reaction of the polymer precursor proceeds. In addition, although the composition of the present invention may contain a radically polymerizable compound other than the polymer precursor, curing of the radically polymerizable compound other than the unreacted polymer precursor can be advanced at this step. The heating temperature (maximum heating temperature) in the heating step is 50 to 500 ° C., preferably 50 to 450 ° C., more preferably 140 to 400 ° C., and still more preferably 160 to 350 ° C.
The heating is preferably performed at a temperature rising rate of 1 to 12 ° C./min from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature, more preferably 2 to 10 ° C./min, still more preferably 3 to 10 ° C./min. By setting the temperature rising rate to 2 ° C./min or more, excessive volatilization of the amine can be prevented while securing the productivity, and by setting the temperature rising rate to 12 ° C./min or less, the cured film Residual stress can be relieved.
The temperature at the start of heating is preferably 20 ° C. to 150 ° C., more preferably 20 ° C. to 130 ° C., and still more preferably 25 ° C. to 120 ° C. The temperature at the start of heating refers to the temperature at which the process of heating to the maximum heating temperature is started. For example, when the thermosetting resin composition is applied onto a substrate and then dried, the temperature is the temperature after drying, for example, 30 to 200 ° C. than the boiling point of the solvent contained in the thermosetting resin composition. It is preferable to raise the temperature gradually from a low temperature.
The heating time (heating time at the maximum heating temperature) is preferably 10 to 360 minutes, more preferably 20 to 300 minutes, and particularly preferably 30 to 240 minutes.
In particular, in the case of forming a multilayer laminate, the heating temperature is preferably 180 ° C. to 320 ° C., and more preferably 180 ° C. to 260 ° C., from the viewpoint of adhesion between the layers of the cured film. The reason is not clear, but at this temperature, it is considered that the ethynyl groups of the polymer precursor between layers proceed with the crosslinking reaction.
 加熱は段階的に行ってもよい。例として、25℃から180℃まで3℃/分で昇温し、180℃にて60分保持し、180℃から200℃まで2℃/分で昇温し、200℃にて120分保持する、といった前処理工程を行ってもよい。前処理工程としての加熱温度は100~200℃が好ましく、110~190℃であることがより好ましく、120~185℃であることがさらに好ましい。この前処理工程においては、米国明細書第9159547号公報に記載のように紫外線を照射しながら処理することも好ましい。このような前処理工程により膜の特性を向上させることが可能である。前処理工程は10秒間~2時間程度の短い時間で行うとよく、15秒~30分間がより好ましい。前処理は2段階以上のステップとしてもよく、例えば100~150℃の範囲で前処理工程1を行い、その後に150~200℃の範囲で前処理工程2を行ってもよい。
 さらに、加熱後冷却してもよく、この場合の冷却速度としては、1~5℃/分であることが好ましい。
The heating may be performed stepwise. As an example, the temperature is raised from 25 ° C. to 180 ° C. at 3 ° C./min, held at 180 ° C. for 60 minutes, raised from 180 ° C. to 200 ° C. at 2 ° C./min, held at 200 ° C. for 120 minutes And the like may be performed. The heating temperature as the pretreatment step is preferably 100 to 200 ° C., more preferably 110 to 190 ° C., and still more preferably 120 to 185 ° C. In the pretreatment step, it is also preferable to conduct the treatment while irradiating with ultraviolet light as described in U.S. Pat. No. 9,159,547. It is possible to improve the characteristics of the film by such a pretreatment process. The pretreatment step may be performed for a short time of about 10 seconds to 2 hours, and more preferably 15 seconds to 30 minutes. The pretreatment may be performed in two or more steps, for example, the pretreatment step 1 may be performed in the range of 100 to 150 ° C., and then the pretreatment step 2 may be performed in the range of 150 to 200 ° C.
Furthermore, it may be cooled after heating, and in this case, the cooling rate is preferably 1 to 5 ° C./minute.
 加熱工程は、窒素、ヘリウム、アルゴンなどの不活性ガスを流す等により、低酸素濃度の雰囲気で行うことがポリマー前駆体の分解を防ぐ点で好ましい。酸素濃度は、50ppm(体積比)以下が好ましく、20ppm(体積比)以下がより好ましい。 The heating step is preferably performed in an atmosphere with a low oxygen concentration by flowing an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, argon or the like from the viewpoint of preventing the decomposition of the polymer precursor. The oxygen concentration is preferably 50 ppm (volume ratio) or less, more preferably 20 ppm (volume ratio) or less.
<<金属層形成工程>>
 本発明の製造方法は、現像処理後の熱硬化性樹脂組成物層の表面に金属層を形成する金属層形成工程を含んでいることが好ましい。
 金属層としては、特に限定なく、既存の金属種を使用することができ、銅、アルミニウム、ニッケル、バナジウム、チタン、クロム、コバルト、金およびタングステンが例示され、銅およびアルミニウムがより好ましく、銅がさらに好ましい。
 金属層の形成方法は、特に限定なく、既存の方法を適用することができる。例えば、特開2007-157879号公報、特表2001-521288号公報、特開2004-214501号公報、特開2004-101850号公報に記載された方法を使用することができる。例えば、フォトリソグラフィ、リフトオフ、電解メッキ、無電解メッキ、エッチング、印刷、およびこれらを組み合わせた方法などが考えられる。より具体的には、スパッタリング、フォトリソグラフィおよびエッチングを組み合わせたパターニング方法、フォトリソグラフィと電解メッキを組み合わせたパターニング方法が挙げられる。
 金属層の厚さとしては、最も厚肉部で、0.1~50μmが好ましく、1~10μmがより好ましい。
<< metal layer formation process >>
The production method of the present invention preferably includes a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the surface of the thermosetting resin composition layer after development processing.
As the metal layer, existing metal species can be used without particular limitation, and copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold and tungsten are exemplified, copper and aluminum are more preferable, copper is more preferable. More preferable.
The formation method of a metal layer does not have a limitation in particular, The existing method can be applied. For example, the methods described in JP-A-2007-157879, JP-A-2001-521288, JP-A-2004-214501, and JP-A-2004-101850 can be used. For example, photolithography, lift-off, electrolytic plating, electroless plating, etching, printing, and methods combining these may be considered. More specifically, a patterning method combining sputtering, photolithography and etching, and a patterning method combining photolithography and electrolytic plating may be mentioned.
The thickness of the metal layer is preferably 0.1 to 50 μm, and more preferably 1 to 10 μm at the thickest part.
<<積層工程>>
 本発明の製造方法は、さらに、積層工程を含むことが好ましい。
 積層工程とは、再度、上記層形成工程および加熱工程、あるいは、熱硬化性樹脂組成物に感光性を付与した際には、上記層形成工程、上記露光工程、および上記現像処理工程を、上記順に行うことを含む一連の工程である。積層工程には、さらに、上記乾燥工程や加熱工程等を含んでいてもよいことは言うまでもない。
 積層工程後、さらに積層工程を行う場合には、上記加熱工程後、上記露光工程後、または、上記金属層形成工程後に、さらに、表面活性化処理工程を行ってもよい。表面活性化処理としては、プラズマ処理が例示される。
 上記積層工程は、2~5回行うことが好ましく、3~5回行うことがより好ましい。
 例えば、樹脂層/金属層/樹脂層/金属層/樹脂層/金属層のような、樹脂層が3層以上7層以下の構成が好ましく、3層以上5層以下がさらに好ましい。
 すなわち、本発明では特に、金属層を設けた後、さらに、上記金属層を覆うように、上記熱硬化性樹脂組成物の層形成工程および加熱工程、あるいは、熱硬化性樹脂組成物に感光性を付与した際には、上記層形成工程、上記露光工程、および、上記現像処理工程(必要によりさらに加熱工程)を、上記順に行うことが好ましい。熱硬化性樹脂組成物層(樹脂)を積層する積層工程と、金属層形成工程を交互に行うことにより、熱硬化性樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)と金属層を交互に積層することができる。
<< lamination process >>
The production method of the present invention preferably further includes a lamination step.
In the laminating step, the layer forming step and the heating step, or when the photosensitivity is imparted to the thermosetting resin composition, the layer forming step, the exposure step, and the development processing step are the same. It is a series of steps including performing in order. It goes without saying that the laminating step may further include the above-mentioned drying step, heating step and the like.
When the lamination step is further performed after the lamination step, the surface activation treatment step may be further performed after the heating step, after the exposure step, or after the metal layer forming step. Plasma treatment is exemplified as the surface activation treatment.
The lamination step is preferably performed 2 to 5 times, and more preferably 3 to 5 times.
For example, a configuration having three or more and seven or less resin layers such as resin layer / metal layer / resin layer / metal layer / resin layer / metal layer is preferable, and three or more and five or less layers are more preferable.
That is, in the present invention, in particular, after the metal layer is provided, the layer forming process and the heating process of the thermosetting resin composition, or the thermosetting resin composition is photosensitive so as to cover the metal layer. It is preferable to perform the layer formation step, the exposure step, and the development treatment step (additional heating step, if necessary) in the above order when applying. By alternately performing the laminating step of laminating the thermosetting resin composition layer (resin) and the metal layer forming step, the thermosetting resin composition layer (resin layer) and the metal layer can be alternately laminated. .
 本発明は、本発明の硬化膜または積層体を有する半導体デバイスも開示する。本発明の熱硬化性樹脂組成物を再配線層用層間絶縁膜の形成に用いた半導体デバイスの具体例としては、特開2016-027357号公報の段落0213~0218の記載および図1の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The present invention also discloses a semiconductor device having the cured film or laminate of the present invention. As a specific example of a semiconductor device using the thermosetting resin composition of the present invention for formation of an interlayer insulating film for rewiring layer, the description of paragraphs 0213 to 0218 of JP-A-2016-027357 and the description of FIG. The contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明をさらに具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。したがって、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be more specifically described by way of examples. The materials, amounts used, proportions, treatment contents, treatment procedures and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Accordingly, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below.
(合成例1)
[ピロメリット酸二無水物、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルおよび3-ヒドロキシベンジルアルコールからのポリイミド前駆体樹脂A-1の合成]
 14.06g(64.5ミリモル)のピロメリット酸二無水物(140℃で12時間乾燥)と、16.33g(131.58ミリモル)の3-ヒドロキシベンジルアルコールとを、50mLのN-メチルピロリドンに懸濁させ、モレキュラーシーブで乾燥させた。懸濁液を100℃で3時間加熱した。加熱してから数分後に透明な溶液が得られた。反応混合物を室温に冷却し、21.43g(270.9ミリモル)のピリジンおよび90mLのN-メチルピロリドンを加えた。次いで、反応混合物を-10℃に冷却し、温度を-10±4℃に保ちながら16.12g(135.5ミリモル)の塩化チオニルを10分かけて加えた。塩化チオニルを加えている間、粘度が増加した。50mLのN-メチルピロリドンで希釈した後、反応混合物を室温で2時間撹拌した。次いで、100mLのN-メチルピロリドンに11.08g(58.7ミリモル)の4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルを溶解させた溶液を、20~23℃で20分かけて反応混合物に滴下した。次いで、反応混合物を室温で1晩撹拌した。次いで、5リットルの水の中でポリイミド前駆体樹脂を沈殿させ、水-ポリイミド前駆体樹脂混合物を5000rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。ポリイミド前駆体樹脂を濾過して除き、4リットルの水の中で再度30分間撹拌し再び濾過した。次いで、得られたポリイミド前駆体樹脂を減圧下で、45℃で3日間乾燥した。このポリイミド前駆体は、Mw=22800、Mn=8100であった。
Synthesis Example 1
[Synthesis of polyimide precursor resin A-1 from pyromellitic dianhydride, 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether and 3-hydroxybenzyl alcohol]
14.06 g (64.5 mmol) of pyromellitic dianhydride (dried at 140 ° C. for 12 hours) and 16.33 g (131.58 mmol) of 3-hydroxybenzyl alcohol in 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone And dried over molecular sieves. The suspension was heated to 100 ° C. for 3 hours. A few minutes after heating a clear solution was obtained. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and 21.43 g (270.9 mmol) of pyridine and 90 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone were added. The reaction mixture was then cooled to -10.degree. C. and 16.12 g (135.5 mmol) of thionyl chloride was added over 10 minutes, keeping the temperature at -10. +-. 4.degree. The viscosity increased during the addition of thionyl chloride. After dilution with 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, a solution of 11.08 g (58.7 mmol) of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether in 100 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone was added dropwise to the reaction mixture over 20 minutes at 20-23 ° C. The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature overnight. The polyimide precursor resin was then precipitated in 5 liters of water and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a speed of 5000 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor resin was filtered off, stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes and filtered again. Next, the obtained polyimide precursor resin was dried at 45 ° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure. The polyimide precursor had Mw = 22800 and Mn = 8100.
(合成例2)
[オキシジフタル酸二無水物、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートおよび4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルからのポリイミド前駆体樹脂A-2の合成]
 撹拌機、コンデンサーおよび内部温度計を取りつけた平底ジョイントを備えた乾燥反応器中で水分を除去しながら、オキシジフタル酸二無水物20.0g(64.5ミリモル)をジグリム140mL中に懸濁させた。2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート16.8g(129ミリモル)、ヒドロキノン0.05gおよびピリジン10.7g(135ミリモル)を続いて添加し、60℃の温度で18時間撹拌した。次いで、混合物を-20℃まで冷却した後、塩化チオニル16.1g(135.5ミリモル)を90分かけて滴下した。ピリジニウムヒドロクロリドの白色沈澱が得られた。次いで、混合物を室温まで温め、2時間撹拌した後、ピリジン9.7g(123ミリモル)およびN-メチルピロリドン(NMP)25mLを添加し、透明溶液を得た。次いで、得られた透明液体に、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル11.8g(58.7ミリモル)をNMP100mL中に溶解させたものを、1時間かけて滴下により添加した。4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルを添加している間、粘度が増加した。次いで、メタノール5.6g(17.5ミリモル)と3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシトルエン0.05gを加え、混合物を2時間撹拌した。次いで、4リットルの水の中でポリイミド前駆体樹脂を沈殿させ、水-ポリイミド前駆体樹脂混合物を500rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。ポリイミド前駆体樹脂を濾過して除き、4リットルの水の中で再度30分間撹拌し再び濾過した。次いで、得られたポリイミド前駆体樹脂を減圧下で、45℃で3日間乾燥した。このポリイミド前駆体は、Mw=23500、Mn=8800であった。
(Composition example 2)
[Synthesis of polyimide precursor resin A-2 from oxydiphthalic acid dianhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether]
20.0 g (64.5 millimoles) of oxydiphthalic acid dianhydride was suspended in 140 mL of diglyme while removing water in a dry reactor equipped with a stirrer, a condenser and a flat bottom joint fitted with an internal thermometer . 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone and 10.7 g (135 mmol) of pyridine were subsequently added and stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 18 hours. Then, the mixture was cooled to −20 ° C., and 16.1 g (135.5 mmol) of thionyl chloride was added dropwise over 90 minutes. A white precipitate of pyridinium hydrochloride was obtained. The mixture was then warmed to room temperature and after stirring for 2 hours, 9.7 g (123 mmol) of pyridine and 25 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added to obtain a clear solution. Next, to the obtained transparent liquid, 11.8 g (58.7 mmol) of 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether dissolved in 100 mL of NMP was added dropwise over 1 hour. The viscosity increased during the addition of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether. Then, 5.6 g (17.5 mmol) of methanol and 0.05 g of 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxytoluene were added and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The polyimide precursor resin was then precipitated in 4 liters of water and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a speed of 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor resin was filtered off, stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes and filtered again. Next, the obtained polyimide precursor resin was dried at 45 ° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure. The polyimide precursor had Mw = 23500 and Mn = 8800.
(合成例3)
[オキシジフタル酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートおよび4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルからのポリイミド前駆体樹脂A-3の合成]
 撹拌機、コンデンサーおよび内部温度計を取りつけた平底ジョイントを備えた乾燥反応器中で水分を除去しながら、オキシジフタル酸二無水物10.0g(32.2ミリモル)と3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物9.47g(32.3ミリモル)をジグリム140mL中に懸濁させた。2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート16.8g(129ミリモル)、ヒドロキノン0.05gおよびピリジン10.7g(135ミリモル)を続いて添加し、60℃の温度で18時間撹拌した。次いで、混合物を-20℃まで冷却した後、塩化チオニル16.1g(135.5ミリモル)を90分かけて滴下した。ピリジニウムヒドロクロリドの白色沈澱が得られた。次いで、混合物を室温まで温め、2時間撹拌した後、ピリジン9.7g(123ミリモル)およびN-メチルピロリドン(NMP)25mLを添加し、透明溶液を得た。次いで、得られた透明液体に、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル11.8g(58.7ミリモル)をNMP100mL中に溶解させたものを、1時間かけて滴下により添加した。4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルを添加している間、粘度が増加した。次いで、メタノール5.6g(17.5ミリモル)と3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシトルエン0.05gを加え、混合物を2時間撹拌した。次いで、4リットルの水の中でポリイミド前駆体樹脂を沈殿させ、水-ポリイミド前駆体樹脂混合物を500rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。ポリイミド前駆体樹脂を濾過して除き、4リットルの水の中で再度30分間撹拌し再び濾過した。次いで、得られたポリイミド前駆体樹脂を減圧下で、45℃で3日間乾燥した。このポリイミド前駆体は、Mw=24300、Mn=9500であった。
(Composition example 3)
[Synthesis of polyimide precursor resin A-3 from oxydiphthalic acid dianhydride, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether]
10.0 g (32.2 mmol) oxydiphthalic acid dianhydride and 3,3 ', 4,4 while removing water in a dry reactor equipped with a stirrer, a condenser and a flat bottom joint fitted with an internal thermometer. 9.47 g (32.3 mmol) of '-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid dianhydride were suspended in 140 ml of diglyme. 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone and 10.7 g (135 mmol) of pyridine were subsequently added and stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 18 hours. Then, the mixture was cooled to −20 ° C., and 16.1 g (135.5 mmol) of thionyl chloride was added dropwise over 90 minutes. A white precipitate of pyridinium hydrochloride was obtained. The mixture was then warmed to room temperature and after stirring for 2 hours, 9.7 g (123 mmol) of pyridine and 25 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added to obtain a clear solution. Next, to the obtained transparent liquid, 11.8 g (58.7 mmol) of 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether dissolved in 100 mL of NMP was added dropwise over 1 hour. The viscosity increased during the addition of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether. Then, 5.6 g (17.5 mmol) of methanol and 0.05 g of 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxytoluene were added and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The polyimide precursor resin was then precipitated in 4 liters of water and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a speed of 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor resin was filtered off, stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes and filtered again. Next, the obtained polyimide precursor resin was dried at 45 ° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure. The polyimide precursor had Mw = 24300 and Mn = 9500.
(合成例4)
[2,2’-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、4,4’-オキシジベンゾイルクロリドからのポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体A-4の合成]
 2,2’-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン28.0g(76.4ミリモル)をN-メチルピロリドン200gに撹拌溶解した。続いて、ピリジン12.1g(153ミリモル)を加え、温度を-10~0℃に保ちながら、N-メチルピロリドン75gに4,4’-オキシジベンゾイルクロリド20.7g(70.1ミリモル)を溶解させた溶液を1時間かけて滴下した。30分間撹拌した後、塩化アセチル1.00g(12.7ミリモル)を加え、さらに60分間撹拌した。次いで、6リットルの水の中でポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体樹脂を沈殿させ、水-ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体樹脂混合物を500rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体樹脂を濾過して除き、6リットルの水の中で再度30分間撹拌し再び濾過した。次いで、得られたポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体樹脂を減圧下で、45℃で3日間乾燥した。このポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体は、Mw=21500、Mn=7500であった。
(Composition example 4)
[Synthesis of polybenzoxazole precursor A-4 from 2,2′-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, 4,4′-oxydibenzoyl chloride]
28.0 g (76.4 mmol) of 2,2'-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane were stirred and dissolved in 200 g of N-methylpyrrolidone. Subsequently, 12.1 g (153 mmol) of pyridine was added, and 20.7 g (70.1 mmol) of 4,4'-oxydibenzoyl chloride was added to 75 g of N-methylpyrrolidone while keeping the temperature at -10 to 0 ° C. The dissolved solution was added dropwise over 1 hour. After stirring for 30 minutes, 1.00 g (12.7 mmol) of acetyl chloride was added, and the mixture was further stirred for 60 minutes. The polybenzoxazole precursor resin was then precipitated in 6 liters of water and the water-polybenzoxazole precursor resin mixture was stirred at a speed of 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The polybenzoxazole precursor resin was filtered off, stirred again in 6 liters of water for 30 minutes and filtered again. Next, the obtained polybenzoxazole precursor resin was dried at 45 ° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure. The polybenzoxazole precursor had Mw = 21500 and Mn = 7500.
(合成例5)
 1.16g(10.0ミリモル)のマレイン酸をメタノール20.0gに溶解させ、1.95g(10.0ミリモル)のN,N-ジシクロヘキシルメチルアミンを10分間かけて滴下した。得られた溶液を減圧下、35℃で濃縮することで、N,N-ジシクロヘキシルメチルアミンとマレイン酸の塩を得た。
(Composition example 5)
1.16 g (10.0 mmol) of maleic acid was dissolved in 20.0 g of methanol and 1.95 g (10.0 mmol) of N, N-dicyclohexylmethylamine was added dropwise over 10 minutes. The resulting solution was concentrated at 35 ° C. under reduced pressure to obtain a salt of N, N-dicyclohexylmethylamine and maleic acid.
(合成例6)
 N,N-ジシクロヘキシルメチルアミンとマレイン酸の塩以外の塩についても、合成例5と同様にして合成した。
Synthesis Example 6
A salt other than the salt of N, N-dicyclohexylmethylamine and maleic acid was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 5.
<分子量の測定方法>
 上記のポリマー前駆体の分子量(重量平均分子量、数平均分子量)については、ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィ(GPC測定)に従い、ポリスチレン換算値として定義した。具体的には、HLC-8220(商品名:東ソー(株)製)を用い、カラムとしてガードカラムHZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000、およびTSKgel Super HZ2000(商品名:東ソー(株)製)を用いることによって求めた。溶離液はTHF(テトラヒドロフラン)を用いて測定した。
<Measuring method of molecular weight>
The molecular weight (weight-average molecular weight, number-average molecular weight) of the above-mentioned polymer precursor was defined as a polystyrene conversion value according to gel permeation chromatography (GPC measurement). Specifically, HLC-8220 (trade name: manufactured by Tosoh Corp.) is used, and a guard column HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ 3000, and TSKgel Super HZ 2000 (trade names) as columns. : Determined by using Tosoh Co., Ltd.). The eluent was measured using THF (tetrahydrofuran).
<pKaの決定方法>
<<酸性化合物>>
 酸性化合物のpKaは、水50mLに酸性化合物50mgを添加し、0.01N水酸化ナトリウム水溶液を滴定液として、京都電子工業(株)製AT-420(商品名)電位差自動滴定装置を用いて、25℃で測定した。酸基を中和するのに要した水酸化ナトリウム水溶液量の半分が加えられたときのpHをその酸性化合物のpKaとした。
<<アミン化合物>>
 アミン化合物の共役酸のpKaは、水50mLにアミン化合物50mgを添加し、0.01N塩酸を滴定液として、京都電子工業(株)製AT-420(商品名)電位差自動滴定装置を用いて、25℃で測定した。アミノ基を中和するのに要した塩酸量の半分が加えられた時のpHをpKbとした。14からpK[b]の数値を引いた値をそのアミン価の共役酸のpKaとした。
<<スルホン酸化合物等>>
 基本的に上記の方法で測定するが、強酸であるスルホン酸のpKaは本方法では求められない場合がある。このような場合は、水中で測定した文献値(Angew.Chem.Int.Ed.2016,55,350-354)を採用した。
<How to determine pKa>
<< Acid compound >>
The pKa of the acidic compound is as follows: 50 mg of the acidic compound is added to 50 mL of water, and 0.01 N aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide is used as a titration solution, using Kyoto Electric Industry Co., Ltd. AT-420 (trade name) potentiometric automatic titrator. It was measured at 25 ° C. The pH at which half the amount of the aqueous sodium hydroxide solution required to neutralize the acid group was added was taken as the pKa of the acidic compound.
<< Amine compound >>
The pKa of the conjugate acid of the amine compound is as follows: 50 mg of the amine compound is added to 50 mL of water, and 0.01 N hydrochloric acid is used as a titration solution, using Kyoto Electric Industry Co., Ltd. AT-420 (trade name) potentiometric automatic titrator. It was measured at 25 ° C. The pH at which half of the amount of hydrochloric acid required to neutralize the amino group was added was designated pKb. The value obtained by subtracting the value of pK [b] from 14 is taken as the pKa of the conjugate acid of the amine value.
<< sulfonic acid compounds etc. >>
Although basically measured by the above method, the pKa of the strong acid sulfonic acid may not be determined by this method. In such a case, literature values measured in water (Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2016, 55, 350-354) were adopted.
 本発明で評価するアミン化合物と酸性化合物とのpKaの関係(A-pKa)は下記の数式(1a)で表される。
 A-pKa=(アミン化合物の共役酸のpKa+酸性化合物のpKa)/2   数式(1a)
The relationship (A-pKa) of the pKa of the amine compound and the acidic compound evaluated in the present invention is represented by the following formula (1a).
A-pKa = (pKa of conjugate acid of amine compound + pKa of acidic compound) / 2 Formula (1a)
<熱硬化性樹脂組成物の調製>
 下記表に記載の各成分を配合し、細孔の幅が0.8μmのフィルターを通して、3.0MPaの圧力で加圧濾過して、熱硬化性樹脂組成物を得た。尚、実施例1~62、70~85、比較例4、5、9および10は、上記合成例に従って合成した塩を添加し、実施例63~69はアミン化合物と酸性化合物を添加し、比較例2、3、7、8は、アミン化合物または酸性化合物を添加した。
<Preparation of Thermosetting Resin Composition>
Each component described in the following table was blended, pressure filtration was conducted at a pressure of 3.0 MPa through a filter having a pore width of 0.8 μm, to obtain a thermosetting resin composition. In Examples 1 to 62, 70 to 85, and Comparative Examples 4, 5, 9 and 10, the salts synthesized according to the above synthesis examples are added, and in Examples 63 to 69, an amine compound and an acidic compound are added and compared. Examples 2, 3, 7 and 8 added an amine compound or an acidic compound.
<膜厚変化>
<<経時前膜厚>>
 下表に記載の各熱硬化性樹脂組成物をスピンコート法でシリコンウェハ上に適用して熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を形成した。得られた熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を適用したシリコンウェハをホットプレート上で、100℃で5分間乾燥し、シリコンウェハ上に均一な約15μmの厚さの熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を得た。この値を経時前膜厚とした。
<<経時後膜厚>>
 下表に記載の各熱硬化性樹脂組成物をガラス容器に入れて密閉し、25℃の環境下に14日間静置した後、経時前膜厚を求めたときと同じ回転数を用いてスピンコート法でシリコンウェハ上に適用して熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を形成した。得られた熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を適用したシリコンウェハをホットプレート上で、100℃で5分間乾燥し、シリコンウェハ上に均一な熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を得た。得られた熱硬化性樹脂組成物層の膜厚を上記と同様によって測定し、この値を経時後膜厚とした。
<<膜厚変化率>>
 以下の式により、膜厚変化率を算出した。
  膜厚変化率 [%] = |経時前膜厚-経時後膜厚|/経時前膜厚×100
膜厚変化率 
A 10%未満 
B 10%以上15%未満
C 15%以上20%未満
D 20%以上
<Film thickness change>
<< The film thickness before aging >>
Each thermosetting resin composition described in the following table was applied on a silicon wafer by a spin coating method to form a thermosetting resin composition layer. The silicon wafer to which the obtained thermosetting resin composition layer is applied is dried at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes on a hot plate to obtain a uniform thermosetting resin composition layer of about 15 μm thickness on the silicon wafer. The This value was taken as the film thickness before aging.
<< The film thickness after aging >>
Each thermosetting resin composition described in the following table is put in a glass container, sealed, allowed to stand in an environment of 25 ° C. for 14 days, and spind using the same rotation number as when the film thickness before aging was determined. It was applied on a silicon wafer by a coating method to form a thermosetting resin composition layer. The silicon wafer to which the obtained thermosetting resin composition layer was applied was dried at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes on a hot plate to obtain a uniform thermosetting resin composition layer on the silicon wafer. The film thickness of the resulting thermosetting resin composition layer was measured in the same manner as described above, and this value was taken as the film thickness after aging.
<< Thickness change rate >>
The film thickness change rate was calculated by the following equation.
Change in film thickness [%] = | film thickness before aging-film thickness after aging | film thickness before aging * 100
Thickness change rate
A less than 10%
B 10% or more and less than 15% C 15% or more and less than 20% D 20% or more
<膜強度>
 下表に記載の各熱硬化性樹脂組成物をスピンコート法でシリコンウェハ上に適用して熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を形成した。得られた熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を適用したシリコンウェハをホットプレート上で、100℃で5分間乾燥し、シリコンウェハ上に約15μmの厚さの均一な熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を得た。得られた熱硬化性樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)を、窒素雰囲気下で、10℃/分の昇温速度で昇温し、250℃に達した後、3時間加熱した。硬化後の樹脂層(硬化膜)を4.9%フッ化水素酸溶液に浸漬し、シリコンウェハから硬化膜を剥離した。剥離した硬化膜を打ち抜き機を用いて幅3mm、試料長30mmの試験片を作製した。得られた試験片を、引張り試験機(テンシロン)を用いて、クロスヘッドスピード300mm/分、フィルムの長手方向について、25℃、65%RH(相対湿度)の環境下にて、JIS-K6251に準拠して測定した。評価は各5回ずつ実施し、フィルムが破断した時の伸び率(破断伸び率)について、その平均値を用いた。
A 60%以上
B 55%以上60%未満
C 50%以上55%未満
D 50%未満
<Film strength>
Each thermosetting resin composition described in the following table was applied on a silicon wafer by a spin coating method to form a thermosetting resin composition layer. The silicon wafer to which the obtained thermosetting resin composition layer is applied is dried at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes on a hot plate to obtain a uniform thermosetting resin composition layer of about 15 μm thickness on the silicon wafer. The The obtained thermosetting resin composition layer (resin layer) was heated at a temperature rising rate of 10 ° C./min under a nitrogen atmosphere, and after reaching 250 ° C., it was heated for 3 hours. The cured resin layer (cured film) was immersed in a 4.9% hydrofluoric acid solution to peel the cured film from the silicon wafer. The peeled cured film was punched using a punching machine to prepare a test piece having a width of 3 mm and a sample length of 30 mm. Using the tensile tester (Tensileon), the obtained test piece is JIS-K6251 in an environment of 25 ° C and 65% RH (relative humidity) in the longitudinal direction of the film at a crosshead speed of 300 mm / min. It measured according to. The evaluation was carried out five times each, and the average value of the elongation at break (break elongation) when the film was broken was used.
A 60% or more B 55% or more less than 60% C 50% or more less than 55% D less than 50%
<密着性>
 下表に記載の各熱硬化性樹脂組成物をスピンコート法で銅ウェハ上に適用して熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を形成した。得られた熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を適用した銅ウェハをホットプレート上で、100℃で5分間乾燥し、銅ウェハ上に約15μmの厚さの均一な熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を得た。得られた熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を、窒素雰囲気下で、10℃/分の昇温速度で昇温し、250℃に達した後、3時間加熱することで銅ウェハ上に硬化膜を形成した。この基板にて、JIS K5600-5-6:1999に従って1mm間隔に切れ目を入れてクロスカット試験を行い、硬化膜と銅ウェハとの密着力を評価した。
A 銅ウェハから剥がれた硬化膜の合計面積が2%未満
B 銅ウェハから剥がれた硬化膜の合計面積が2%以上5%未満
C 銅ウェハから剥がれた硬化膜の合計面積が5%以上10%未満
D 銅ウェハから剥がれた硬化膜の合計面積が10%以上
<Adhesiveness>
Each thermosetting resin composition described in the following table was applied on a copper wafer by a spin coating method to form a thermosetting resin composition layer. The copper wafer to which the obtained thermosetting resin composition layer is applied is dried at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes on a hot plate to obtain a uniform thermosetting resin composition layer having a thickness of about 15 μm on the copper wafer. The The temperature of the obtained thermosetting resin composition layer is raised at a heating rate of 10 ° C./min under a nitrogen atmosphere, and after reaching 250 ° C., the cured film is formed on a copper wafer by heating for 3 hours. It formed. On this substrate, a cross cut test was carried out by cutting slits at intervals of 1 mm according to JIS K5600-5-6: 1999, and the adhesion between the cured film and the copper wafer was evaluated.
A Total area of cured film peeled off from copper wafer is less than 2% B Total area of cured film peeled off from copper wafer is 2% to less than 5% C Total area of cured film peeled off from copper wafer is 5% to 10% Less than D Total area of cured film peeled off from copper wafer is 10% or more
<腐食性(Cu腐食)> 
 下表に記載の各熱硬化性樹脂組成物をスピンコート法で銅ウェハ上に適用して熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を形成した。得られた熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を適用した銅ウェハをホットプレート上で、100℃で5分間乾燥し、銅ウェハ上に約15μmの厚さの均一な熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を得た。得られた熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を、窒素雰囲気下で、10℃/分の昇温速度で昇温し、250℃に達した後、3時間加熱することで銅ウェハ上に硬化膜を形成した。この基板を温度85℃湿度85%の恒温恒湿層24時間に投入し、腐食発生箇所を光学顕微鏡で観察し、銅ウェハの硬化膜が設けられている側の面の面積に対する腐食発生箇所の面積が何%であるかを測定した。
A 5%未満
B 5%以上10%未満
C 10%以上20%未満
D 20%以上
<Corrosion (Cu corrosion)>
Each thermosetting resin composition described in the following table was applied on a copper wafer by a spin coating method to form a thermosetting resin composition layer. The copper wafer to which the obtained thermosetting resin composition layer is applied is dried at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes on a hot plate to obtain a uniform thermosetting resin composition layer having a thickness of about 15 μm on the copper wafer. The The temperature of the obtained thermosetting resin composition layer is raised at a heating rate of 10 ° C./min under a nitrogen atmosphere, and after reaching 250 ° C., the cured film is formed on a copper wafer by heating for 3 hours. It formed. This substrate is introduced into a constant temperature and humidity layer for 24 hours at a temperature of 85 ° C. and a humidity of 85%, and the corrosion occurrence location is observed with an optical microscope, and the corrosion occurrence location with respect to the area of the surface of the copper wafer on which the cured film is provided. It was determined what percentage of the area was.
A 5% less B 5% more than 10% C 10% more than 20% D 20% more
<解像性>    
 下表に記載の各熱硬化性樹脂組成物のうち光ラジカル重合開始剤を含むもの(感光性樹脂組成物)をスピンコート法で銅ウェハ上に適用して熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を形成した。得られた熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を適用したシリコンウェハをホットプレート上で、100℃で5分間乾燥し、シリコンウェハ上に約15μmの厚さの均一な熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を得た。
 熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を、アライナー(Karl-Suss MA150[商品名])を用いて、ラインアンドスペースのパターン(ステップ:5~20μm)を有するマスクを介して露光した。露光は高圧水銀ランプで行い、波長365nmでの露光エネルギー換算で500mJ/cm照射した。
 露光後の熱硬化性樹脂組成物層をシクロペンタノンで75秒間溶解してパドル現像した。現像された部位の線幅を以下の基準で評価した。現像後における下地基板の露出幅がマスクサイズに対して±10%以内である場合、該当する線幅を解像できたと判断し、解像できた線幅が小さければ小さいほど光照射部と光非照射部との現像液に対する溶解性の差が大きくなっていることを表し、好ましい結果となる。 
A 解像できた線幅が5μm以上10μm未満 
B 解像できた線幅が10μm以上15μm未満 
C 解像できた線幅が15μm以上、もしくは像が現れなかった
<Resolution>
Among the respective thermosetting resin compositions described in the following table, one containing a photo radical polymerization initiator (photosensitive resin composition) is applied on a copper wafer by a spin coating method to form a thermosetting resin composition layer did. The silicon wafer to which the obtained thermosetting resin composition layer is applied is dried at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes on a hot plate to obtain a uniform thermosetting resin composition layer of about 15 μm thickness on the silicon wafer. The
The thermosetting resin composition layer was exposed using a aligner (Karl-Suss MA150 [trade name]) through a mask having a line and space pattern (step: 5 to 20 μm). The exposure was performed with a high pressure mercury lamp, and was irradiated at 500 mJ / cm 2 in terms of exposure energy at a wavelength of 365 nm.
The thermosetting resin composition layer after exposure was dissolved in cyclopentanone for 75 seconds and paddle development was performed. The line width of the developed site was evaluated according to the following criteria. If the exposure width of the base substrate after development is within ± 10% of the mask size, it is judged that the corresponding line width has been resolved, and the smaller the resolved line width, the smaller the light irradiation portion and the light This represents that the difference in solubility in the developing solution from the non-irradiated part is large, which is a preferable result.
A line width that can be resolved is 5 μm or more and less than 10 μm
B-resolved line width is 10 μm or more and less than 15 μm
C The resolved line width is more than 15μm or no image appears
<ガラス転移温度(Tg)>
 各熱硬化性樹脂組成物を、細孔の幅が0.8μmのフィルターを通して0.3MPaの圧力で加圧ろ過した後、シリコンウェハ上にスピンコートした。熱硬化性樹脂組成物を適用したシリコンウェハをホットプレート上で、100℃で5分間乾燥し、シリコンウェハ上に10μmの膜厚の均一な熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を形成した。シリコンウェハ上の熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を、ステッパー(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C)を用いて400mJ/cmの露光エネルギーで全面を露光して、樹脂層を得た。但し、光ラジカル重合開始剤を含まない熱硬化性樹脂組成物を用いた場合は、露光は行わなかった。さらに、樹脂層を200℃で3時間加熱した後、フッ酸水溶液に浸漬させて樹脂層をシリコンウェハ上から剥離した。剥離した樹脂層のTgを粘弾性測定装置Rhosol-E4000((株)UBM製)を用いて測定した。具体的には、樹脂層のTgは、一定昇温条件下で粘弾性測定装置を用いて測定された損失正接(tanδ)が極大となる温度として測定した。昇温速度を5℃/分として、樹脂層の温度を0℃から350℃まで昇温し、樹脂層に対してひずみ角0.1度のひずみを、100Hzの周期で与えてTgを測定し、以下の基準で評価した。
A:270℃以上
B:260℃以上270℃未満
C:250℃以上260℃未満
D:240℃以上250℃未満
E:230℃以上240℃未満
F:220℃以上230℃未満
G:220℃未満
<Glass transition temperature (Tg)>
Each thermosetting resin composition was pressure-filtered through a filter with a pore width of 0.8 μm at a pressure of 0.3 MPa, and then spin-coated on a silicon wafer. The silicon wafer to which the thermosetting resin composition was applied was dried at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes on a hot plate to form a uniform thermosetting resin composition layer with a film thickness of 10 μm on the silicon wafer. The thermosetting resin composition layer on the silicon wafer was exposed on the entire surface with an exposure energy of 400 mJ / cm 2 using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C) to obtain a resin layer. However, when the thermosetting resin composition which does not contain a radical photopolymerization initiator was used, exposure was not performed. Furthermore, the resin layer was heated at 200 ° C. for 3 hours, and then immersed in a hydrofluoric acid aqueous solution to peel the resin layer from the silicon wafer. The Tg of the peeled resin layer was measured using a viscoelasticity measuring device Rhosol-E4000 (manufactured by UBM). Specifically, the Tg of the resin layer was measured as a temperature at which the loss tangent (tan δ) measured using a viscoelasticity measuring device under a constant temperature rising condition becomes maximum. The temperature of the resin layer is raised from 0 ° C. to 350 ° C. with a temperature increase rate of 5 ° C./min, strain at a strain angle of 0.1 degree is applied to the resin layer in a cycle of 100 Hz, and Tg is measured The following criteria were evaluated.
A: 270 ° C. or more B: 260 ° C. or more 270 ° C. C: 250 ° C. or more 260 ° C. or less D: 240 ° C. or more 250 ° C. or less E: 230 ° C. or more 240 ° C. or less F: 220 ° C. or more 230 ° C. or less G: 220 ° C.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
(A)ポリマー前駆体
A-1~A-4:合成例1~4で製造したポリマー前駆体
(A) Polymer Precursors A-1 to A-4: Polymer Precursors Produced in Synthesis Examples 1 to 4
(B)アミン化合物
表中に記載の各アミン化合物を採用した
(B) Amine Compounds The respective amine compounds listed in the table were adopted.
(C)酸性化合物
表中に記載の各酸性化合物を採用した
(C) Acidic compounds Each acid compound listed in the table was adopted
(D)溶剤
DMSO:ジメチルスルホキシド
GBL:γ-ブチロラクトン
 DMSOとGBLとの混合比は質量比で20:80とした。
(D) Solvent DMSO: Dimethyl sulfoxide GBL: γ-butyrolactone The mixing ratio of DMSO and GBL was 20:80 in mass ratio.
(E)光ラジカル重合開始剤(いずれも商品名)
OXE-1:IRGACURE OXE 01(BASF社製)
OXE-2:IRGACURE OXE 02(BASF社製)
NCI-831:NCI-831(ADEKA社製)
(E) Photo radical polymerization initiator (all are trade names)
OXE-1: IRGACURE OXE 01 (manufactured by BASF)
OXE-2: IRGACURE OXE 02 (manufactured by BASF)
NCI-831: NCI-831 (made by ADEKA Corporation)
(F)ラジカル重合性化合物(いずれも商品名)
SR-209:SR-209(サートマー社製)
SR-231:SR-231(サートマー社製)
SR-239:SR-239(サートマー社製)
(F) Radically polymerizable compound (all are trade names)
SR-209: SR-209 (made by Sartmar Inc.)
SR-231: SR-231 (made by Sartmar Inc.)
SR-239: SR-239 (made by Sartmar Inc.)
(G)重合禁止剤
G-1:1,4-ベンゾキノン
G-2:4-メトキシフェノール
G-3:1,4-ジヒドロキシベンゼン
(G) polymerization inhibitor G-1: 1,4-benzoquinone G-2: 4-methoxyphenol G-3: 1,4-dihydroxybenzene
(H)金属接着性改良剤
H-1:下記化合物
H-2:下記化合物
H-3:下記化合物
(H) Metal Adhesion Improver H-1: Following Compound H-2: Following Compound H-3: Following Compound
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 Etはエチル基を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Et represents an ethyl group.
(I)マイグレーション抑制剤
I-1:1H-テトラゾール
I-2:1,2,4-トリアゾール
I-3:5-フェニルテトラゾール
(I) Migration inhibitor I-1: 1 H-tetrazole I-2: 1,2,4-triazole I-3: 5-phenyl tetrazole
(J)硬化促進剤
J-1:下記化合物
J-2:下記化合物
J-3:下記化合物
(J) Curing accelerator J-1: the following compound J-2: the following compound J-3: the following compound
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
(K)第4族元素を含む有機化合物
オルガチックスTC-100、マツモトファインケミカル(株)製
チタンジイソプロポキシビス(アセチルアセトネート)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
(K) Organic compound organics TC-100 containing a group 4 element, manufactured by Matsumoto Fine Chemical Co., Ltd. titanium diisopropoxy bis (acetylacetonate)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
オルガチックスTC-401、マツモトファインケミカル(株)製
チタンテトラアセチルアセトネート
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Organics TC-401, titanium tetraacetylacetonate manufactured by Matsumoto Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
オルガチックスTC-710、マツモトファインケミカル(株)製
チタンジイソプロポキシビス(エチルアセトアセテート) 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Organics TC-710, manufactured by Matsumoto Fine Chemical Co., Ltd. Titanium diisopropoxy bis (ethyl acetoacetate)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
オルガチックスTC-201、マツモトファインケミカル(株)製
チタニウムジ-2-エチルヘキソキシビス(2‐エチル-3-ヒドロキシヘキソキシド)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Organics TC-201, manufactured by Matsumoto Fine Chemical Co., Ltd. Titanium di-2-ethylhexoxybis (2-ethyl-3-hydroxyhexoxide)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
オルガチックスTC-245、マツモトファインケミカル(株)製
チタンオクチレングリコレート
Organics TC-245, manufactured by Matsumoto Fine Chemical Co., Ltd. Titanium octylene glycolate
オルガチックスTC-150、マツモトファインケミカル(株)製
ジルコニウムテトラアセチルアセトネート
Organics TC-150, manufactured by Matsumoto Fine Chemical Co., Ltd. Zirconium tetraacetylacetonate
ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)チタニウムジクロリド
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Bis (cyclopentadienyl) titanium dichloride
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)チタニウムジメチル
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Bis (cyclopentadienyl) titanium dimethyl
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ジルコニウムジクロリド
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Bis (cyclopentadienyl) zirconium dichloride
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
ビス(シクロペンタジエニル)ハフニウムジクロリド
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Bis (cyclopentadienyl) hafnium dichloride
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
IRGACURE 784
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
IRGACURE 784
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
 上記表の結果から明らかなとおり、アミン化合物と酸性化合物とを用い、アミン化合物の共役酸のpKaと酸性化合物のpKaとの和の二分の一(A-pKa)が3.5~7.1の範囲の熱硬化性樹脂組成物では、膜厚変化の抑制性に優れ、かつ硬化膜の強度が高いことが分かった(実施例1~85)。また、実施例の試料はいずれも、密着性や銅の耐腐食性、感光性を付与したときの解像性についても、使用上の要求を満足できるものであった。
 これに対し、アミン化合物や酸性化合物を含まないもの(比較例1~3、6~8)、両者を含んでいてもA-pKaが3.5未満(比較例4、9)、7.1超(比較例5、10)のものでは膜厚変化の抑制性や膜強度が劣るものとなってしまった。
As apparent from the results in the above table, using an amine compound and an acidic compound, one half (A-pKa) of the sum of the pKa of the conjugate acid of the amine compound and the pKa of the acidic compound is 3.5 to 7.1. It was found that the thermosetting resin composition in the range of (1) was excellent in suppressing film thickness change, and that the strength of the cured film was high (Examples 1 to 85). In addition, all the samples of the examples were able to satisfy the requirements for use with respect to adhesion, corrosion resistance of copper, and resolution when photosensitivity was imparted.
On the other hand, those containing neither an amine compound nor an acidic compound (Comparative Examples 1 to 3 and 6 to 8) and A pKa less than 3.5 (Comparative Examples 4 and 9), 7.1 even if both of them are included With the super (Comparative Examples 5 and 10), the suppression of film thickness change and the film strength become inferior.
<実施例100>
 実施例48の熱硬化性樹脂組成物を用いてシリコンウェハ上にスピンコート法により塗布した。熱硬化性樹脂組成物層が塗布されたシリコンウェハをホットプレート上で、100℃で5分間乾燥し、シリコンウェハ上に15μmの厚さの均一な熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を形成した。シリコンウェハ上の熱硬化性樹脂組成物層を、ステッパー((株)Nikon製 NSR 2005 i9C[商品名])を用いて、直径10μmのホールを有するマスクを介して500mJ/cmの露光エネルギーで露光した。この樹脂層を、シクロペンタノンで60秒間現像して、直径10μmのホールを形成した。次いで、窒素雰囲気下で、10℃/分の昇温速度で昇温し、250℃に達した後、3時間加熱して硬化膜(最終硬化膜)を得た。室温まで冷却後、上記ホール部分を覆うように、硬化膜の表面に、蒸着法により厚さ2μmの銅箔層(金属層)を形成し、ドライエッチング処理によって銅箔層の不要部位を除去した。さらに、金属層および硬化膜の表面に、再度、同じ種類の熱硬化性樹脂組成物を用いて、上記と同様に熱硬化性樹脂組成物の濾過から、パターン化した膜の3時間加熱までの手順を再度実施して、図1に示す様に、硬化膜/金属層/硬化膜からなる積層体を作製した。
 この硬化膜は絶縁性に優れており、再配線層用層間絶縁膜として好適に利用することができることが分かった。図1において、201~204は硬化膜を、301~303は金属層を、401~403は硬化膜と硬化膜の間に形成された溝を、500は積層体をそれぞれ示している。
 また、この再配線層用層間絶縁膜を使用して半導体デバイスを製造したところ、問題なく動作することを確認した。
Example 100
The thermosetting resin composition of Example 48 was applied to a silicon wafer by spin coating. The silicon wafer coated with the thermosetting resin composition layer was dried at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes on a hot plate to form a uniform thermosetting resin composition layer of 15 μm thickness on the silicon wafer. Using a stepper (NSR 2005 i9C [trade name] manufactured by Nikon Corporation), a thermosetting resin composition layer on a silicon wafer is exposed to an exposure energy of 500 mJ / cm 2 through a mask having a hole of 10 μm in diameter. Exposed. The resin layer was developed with cyclopentanone for 60 seconds to form holes with a diameter of 10 μm. Next, the temperature was raised at a temperature rising rate of 10 ° C./min under a nitrogen atmosphere, and after reaching 250 ° C., heating was performed for 3 hours to obtain a cured film (final cured film). After cooling to room temperature, a copper foil layer (metal layer) with a thickness of 2 μm was formed on the surface of the cured film by vapor deposition so as to cover the hole portion, and unnecessary portions of the copper foil layer were removed by dry etching. . Furthermore, from the filtration of the thermosetting resin composition to the heating of the patterned film for 3 hours in the same manner as above, using the same kind of thermosetting resin composition again on the surface of the metal layer and the cured film The procedure was carried out again, and as shown in FIG. 1, a laminate of cured film / metal layer / cured film was produced.
It was found that this cured film is excellent in insulation and can be suitably used as an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer. In FIG. 1, 201 to 204 denote a cured film, 301 to 303 denote a metal layer, 401 to 403 denote a groove formed between the cured film and the cured film, and 500 denotes a laminate.
Moreover, when the semiconductor device was manufactured using this interlayer insulation film for rewiring layers, it confirmed that it operate | moveed without a problem.
201~204:硬化膜
301~303:金属層
401~403:溝
500:積層体
201-204: Cured film 301-303: Metal layer 401-403: Groove 500: Laminate

Claims (28)

  1.  ポリイミド前駆体およびポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選択されるポリマー前駆体と、
    アミン化合物に由来するカチオンと酸性化合物に由来するアニオンとを含む塩と、
    溶剤とを含み、
     前記アミン化合物の共役酸のpKaと酸性化合物のpKaとが下記数式1の範囲にある熱硬化性樹脂組成物;
     3.5≦(アミン化合物の共役酸のpKa+酸性化合物のpKa)/2≦7.1 (数式1)。
    A polymer precursor selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor;
    A salt containing a cation derived from an amine compound and an anion derived from an acidic compound,
    Containing solvent and
    A thermosetting resin composition in which the pKa of the conjugate acid of the amine compound and the pKa of the acidic compound are in the range of Formula 1 below;
    3.5 ≦ (pKa of conjugate acid of amine compound + pKa of acidic compound) /2≦7.1 (Equation 1).
  2.  前記アミン化合物のアミノ基の量に対して、前記酸性化合物の酸基の量が0.9~3.0当量である請求項1に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。 The thermosetting resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the amount of the acid group of the acidic compound is 0.9 to 3.0 equivalents relative to the amount of the amino group of the amine compound.
  3.  前記アミン化合物の分子量が120~1000である請求項1または2に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。 The thermosetting resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the molecular weight of the amine compound is 120 to 1000.
  4.  前記アミン化合物が下記式(B1)で表される請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     RB1~RB3は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または炭素数1~20の有機基を表し、互いに連結して環を形成してもよい;ただし、RB1~RB3の全てが水素原子であることはない。
    The thermosetting resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the amine compound is represented by the following formula (B1):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    R B1 to R B3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and may be linked to each other to form a ring; provided that all of R B1 to R B3 are hydrogen atoms There is no such thing.
  5.  前記式(B1)のRB1およびRB2が、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~6の直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基、シクロペンチル基、またはシクロヘキシル基であり;RB3が、水素原子、炭素数1~6の直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、またはピリジル基である請求項4に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。 R B1 and R B2 in the above formula (B1) are each independently a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group; R B3 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 The thermosetting resin composition according to claim 4, which is a linear or branched alkyl group of -6, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group or a pyridyl group.
  6.  前記アミン化合物のうち、窒素原子からの距離が最も遠い炭素原子の、窒素原子と前記炭素原子とを繋ぐ原子の数が2~5である請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。 The heat according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein in the amine compound, the number of atoms connecting the nitrogen atom and the carbon atom of the carbon atom farthest from the nitrogen atom is 2 to 5, Curable resin composition.
  7.  前記酸性化合物のpKaが2以下である請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。 The thermosetting resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the pKa of the acidic compound is 2 or less.
  8.  前記酸性化合物が下記式(AC1)~(AC5)のいずれかで表される請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
     式中、RA1は水酸基または1価の有機基を表し、RA2~RA13はそれぞれ独立に水素原子または1価の有機基を表す。
    The thermosetting resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the acidic compound is represented by any one of the following formulas (AC1) to (AC5):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    In the formula, R A1 represents a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group, and R A2 to R A13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  9.  前記酸性化合物の分子量が60~500である請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。 The thermosetting resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the molecular weight of the acidic compound is 60 to 500.
  10.  前記ポリイミド前駆体が式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を有する請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
     AおよびAは、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子またはNHを表し、R113およびR114は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または1価の有機基を表し、R115は4価の有機基を表し、R111は2価の有機基を表す。
    The thermosetting resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the polyimide precursor has a repeating unit represented by the formula (1);
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    A 1 and A 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH, R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group And R 111 represents a divalent organic group.
  11.  前記R113およびR114の少なくとも一方がエチレン性不飽和結合を有する基である請求項10に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。 The thermosetting resin composition according to claim 10, wherein at least one of R 113 and R 114 is a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  12.  さらに光ラジカル重合開始剤を含む請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。 The thermosetting resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11, further comprising a photo radical polymerization initiator.
  13.  前記光ラジカル重合開始剤がオキシム化合物である請求項12に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。 The thermosetting resin composition according to claim 12, wherein the photo radical polymerization initiator is an oxime compound.
  14.  さらにラジカル重合性化合物を含む請求項1~13のいずれか1項に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。 The thermosetting resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 13, further comprising a radically polymerizable compound.
  15.  さらに第4族元素を含む有機化合物を含む、請求項1~14のいずれか1項に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。 The thermosetting resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 14, further comprising an organic compound containing a Group 4 element.
  16.  前記第4族元素がチタン、ジルコニウムおよびハフニウムからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の元素である、請求項15に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。 The thermosetting resin composition according to claim 15, wherein the group 4 element is at least one element selected from the group consisting of titanium, zirconium and hafnium.
  17.  前記第4族元素がチタンおよびジルコニウムからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の元素である、請求項15または16に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。 The thermosetting resin composition according to claim 15 or 16, wherein the group 4 element is at least one element selected from the group consisting of titanium and zirconium.
  18.  再配線層用層間絶縁膜形成用である、請求項1~17のいずれか1項に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物。 The thermosetting resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 17, which is for forming an interlayer insulating film for rewiring layer.
  19.  請求項1~18のいずれか1項に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物から形成される硬化膜。 A cured film formed from the thermosetting resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 18.
  20.  請求項19に記載の硬化膜を2層以上有する、積層体。 A laminate comprising two or more layers of the cured film according to claim 19.
  21.  前記硬化膜を3~7層有する、請求項20に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to claim 20, having 3 to 7 layers of the cured film.
  22.  前記硬化膜の間に、金属層を有する、請求項20または21に記載の積層体。 The layered product according to claim 20 which has a metal layer between said hardening films.
  23.  請求項1~18のいずれか1項に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物を基板に適用して層状にする層形成工程と、前記層状にした熱硬化性樹脂組成物を50~500℃の温度で加熱する加熱工程とを有する硬化膜の製造方法。 A layer forming step of applying a thermosetting resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 18 to a substrate to form a layer, and a temperature of 50 to 500 ° C. of the layer formed thermosetting resin composition. And a heating step of heating the film.
  24.  請求項1~18のいずれか1項に記載の熱硬化性樹脂組成物を基板に適用して層状にする層形成工程と、前記層状にした熱硬化性樹脂組成物を露光する露光工程と、前記露光された熱硬化性樹脂組成物に対して現像処理を行う現像処理工程と、前記露光された熱硬化性樹脂組成物を50~500℃の温度で加熱する加熱工程とを有する硬化膜の製造方法。 A layer forming step of applying a thermosetting resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 18 to a substrate to form a layer, an exposure step of exposing the layer-formed thermosetting resin composition, and A cured film comprising: a development processing step of developing the exposed thermosetting resin composition; and a heating step of heating the exposed thermosetting resin composition at a temperature of 50 to 500 ° C. Production method.
  25.  請求項23または24に記載の硬化膜の製造方法にしたがって硬化膜を形成した後、さらに、請求項23または24に記載の硬化膜の製造方法にしたがって硬化膜を形成する工程を含む積層体の製造方法。 A laminate comprising a step of forming a cured film according to the method for producing a cured film according to claim 23 or 24 and then forming a cured film according to the method for producing a cured film according to claim 23 or 24 Production method.
  26.  請求項19に記載の硬化膜、または、請求項20~22のいずれか1項に記載の積層体を有する半導体デバイス。 A semiconductor device comprising the cured film according to claim 19 or the laminate according to any one of claims 20 to 22.
  27.  請求項19に記載の硬化膜、または、請求項20~22のいずれか1項に記載の積層体を加工して半導体デバイスとする半導体デバイスの製造方法。 A method of manufacturing a semiconductor device, wherein the cured film according to claim 19 or the laminated body according to any one of claims 20 to 22 is processed into a semiconductor device.
  28.  ポリイミド前駆体およびポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選択されるポリマー前駆体と、アミン化合物と、酸性化合物と、溶剤とを
     前記アミン化合物の共役酸のpKaと酸性化合物のpKaとが下記数式1の範囲となるように混合することを含む、熱硬化性樹脂組成物の製造方法;
     3.5≦(アミン化合物の共役酸のpKa+酸性化合物のpKa)/2≦7.1 (数式1)。
    A polymer precursor selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor, an amine compound, an acidic compound, and a solvent The pKa of the conjugate acid of the amine compound and the pKa of the acidic compound are in the range of Formula 1 below A method of producing a thermosetting resin composition comprising mixing to become
    3.5 ≦ (pKa of conjugate acid of amine compound + pKa of acidic compound) /2≦7.1 (Equation 1).
PCT/JP2018/026134 2017-07-14 2018-07-11 Thermosetting resin composition, cured film thereof, layered product, semiconductor device and methods for producing these WO2019013240A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020207000395A KR102327882B1 (en) 2017-07-14 2018-07-11 Thermosetting resin composition, cured film thereof, laminate, semiconductor device, and manufacturing method thereof
JP2019529756A JP6889260B2 (en) 2017-07-14 2018-07-11 Thermosetting resin compositions, cured films thereof, laminates, semiconductor devices, and methods for producing them.

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017-137936 2017-07-14
JP2017137936 2017-07-14
JP2017246284 2017-12-22
JP2017-246284 2017-12-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019013240A1 true WO2019013240A1 (en) 2019-01-17

Family

ID=65001725

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2018/026134 WO2019013240A1 (en) 2017-07-14 2018-07-11 Thermosetting resin composition, cured film thereof, layered product, semiconductor device and methods for producing these

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6889260B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102327882B1 (en)
TW (1) TWI763883B (en)
WO (1) WO2019013240A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021002383A1 (en) * 2019-07-01 2021-01-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable resin composition, method for producing curable resin composition, cured film, multilayer body, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP2021047216A (en) * 2019-09-17 2021-03-25 Jsr株式会社 Curable composition
JPWO2020116238A1 (en) * 2018-12-05 2021-10-14 富士フイルム株式会社 Pattern formation method, photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, and device
WO2022009782A1 (en) * 2020-07-10 2022-01-13 セントラル硝子株式会社 Polybenzoxazole, polyamide, polyamide solution, insulation for high-frequency electronic component, high-frequency electronic component, high-frequency equipment, insulation material for producing high-frequency electronic component, method for producing polyamide, method for producing polybenzoxazole, method for producing insulation for high-frequency electronic component, and diamine or salt thereof
WO2023182071A1 (en) * 2022-03-23 2023-09-28 東レ株式会社 Resin composition, cured product, electronic component, and display device

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022039019A1 (en) * 2020-08-19 2022-02-24 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Composition for electronic device sealing, method for forming electronic device sealing film, and electronic device sealing film

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH09316200A (en) * 1996-05-31 1997-12-09 Japan Synthetic Rubber Co Ltd Liquid crystal alignment agent
JP2001264715A (en) * 2000-03-15 2001-09-26 Toshiba Corp Nonlinear optical material, method for manufacturing the same and nonlinear optical device using the same
JP2003084434A (en) * 2001-09-11 2003-03-19 Mitsui Chemicals Inc Photosensitive resin composition
JP2004091572A (en) * 2002-08-30 2004-03-25 Asahi Kasei Electronics Co Ltd Polyamic acid ester composition
WO2006057036A1 (en) * 2004-11-25 2006-06-01 Pi R & D Co., Ltd. Solution compositions of block copolyimides containing pyromellitic dianhydride and film made therefrom
JP2014122279A (en) * 2012-12-21 2014-07-03 Hitachi Chemical Dupont Microsystems Ltd Polyimide precursor composition, and cured film prepared using the composition
JP2015108053A (en) * 2013-12-04 2015-06-11 日立化成デュポンマイクロシステムズ株式会社 Polyimide precursor, resin composition containing polyimide precursor, method of producing patterned cured film using the same, and semiconductor device
WO2017104672A1 (en) * 2015-12-17 2017-06-22 富士フイルム株式会社 Method for producing heterocycle-containing polymer precursor, heterocycle-containing polymer precursor, and use for same

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5011649B2 (en) 2005-03-31 2012-08-29 大日本印刷株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition and article
JP2007056196A (en) 2005-08-26 2007-03-08 Tokyo Institute Of Technology Polyimide precursor composition, method for producing polyimide film and semiconductor device
JP5768926B2 (en) * 2014-12-08 2015-08-26 富士ゼロックス株式会社 Polyimide precursor composition, method for producing polyimide precursor composition, method for producing polyimide molded body, polyimide molded body, liquid crystal alignment film, passivation film, wire coating material, and adhesive film
TW201710390A (en) * 2015-08-31 2017-03-16 Fujifilm Corp Composition, cured film, method for manufacturing cured film, method for manufacturing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
WO2017043474A1 (en) * 2015-09-11 2017-03-16 富士フイルム株式会社 Method for producing heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material, and application thereof

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH09316200A (en) * 1996-05-31 1997-12-09 Japan Synthetic Rubber Co Ltd Liquid crystal alignment agent
JP2001264715A (en) * 2000-03-15 2001-09-26 Toshiba Corp Nonlinear optical material, method for manufacturing the same and nonlinear optical device using the same
JP2003084434A (en) * 2001-09-11 2003-03-19 Mitsui Chemicals Inc Photosensitive resin composition
JP2004091572A (en) * 2002-08-30 2004-03-25 Asahi Kasei Electronics Co Ltd Polyamic acid ester composition
WO2006057036A1 (en) * 2004-11-25 2006-06-01 Pi R & D Co., Ltd. Solution compositions of block copolyimides containing pyromellitic dianhydride and film made therefrom
JP2014122279A (en) * 2012-12-21 2014-07-03 Hitachi Chemical Dupont Microsystems Ltd Polyimide precursor composition, and cured film prepared using the composition
JP2015108053A (en) * 2013-12-04 2015-06-11 日立化成デュポンマイクロシステムズ株式会社 Polyimide precursor, resin composition containing polyimide precursor, method of producing patterned cured film using the same, and semiconductor device
WO2017104672A1 (en) * 2015-12-17 2017-06-22 富士フイルム株式会社 Method for producing heterocycle-containing polymer precursor, heterocycle-containing polymer precursor, and use for same

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPWO2020116238A1 (en) * 2018-12-05 2021-10-14 富士フイルム株式会社 Pattern formation method, photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, and device
JP7261818B2 (en) 2018-12-05 2023-04-20 富士フイルム株式会社 PATTERN FORMATION METHOD, PHOTOSENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION, CURED FILM, LAYER, AND DEVICE
WO2021002383A1 (en) * 2019-07-01 2021-01-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable resin composition, method for producing curable resin composition, cured film, multilayer body, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JPWO2021002383A1 (en) * 2019-07-01 2021-01-07
CN114008526A (en) * 2019-07-01 2022-02-01 富士胶片株式会社 Curable resin composition, method for producing curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
KR20220013561A (en) * 2019-07-01 2022-02-04 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Curable resin composition, manufacturing method of curable resin composition, cured film, laminated body, manufacturing method of a cured film, and semiconductor device
JP7422763B2 (en) 2019-07-01 2024-01-26 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable resin composition, method for producing a curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing a cured film, and semiconductor device
KR102668435B1 (en) * 2019-07-01 2024-05-29 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Curable resin composition, manufacturing method of curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, manufacturing method of cured film, and semiconductor device
JP2021047216A (en) * 2019-09-17 2021-03-25 Jsr株式会社 Curable composition
WO2022009782A1 (en) * 2020-07-10 2022-01-13 セントラル硝子株式会社 Polybenzoxazole, polyamide, polyamide solution, insulation for high-frequency electronic component, high-frequency electronic component, high-frequency equipment, insulation material for producing high-frequency electronic component, method for producing polyamide, method for producing polybenzoxazole, method for producing insulation for high-frequency electronic component, and diamine or salt thereof
WO2023182071A1 (en) * 2022-03-23 2023-09-28 東レ株式会社 Resin composition, cured product, electronic component, and display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2019013240A1 (en) 2020-04-23
KR102327882B1 (en) 2021-11-17
KR20200016349A (en) 2020-02-14
TW201908370A (en) 2019-03-01
TWI763883B (en) 2022-05-11
JP6889260B2 (en) 2021-06-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3492982B1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, method for producing laminate, and semiconductor device
WO2018151195A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP6889260B2 (en) Thermosetting resin compositions, cured films thereof, laminates, semiconductor devices, and methods for producing them.
WO2018225676A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device and compound
WO2018123836A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, method for producing laminate, and semiconductor device
WO2018221457A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, polymeric precursor, cured film, laminate, cured film production method, and semiconductor device
WO2020054226A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
KR102636334B1 (en) Pattern formation method, photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, and device
TWI808143B (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate and their manufacturing method, semiconductor device and thermal alkali generator used therefor
WO2020080217A1 (en) Resin composition, cured film, laminate body, cured film production method, and semiconductor device
WO2019189327A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, and application of these
JP7204937B2 (en) Organic film and its manufacturing method, composition, laminate, and semiconductor device
JP7078749B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, cured film, laminate, and device
JPWO2019013241A1 (en) Thermosetting resin composition, cured film thereof, laminate, semiconductor device, and methods for producing the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18832499

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019529756

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20207000395

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18832499

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1